FI01 en Kap01

1
© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure Measurement
1/2 Product overview Transmitters for applications with

highest requirements (Premium)
Single-range transmitters for general SITRANS P500
applications 1/243 Technical description
1/5 SITRANS P200 for gauge and abs. pressure Technical specifications, ordering data, di-
1/11 SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure mensional drawings
1/16 SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure 1/248 - for differential pressure and flow
Transmitter for hydrostatic level 1/256 - for level
1/22 - SITRANS LH100 1/265 SITRANS P500 Accessories/Spare parts
1/22 - SITRANS LH300 1/268 SITRANS P500 - Factory-mounting of valve
1/33 SITRANS P Compact for gauge and ab- manifolds on transmitters
solute pressure Remote seals for transmitters and
Transmitters with WirelessHART pressure gauges
1/42 SITRANS P280 for gauge and abs. pressure 1/271 Technical description
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
Transmitters for food, pharma- 1/284 - with flexible capillary
ceuticals and biotechnology Diaphragm seals of flange design
1/47 SITRANS P300 for gauge and abs. pressure 1/290 - with flexible capillary
1/69 SITRANS P300 Spare parts/Accessories 1/297 - directly fitted on transmitter
1/70 SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of 1/302 - fixed connection and with capillary
valve manifolds on transmitters Diaphragm seal, screwed design
Transmitters for the paper industry 1/308 - directly mounted or/and with capillary
SITRANS P300 and DS III for gauge 1/312 Quick-release diaphragm seals
pressure with PMC connection 1/318 Miniature diaphragm seals
1/72 Technical description 1/320 Flushing rings for diaphragm seals
Technical specifications, ordering data, 1/322 Clamp-on seals of flange design
dimensional drawings 1/327 Quick-release inline seals
1/77 - SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection 1/331 Measuring setups
1/83 - SITRANS P300 with PMC connection 1/332 - with remote seals
1/334 - without remote seals
Transmitters for applications with
basic requirements (Basic) Fittings
SITRANS P310 1/336 Technical description
1/90 Technical description 1/337 Selection aid
Technical specifications, ordering data, Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute
dimensional drawings pressure transmitters
1/94 - for gauge pressure 1/339 - Shut-off valves to DIN 16270,
1/100 - for differential pressure and flow DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
1/109 SITRANS P310 Accessories/Spare parts 1/341 - Angle adapter
1/342 - Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
Transmitters for applications with
1/344 - Accessories for shut-off
advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III valves/double shut-off valves
1/111 Technical description Shut-off valves for differential pressure
Technical specifications, ordering data, transmitters
dimensional drawings 1/345 - 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5
1/118 - for gauge pressure 1/348 - Multiway cocks PN 100
1/128 - for gauge and absolute pressure with 1/350 - 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
front-flush diaphragm 1/353 - 3-way valve manifold DN 8
1/141 - for absolute pressure (from gauge 1/356 - Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
pressure series) 1/358 - Valve manifold combination DN 8
1/151 - for absolute pressure 1/360 - 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
(from differential pressure series) for installing in protective boxes
1/162 - for differential pressure and flow 1/364 - 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for
1/178 - for level vertical angular diff. pressure lines
1/193 SITRANS P DS III Accessories/Spare parts 1/367 - Low-pressure multiway cock
1/199 SITRANS P DS III - Factory-mounting of 1/369 Accessories
valve manifolds on transmitters
SITRANS P410
1/203 Technical description You can download all instructions,
Technical specifications, ordering data, catalogs and certificates for SITRANS P
dimensional drawings free of charge at the following Internet
1/209 - for gauge pressure address: www.siemens.com/sitransp
1/221 - for differential pressure and flow
1/240 SITRANS P410 Accessories/Spare parts
Siemens FI 01 · 2017
© Siemens AG 2017
Product overview
1 ■ Overview
Application Description Software for
parameteriza-
tion
SITRANS P Single-range transmitters for general applications
Two or three-wire transmitters SITRANS P200 1/5 –
for measuring gauge and • Single-range transmitters for gauge and absolute
absolute pressure pressure
• Ceramic measuring cell
• For general applications
SITRANS P210 1/11 –
• Single-range transmitters for gauge pressure
• Stainless steal measuring cell
• For low-pressure applications
SITRANS P220 1/16 –
• Single-range transmitters for gauge pressure
• Stainless steel measuring cell, fully welded
• For high-pressure applications and refrigeration
technology
Two-wire transmitter for mea- SITRANS LH100 1/22 –
suring hydrostatic levels • For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
• With ceramic diaphragm, Ø 23.4 mm
Two-wire transmitter for mea- SITRANS LH300 1/27 –
suring hydrostatic levels • For measuring liquid levels in wells, tanks, channels,
dams etc.
• With ceramic diaphragm, Ø 30 mm
• Suitable for small measuring ranges
Transmitters for gauge and SITRANS P Compact 1/33 –
absolute pressure for food, • Single-range transmitters in two-wire system
pharmaceuticals and biotech-
nology • Hygiene-based design with various aseptic connec-
tions according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP recom-
mendations.
SITRANS P · Transmitters with WirelessHART communication

Wireless transmitter with Wire- SITRANS P280 1/42 SIMATIC PDM
less HART for measuring • Wireless communication with WirelessHART
gauge and absolute pressure
• Battery operation
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and SIMATIC PDM
with HART modem or wireless with WirelessHART
SITRANS P · Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P300 1/47 SIMATIC PDM
suring gauge and absolute • Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, 3A,
pressure FDA and GMP
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and communica-
tion over HART, PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
• Standard process connection G½", ½-NPT and
front-flush process connections available
• Range adjustment 100 : 1
Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on 1/70 –

SITRANS P300 transmitters
• Simplified assembly
• With pressure test
• Stainless steel valve manifolds
1/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Product overview
Application Description Software for

1
parameteriza-
tion
SITRANS P · Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P300 and SITRANS P DS III with 1/72 SIMATIC PDM
suring gauge pressure PMC connection for the paper industry
• Range adjustment 100 : 1
• Process connections for the paper industry
• Parameterization using 3 buttons and HART,
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SITRANS P Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)

Two-wire transmitter for mea- SITRANS P310 1/90 SIMATIC PDM
suring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.075 %
• Gauge pressure, • Range adjustment: 100 : 1
• Differential pressure and • Parameterization using 3 buttons and HART
• Flow
SITRANS P Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)

Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P DS III 1/111 SIMATIC PDM
measuring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.065 %
• Gauge pressure, • Range adjustment: 100 : 1
• Absolute pressure, • Parameterization using:
• Differential pressure and - 3 buttons and HART for
• Flow or SITRANS P DS III HART
- 3 buttons and PROFIBUS PA for
• Level SITRANS P DS III PA series
- 3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for
SITRANS P DS III FF series
• Available ex stock
Factory mounting of valve manifolds on gauge, 1/199 –
absolute or differential pressure transmitters
SITRANS P DS III
Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P410 1/203 SIMATIC PDM

suring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.04 %
• Gauge pressure, • Range adjustment 100 : 1
• Differential pressure and • Parameterization using:
• Flow - 3 buttons and HART for SITRANS P410 HART
- 3 buttons and PROFIBUS PA for
SITRANS P410 PA
- 3 buttons and FOUNDATION Fieldbus for SI-
TRANS P410 FF
Factory mounting of valve manifolds on gauge, –
absolute or differential pressure transmitters
SITRANS P410
• Factory valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is
possible. Depending on the available P410 variants,
please see the configuration options for
SITRANS P DS III (page 1/199).
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/3

© Siemens AG 2017
Product overview
1 Application Description Software for

parameteriza-
tion
SITRANS P - Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
Two-wire transmitters for SITRANS P500 1/243 SIMATIC PDM
measuring: • Measuring accuracy up to 0.03 %
• Differential pressure • Range adjustment: 200 :1
• Volume flow • High measuring accuracy
• Mass flow • Very fast response time
• Level • Extremely good long-term stability
• Volume • Parameterization using 3 buttons or HART
• Mass
Factory-mounting of manifolds on differential 1/268 –

pressure transmitters SITRANS P500
Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges

Remote seals for measuring Remote seals in sandwich and flange designs 1/271 –
viscous, corrosive or fibrous Quick-release remote seals for the food industry
media (as well as media at
extreme temperatures) Wide range of diaphragm materials and fill fluid
available
Fittings
Shutting off the lines for the Shut-off fittings and valve manifolds available in steel, 1/336 –
medium and differential pres- brass or stainless steel
sure Valve manifolds available for the various process
Mounting of transmitter on connections of the SITRANS P transmitters
valve manifold or shut-off fitting
As accessory for fittings are available:

• Oval flange 1/369
• Mounting collars 1/370
• Connection glands 1/371
• Connection parts G½ 1/372
• Water traps 1/373
• Sealing rings to EN 837-1 1/373
• Pressure surge reducers 1/374
• Primary shut-off valves 1/375
• Compensation vessels 1/377
• Connection parts 1/378
■ Product documentation on DVD and Safety Note

Siemens products for process instrumentation will be delivered with a multi-language Safety note and a
Mini DVD - Process Instrumentation and Weighing Systems.
On the DVD, customers can find many important operating instructions and certificates of our Siemens portfolio for
process instrumentation and weighing systems.
Additionally, product or order-specific print material might be part of the delivery.
For further information see appendix page 10/11.
1/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Single-range transmitters for general applications
SITRANS P200 for gauge and absolute pressure
■ Overview ■ Design
1
Device structure without explosion protection
The pressure transmitter consists of a piezoresistive measuring
cell with a diaphragm installed in a stainless steel enclosure. It
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65), a
round plug M12 (IP67), a cable (IP67) or a Quickon cable quick
screw connection (IP67) connected electrically. The output sig-
nal is between 4 and 20 mA or 0 and 10 V.
Device structure with explosion protection
can be used with a connector per EN 175301-803-A (IP65) or a
round plug M12 (IP67) connected electrically. The output signal
is between 4 and 20 mA.
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge and absolute
pressure of liquids and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The SITRANS P200 pressure transmitter measures the gauge
and absolute pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Ceramic measuring cell
• Gauge and absolute measuring ranges 1 to 60 bar (15 to
1000 psi) U
• For general applications const.
U
■ Benefits p I I0, UB
• High measuring accuracy

• Rugged stainless steel enclosure
• High overload withstand capability
• For aggressive and non-aggressive media
SITRANS P200 pressure transmitters (7MF1565-...), functional diagram
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors
The ceramic measuring cell has a thin-film resistance bridge to
• Compact design
which the operating pressure p is transmitted through a ceramic
diaphragm.
■ Application The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
The SITRANS P200 pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
pressure is used in the following industrial areas: of 0 to 10 V DC.
• Mechanical engineering The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Shipbuilding put pressure.
• Power engineering
• Chemical industry
• Water supply
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/5

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Technical specifications
Application Design
Gauge and absolute pressure Liquids, gases and vapors Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
measurement
Process connections See dimension drawings
Mode of operation
Electrical connections • Connector per
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive measuring cell EN 175301-803-A Form A with
(ceramic diaphragm) cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
or Pg 11
Measured variable Gauge and absolute pressure
• M12 connector
Inputs
• 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2) cable
Measuring range (  5.4 mm)
• Gauge pressure • Quickon cable quick screw con-
- Metric 1 … 60 bar (15 … 870 psi) nection
- US measuring range 15 … 1000 psi
Wetted parts materials
• Absolute pressure
- Metric 0.6 … 16 bar a (10 … 232 psia) • Measuring cell AI2O3 - 96 %
- US measuring range 10 … 300 psia • Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
Output (SST 316 L)
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA • Gasket • FPM (Standard)

• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A • Neoprene
• Perbunan
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex)
• EPDM
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC
Non-wetted parts materials
• Load  10 k
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC
(SST 316 L)
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k
• Rack Plastic
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 %
• Cables PVC
• Load  10 k
Certificates and approvals
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC 10 %
Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Characteristic curve Linear rising (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
paragraph 3 (sound engineering
Measuring accuracy practice)
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of full-scale Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility value
Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00
• Maximum: 0.5 % of full-scale
value American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
(ABS)1)
Step response time T99 < 5 ms
Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
Long-term stability
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of full-scale value/year Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
span Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
Influence of ambient temperature EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 %/10 K of full-scale value OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
span Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V • for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
Conditions of use • worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
Process temperature with gasket Explosion protection
made of:
Intrinsic safety "i" (only with current Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
• FPM (Standard) -15 ... +125 °C (+5 ... +257 °F)
output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125 °C
• Neoprene -35 ... +100 °C (-31 ... +212 °F) Da/Db
• Perbunan -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
• EPDM -40 ... +145 °C (-40 ... +293 °F),
usable for drinking water Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui  30 V DC; Ii  100 mA;
safe resistive circuits with maxi- Pi  0.75 W
Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) mum values:
Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per capacity for versions with plugs per
EN 175301-803-A EN 175301-803-A and M12
• IP 67 with M12 connector 1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available
• IP 67 with cable soon.
• IP 67 with cable quick screw
connection
Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3
• acc. NAMUR NE21, only for
ATEX versions and with a max.
measuring deviation 1 %
1/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P 200 pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure for general applications 7M F 1 5 6 5 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Characteristic curve deviation typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Ceramic and stainless steel + sealing material
Non-wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Click on the Article No. for the online configuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring range Overload limit Burst pressure
Min. Max.
For gauge pressure
0 ... 1 bar (0 ... 14.5 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 2.5 bar (36.26 psi) > 2.5 bar (> 36.3 psi) } 3 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23.2 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 4 bar (58.02 psi) > 4 bar (> 58.0 psi) } 3 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar (0 ... 36.3 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 6.25 bar (90.65 psi) > 6.25 bar (> 90.7 psi) } 3 BD
0 ... 4 bar (0 ... 58.0 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) > 10 bar (> 145 psi) } 3BE
0 ... 6 bar (0 ... 87.0 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 15 bar (217 psi) > 15 bar (> 217 psi) } 3 BG
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 25 bar (362 psi) > 25 bar (> 362 psi) } 3 CA
0 ... 16 bar (0 ... 232 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 40 bar (580 psi) > 40 bar (> 580 psi) } 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar (0 ... 363 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 62.5 bar (906 psi) > 62.5 bar (> 906 psi) } 3 CD
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) > 100 bar (> 1450 psi) } 3CE
0 ... 60 bar (0 ... 870 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 150 bar (2175 psi) > 150 bar (> 2175 psi) } 3 CG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi) 9 AA H1Y
For absolute pressure
0 ... 0.6 bar a (0 ... 8.7 psia) 0 bar a (0 psia) 2.5 bar a (36.26 psia) > 2.5 bar a (> 36.3 psia) 5 AG
0 ... 1 bar a (0 ... 14.5 psia) 0 bar a (0 psia) 2.5 bar a (36.26 psia) > 2.5 bar a (> 36.3 psia) } 5 BA
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 23.2 psia) 0 bar a (0 psia) 4 bar a (58.02 psia) > 4 bar a (> 58.0 psia) } 5 BB
0 ... 2.5 bar a (0 ... 36.3 psia) 0 bar a (0 psia) 6.25 bar a (90.65 psia) > 6.25 bar a (> 90.7 psia) } 5 BD
0 ... 4 bar a (0 ... 58.0 psia) 0 bar a (0 psia) 10 bar a (145 psia) > 10 bar a (> 145 psia) } 5BE
0 ... 6 bar a (0 ... 87.0 psia) 0 bar a (0 psia) 15 bar a (217 psia) > 15 bar a (> 217 psia) } 5 BG
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psi) 0 bar a (0 psia) 25 bar a (362 psia) > 25 bar a (> 362 psia) } 5 CA
0 ... 16 bar a (0 ... 232 psi) 0 bar a (0 psia) 40 bar a (580 psia) > 40 bar a (> 580 psia) } 5 CB
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... mbar a (psia) 9 AA H2Y
Measuring ranges for gauge pressure
0 ... 15 psi -14.5 psi 35 psi > 35 psi 4 BB
3 ... 15 psi -14.5 psi 35 psi > 35 psi 4 BC
0 ... 20 psi -14.5 psi 50 psi > 50 psi 4 BD
0 ... 30 psi -14.5 psi 80 psi > 80 psi 4BE
0 ... 60 psi -14.5 psi 140 psi > 140 psi 4BF
0 ... 100 psi -14.5 psi 200 psi > 200 psi 4 BG
0 ... 150 psi -14.5 psi 350 psi > 350 psi 4 CA
0 ... 200 psi -14.5 psi 550 psi > 550 psi 4 CB
0 ... 300 psi -14.5 psi 800 psi > 800 psi 4 CD
0 ... 500 psi -14.5 psi 1400 psi > 1400 psi 4CE
0 ... 750 psi -14.5 psi 2000 psi > 2000 psi 4CF
0 ... 1000 psi -14.5 psi 2000 psi > 2000 psi 4 CG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi 9 AA H1Y
Measuring ranges for absolute pressure
0 ... 10 psia 0 psia 35 psia > 35 psia 6 AG
0 ... 15 psia 0 psia 35 psia > 35 psia 6 BA
0 ... 20 psia 0 psia 50 psia > 50 psia 6 BB
0 ... 30 psia 0 psia 80 psia > 80 psia 6 BD
0 ... 60 psia 0 psia 140 psia > 140 psia 6BE
0 ... 100 psia 0 psia 200 psia > 200 psia 6 BG
0 ... 150 psia 0 psia 350 psia > 350 psia 6 CA
0 ... 200 psia 0 psia 550 psia > 550 psia 6 CB
0 ... 300 psia 0 psia 800 psia > 800 psia 6 CC
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psia 9 AA H2Y
} Available ex stock
 We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/1110/11 in the appendix.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/7

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
SITRANS P 200 pressure transmitters for pressure and absolute pressure for general applications 7M F 1 5 6 5 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Accuracy typ. 0.25 %
Wetted parts materials: Ceramic and stainless steel + sealing material
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA; two-wire system; power supply 7 ... 33 V DC (10 ... 30 V DC for ATEX versions) } 0
0 ... 10 V; three-wire system; power supply 12 ... 33 V DC 10
0 ... 5 V; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 7 ... 33 V DC 20
Ratiometric 10 ... 90 %; 3-wire system; auxiliary power 5 V DC ± 10 % 30
Explosion protection (only 4 ... 20 mA)
None } 0
With explosion protection Ex ia IIC T4 } 1
Electrical connection
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread M16 (with coupling) } 1
Round connector M12 per IEC 61076-2-101 2
Connection via fixed mounted cable, 2 m (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 3
Quickon cable quick screw connection PG9 (not for type of protection "Intrinsic safety i") 0 4
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling) 5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with cou- 6
pling)
Fixed mounted cable, length 5 m 0 7
Special version 9 N1Y
Process connection
G½" male per EN 837-1 (½" BSP male) (standard for metric pressure ranges mbar, bar) } A
G½" male thread and G1/8" female thread B
G¼" male per EN 837-1 (¼" BSP male) C
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi) E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female H
7/16"-20 UNF female J
M20x1.5 male P
G1/4" to DIN 3852 Form E Q
G1/2" to DIN 3852 Form E R
Special version Z P1Y
Sealing material between sensor and enclosure
Viton (FPM, standard) } A
Neoprene (CR) B
Perbunan (NBR) C
EPDM D
Special version Z Q1Y
Version
Standard version } 1
Further designs
Supplement the Article No. with "-Z" and add Order code.
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point characteristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 C11
Oxygen version, free of oil and degreased, max. operating pressure 60 bar, max. process temperature +85 °C E10
(only in conjunction with the sealing material Viton between sensor and enclosure and not with explosion pro-
tection version)
 We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/11 in the appendix.
1/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Dimensional drawings
1
nGGGGGGGGQ
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)
51 (2.0)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.0)
23
25
16
M12x1/Fixcon M16x1.5
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)
max. 30 Nm max. 20 Nm
30.2 (1.19)
24 (0.94) nGGGGGGGQ
Cable gland
(0.8)
with cable
20
G1/8
G1/2
SITRANS P200, electrical connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
max. 30 Nm
nGGGGGQ
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)
(0.9)
30
23
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
nGGGGGG
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16
7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGuGGGG
SITRANS P200, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/9

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Schematics
Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+UB),
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
IO Output current 3 3+ RL UB 3 (+UO)
2 2
RL Load UO Output voltage
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and plug according to
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ IO + 3 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
3 UB IO Output current
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
1 4+ UO Output voltage
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector M12x1

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and M12x1 plug
Connection: br (brown),
br IO + gn (green) Connection: br (+UB, brown),
UB IO Output current
br UO + gn (+UO, green),
gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL UO Output voltage
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load
Connection with current output and cable

Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and cable
1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
IO + 2 (-) Connection: 1 (+UB),
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2- RL IO Output current UO
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 UB Power supply UO Output voltage
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and Quickon cable quick screw connec-
tion Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon fast
cable termination
Version with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

The grounding connection is conductively bonded to the trans-
mitter enclosure
Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+),

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
2- RL IO Output current RL
2 1 3- IO Output current
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and connector per EN 175301 (Ex) Connection with current output and connector M12x1 (Ex)
1/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure
■ Overview ■ Design
1
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge pressure of liquids
and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P210 measures the gauge
pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Stainless steal measuring cell
• Measuring ranges 100 to 600 mbar (1.45 to 8.7 psi) relative
• For low-pressure applications U
const.
■ Benefits p
U
I I0, UB
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors SITRANS P210 pressure transmitters (7MF1566-...), functional diagram
• Compact design
The stainless steel measuring cell has a thin-film resistance
bridge to which the operating pressure p is transmitted through
■ Application a stainless steel diaphragm.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P210 for gauge pressure is The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
used in the following industrial areas: amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
• Mechanical engineering of 0 to 10 V DC.
• Shipbuilding The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Power engineering put pressure.
• Water supply
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/11

© Siemens AG 2017
Application Design
Gauge measurement Liquids, gases and vapors Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Mode of operation Process connections See dimension drawings
Measuring principle Piezoresistive measuring cell Electrical connections • Connector per
(stainless steel diaphragm) EN 175301-803-A Form A with
cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
Measured variable Gauge pressure or Pg 11
Inputs • M12 connector
Measuring range • 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2) cable
(  5.4 mm)
• Gauge pressure 100 … 600 mbar
(1.5 … 8.7 psi) • Quickon cable quick screw con-
nection
Output
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA
• Measuring cell Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4435
• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex) (SST 316 L)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC • Gasket • FPM (Standard)
• Load  10 k • Neoprene
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC • Perbunan
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k • EPDM
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 % Non-wetted parts materials
• Load  10 k • Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC 10 % (SST 316 L)
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k • Rack Plastic
Characteristic curve Linear rising • cables PVC
Measuring accuracy Certificates and approvals
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of full-scale Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility value equipment directive uids of fluid group 1;
• Maximum: 0.5 % of full-scale (PED 2014/68/EU) meets requirements as per article
value 4, paragraph 3 (good engineering
practice)
Step response time T99 < 5 ms
Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
Long-term stability
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of full-scale value/year Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00
span American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
Influence of ambient temperature (ABS)1)
• Lower range value and measuring • 0.25 %/10 K of full-scale value Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
span • 0.5 %/10K of full-scale value Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
for a measuring range
Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
100 … 400 mbar
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Conditions of use
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
Process temperature with gasket
made of: • for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
• FPM (Standard) -15 ... +125 °C (+5 ... +257 °F) • worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
• Neoprene -35 ... +100 °C (-31 ... +212 °F) Explosion protection
• Perbunan -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) Intrinsic safety "i" Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
(only with current output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC T125 °C
• EPDM -40 ... +145 °C (-40 ... +293 °F),
usable for drinking water Da/Db
Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui  30 V DC; Ii  100 mA;
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per mum values:
EN 175301-803-A
• IP 67 with M12 connector Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
capacity for versions with plugs per
• IP 67 with cable EN 175301-803-A and M12
connection 1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available
soon.
Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3
• acc. NAMUR NE21, only for
ATEX versions and with a max.
measuring deviation 1 %
Mounting position upright
1/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
SITRANS P 210 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure for low pressure applications 7M F 1 5 6 6 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel + sealing material
min. max.
For gauge pressure
0...100 mbar (1.45 psi) -400 mbar (-5.8 psi) 400 mbar (5.8 psi) 1 bar (14.5 psi) } 3 AA
0...160 mbar (2.32 psi) -400 mbar (-5.8 psi) 400 mbar (5.8 psi) 1 bar (14.5 psi) } 3 AB
0...250 mbar (3.63 psi) -800 mbar (-11.6 psi) 1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 2 bar (29.0 psi) } 3 AC
0...400 mbar (5.8 psi) -800 mbar (-11.6 psi) 1000 mbar (14.5 psi) 2 bar (29.0 psi) } 3 AD
0...600 mbar (8.7 psi) -1000 mbar (-14.5 psi) 2000 mbar (29.0 psi) 3 bar (43.5 psi) } 3 AG
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
Measuring range: ... up to ... mbar (psi)
Output signal
None } 0
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling) 5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with coupling) 6
Process connection
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi) E
¼"-18 NPT female F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female H
M20x1.5 male P
Sealing material between sensor and enclosure
Viton (FPM, standard) } A
Neoprene (CR) B
Perbunan (NBR) C
EPDM D
Special version Z Q1Y
Version
Further designs
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/13

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Dimensional drawings
nGGGGGGGGQ
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)
51 (2.0)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.0)
23
25
16
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)
30.2 (1.19)
24 (0.94) nGGGGGGGQ
Cable gland
(0.8)
with cable
20
G1/8
G1/2
max. 30 Nm
nGGGGGQ
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)
(0.9)
30
23
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
nGGGGGG
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16
7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGuGGGG
1/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Schematics
1
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
2 2
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply

gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load

1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and Quickon cable quick screw connec-
tion Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon
fast cable termination

mitter enclosure

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/15

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Overview ■ Design
■ Function
The pressure transmitter measures the gauge pressure of liquids
and gases as well as the level of liquids.
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P220 measures the gauge
pressure of liquids, gases and vapors. Mode of operation
• Stainless steel measuring cell, fully welded
• Measuring ranges 2.5 to 1000 bar (36.3 to 14500 psi) relative
• For high-pressure applications and refrigeration technology U
division const.
U
■ Benefits p I I0, UB

SITRANS P220 pressure transmitters (7MF1567-...), functional diagram
• For measuring the pressure of liquids, gases and vapors
The stainless steel measuring cell has a thick-film resistance
• Compact design
bridge to which the operating pressure p is transmitted through
• Gasket-less a stainless steel diaphragm.
The voltage output from the measuring cell is converted by an
■ Application amplifier into an output current of 4 to 20 mA or an output voltage
The pressure transmitter SITRANS P220 for gauge pressure is of 0 to 10 V DC.
used in the following industrial areas: The output current and voltage are linearly proportional to the in-
• Mechanical engineering put pressure.
• Shipbuilding
• Power engineering
• Water supply
1/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Technical specifications
1
Application Design
Gauge pressure measurement Liquids, gases and vapors Weight Approx. 0.090 kg (0.198 lb)
Mode of operation Process connections See dimension drawings
Electrical connections • Connector per
Measuring principle Piezoresistive measuring cell EN 175301-803-A Form A with
(stainless steel diaphragm) cable inlet M16x1.5 or ½-14 NPT
Measured variable Gauge pressure or Pg 11
Inputs • M12 connector
• 2 or 3-wire (0.5 mm2)
Measuring range cable (  5.4 mm)
• Gauge pressure • Quickon cable quick screw con-
- Metric 2.5 … 1000 bar nection
(36 … 14500 psi) Wetted parts materials
- US measuring range 30… 14500 psi • Measuring cell Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4016
Output • Process connection Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
Current signal 4 ... 20 mA (SST 316 L)
• Load (UB - 10 V)/0.02 A
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404
• Auxiliary power UB DC 7 ... 33 V (10 ... 30 V for Ex) (SST 316 L)
Voltage signal 0 ... 10 V DC • Rack Plastic
• Load  10 k • cables PVC
• Auxiliary power UB 12 ... 33 V DC Certificates and approvals
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Ratiometric output 0 ... 90 % (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
• Load  10 k paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
• Auxiliary power UB 5 V DC 10 % Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)1) 12/20010
• Power consumption < 7 mA at 10 k Germanischer Lloyd (GL)1) GL19740 11 HH00
Characteristic curve Linear rising American Bureau of Shipping ABS_11_HG 789392_PDA
Measuring accuracy (ABS)1)
Bureau Veritas (BV)1) BV 271007A0 BV
Error in measurement at limit setting • Typical: 0.25 % of full-scale
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility value Det Norske Veritas (DNV)1) A 12553
• Maximum: 0.5 % of full-scale Drinking water approval (ACS)1) ACS 15 ACC NY 360
value EAC1) № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
Step response time T99 < 5 ms OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
CRN2) 0F18659.5C
Long-term stability
Underwriters Laboratories (UL)1)
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 % of full-scale value/year
span • for USA and Canada UL 20110217 - E34453
Influence of ambient temperature • worldwide IEC UL DK 21845
Explosion protection
• Lower range value and measuring 0.25 %/10 K of full-scale value
span Intrinsic safety "i" Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
(only with current output) Ex II 1/2 D Ex ia IIIC
• Influence of power supply 0.005 %/V T125 °C Da/Db
Conditions of use EC type-examination certificate SEV 10 ATEX 0146
• Process temperature -40 ... +120 °C (-40 ... +248 °F) Connection to certified intrinsically- Ui  30 V DC; Ii  100 mA;
• Ambient temperature -25 ... +85 °C (-13 ... +185 °F) mum values:
• Storage temperature -50 ... +100 °C (-58 ... +212 °F) Effective internal inductance and Li = 0 nH; Ci = 0 nF
• Degree of protection (to EN 60529) • IP 65 with connector per capacity for versions with plugs per
EN 175301-803-A EN 175301-803-A and M12
• IP 67 with M12 connector CSA2) 70006348
• IP 67 with cable Class I, Division I,
Groups A, B, C and D;
connection Class II, Division 1,
Groups E, F and G,
Electromagnetic compatibility • acc. IEC 61326-1/-2/-3 Class III
• acc. NAMUR NE21, only for Class I, Division 2,
ATEX versions and with a max. Groups A, B, C and D;
measuring deviation 1 % Class II, Division 2,
Groups F and G,
Class III
A/Ex ia IIC T4 Ga/Gb
A/Ex ia IIIC T125°C Da/Db
1) For variants with output signal 0 ... 5 V and ratiometric output available soon.
2) See ordering data for available versions.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/17

© Siemens AG 2017
1
SITRANS P 220 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, high-pressure and refrigeration 7M F 1 5 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 A 07 7 7 7
applications, fully-welded version
Wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Mini- Max.
mum
For gauge pressure
0 ... 2.5 bar (0 ... 36.3 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 6.25 bar (90.7 psi) 25 bar (363 psi) } 3 BD
0 ... 4 bar (0 ... 58 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 10 bar (145 psi) 40 bar (870 psi) } 3BE
0 ... 6 bar (0 ... 87 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 15 bar (217 psi) 60 bar (522 psi) } 3 BG
0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 25 bar (362 psi) 60 bar (870 psi) } 3 CA
0 ... 16 bar (0 ... 232 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 40 bar (580 psi) 96 bar (1392 psi) } 3 CB
0 ... 25 bar (0 ... 363 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 62.5 bar (906 psi) 150 bar (2176 psi) } 3 CD
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi) 240 bar (3481 psi) } 3CE
0 ... 60 bar (0 ... 870 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 150 bar (2175 psi) 360 bar (5221 psi) } 3 CG
0 ... 100 bar (0 ... 1450 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 250 bar (3625 psi) 600 bar (8702 psi) } 3 DA
0 ... 160 bar (0 ... 2320 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 400 bar (5801 psi) 960 bar (13924 psi) } 3 DB
0 ... 250 bar (0 ... 3625 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 625 bar (9064 psi) 1500 bar (21756 psi) } 3 DD
0 ... 400 bar (0 ... 5801 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1000 bar (14503 psi) 2400 bar (34809 psi) } 3DE
0 ... 600 bar (0 ... 8702 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1500 bar (21755 psi) 3600 bar (52200 psi) } 3 DG
0 ... 1000 bar (0 ... 14500 psi) -1 bar (-14.5 psi) 1500 bar (21755 psi) 5000 bar (72520 psi) } 3 EA
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 AA H1Y
Measuring range: ... up to... bar (psi)
Measuring ranges for gauge pressure
0 ... 30 psi -14.5 psi 75 psi 360 psi  4BE
0 ... 60 psi -14.5 psi 150 psi 580 psi  4BF
0 ... 100 psi -14.5 psi 250 psi 580 psi  4 BG
0 ... 150 psi -14.5 psi 375 psi 870 psi  4 CA
0 ... 200 psi -14.5 psi 500 psi 1390 psi  4 CB
0 ... 300 psi -14.5 psi 750 psi 2170 psi  4 CD
0 ... 500 psi -14.5 psi 1250 psi 3480 psi  4CE
0 ... 750 psi -14.5 psi 1875 psi 5220 psi  4CF
0 ... 1000 psi -14.5 psi 2500 psi 5220 psi  4 CG
0 ... 1500 psi -14.5 psi 3750 psi 8700 psi  4 DA
0 ... 2000 psi -14.5 psi 5000 psi 13920 psi  4 DB
0 ... 3000 psi -14.5 psi 7500 psi 21750 psi  4 DD
0 ... 5000 psi -14.5 psi 12500 psi 34800 psi  4DE
0 ... 6000 psi -14.5 psi 15000 psi 34800 psi  4DF
0 ... 8700 psi -14.5 psi 21755 psi 52200 psi  4 DG
0 ... 14500 psi -14.5 psi 21755 psi 72520 psi 4 EA
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Measuring range: ... up to ... psi 9 AA H1Y
Output signal
None } 0

Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread 1/2"-14 NPT (with coupling)  5
Connector per DIN EN 175301-803-A, stuffing box thread PG11 (with coupling)  6
 Order code E21 required for complete configuration with CRN and cCSAusEx approval.
1/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017

1
SITRANS P 220 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, high-pressure and refrigeration 7M F 1 5 6 7 - 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 A 7 7 7 7
applications, fully-welded version
Wetted parts materials: stainless steel
Process connection
7/16"-20 UNF male D
¼"-18 NPT male (standard for pressure ranges inH2O and psi)  E
¼"-18 NPT female (Only for measuring ranges  60 bar (870 psi)) F
½"-14 NPT male G
½"-14 NPT female (Only for measuring ranges  60 bar (870 psi)) H
M20x1.5 male P
Version

Further designs
Oxygen version, free of oil and degreased (not in conjunction with explosion protection version) E10
With CRN and cCSAusEx approval E21
 Order code E21 required for complete configuration with CRN and cCSAusEx approval..
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/19

© Siemens AG 2017
nGGGGGGGGQ
36 (1.42)
10.7 (0.42)
51 (2.0)
(0.9)
(0.6)
(1.0)
23
25
16
or
1/2-14 NPT M20 x 1.5 G1/2 G1/4
25.5 (1.0)
36 (1.42)
24 (0.94) nGGGGGGGQ
Cable gland
(0.8)
Quickon with or without cable
20
G1/8
G1/2
max. 30 Nm
nGGGGGQ
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT
max. 30 Nm
(1.2)
(0.9)
30
23
(0.8)
20
1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

1/4-18 NPT
max. 20 Nm
nGGGGGG
(1.0)
25
(0.6)
16
7/16-20 UNF
7/16-20 UNF
max. 20 Nm
QGuGGGG
1/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Schematics
1
1+ IO + 2 (-) 1+ + 2 (-),
UO
1 1
2- RL UB
2 2
2- RL Load
UB Power supply
UB Power supply
EN 175301
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ UO + 3 (-),
RL
1 3- 4 3 UB 4 (+UO)
RL Load RL
UB Power supply
RL Load
3- UB Power supply

gn
RL UB ws (-, white)
UB Power supply gn
RL Load
UB Power supply
ws RL Load

1
Connection: 1 (+),
1+ 1
UB 1+ + 3 (-),
2+ UB 2 (+UO)
RL Load RL
2 3 3- RL Load
UB Power supply
Connection with current output and cable quick screw connection
Quickon Connection with voltage output, ratiometric output and Quickon
fast cable termination

mitter enclosure

1+ 2 (-) 1+ IO + 3 (-),
IO +
1
UB
4 3 UB 4( )
RL Load
RL Load
UB Power supply 4
UB Power supply
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/21

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS LH100 Transmitter for hydrostatic level
1 ■ Overview ■ Function
1
U
const.
5
U
EM 2
p I
The pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 is a submersible sen-

sor for hydrostatic level measurement. 3
4
The pressure transmitter measures the liquid levels in tanks,
containers, channels and dams. The SITRANS LH100 pressure
transmitters are available for various measuring ranges and with 1 Sensor 4 Protective conductor connection/
explosion protection as an option. 2 Connection for auxiliary Equipotential bonding
power supply 5 Diaphragm
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories 3 Vent pipe with humidity filter
for simple installation.
■ Benefits SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, mode of operation and connection

diagram
• Compact design On one side of the sensor (1), the diaphragm (5) is exposed to
• Simple installation the hydrostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
• Small error in measurement (0.3 %) depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe (3) in
• Degree of protection IP68 the connecting cable. The vent pipe is equipped with a humidity
filter which prevents the build-up of condenstation in the vent
■ Application pipe.
SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitters are used in the following The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the dia-
branches, for example: phragm of the sensor and transmits the pressure to the Wheat-
• Shipbuilding stone resistance bridge in the sensor.
• Water/waste water supply The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic cir-
cuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
• For use in unpressurized/open vessels and wells
The protective conductor connection/equipotential bonding (4)
■ Design is connected to the enclosure.
The pressure transmitter has a built-in ceramic sensor which is

equipped with a Wheatstone resistance bridge.
■ Integration
It is generally recommended that the connecting cable of the
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
SITRANS LH100 transmitter is connected to the junction box,
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel housing. In
which can be ordered separately, and secured with the cable
addition, the connecting cable contains a vent pipe which is
hanger, also available separately. The junction box has to be in-
equipped with a humidity filter to prevent the build-up of conden-
stalled near the measuring point.
sation.
If the medium is anything other than water, it is also necessary to
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a
check compatibility with the specified materials of the transmit-
protective cap.
ter.
The sensor, the electronics and the connecting cable are
housed in an enclosure with small dimensions.
Venting pipe
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.
To measured- To trans-
value mitter
processing 7MF1572
Junction box 7MF1572-8AA, open, schematic diagram
1/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle piezo-resistive
Input
Measured variable Hydrostatic level
Measuring range Max. permissible operating pressure
• 0 ... 3 mH2O (0 ... 9 ftH2O) • 1.5 bar (21.8 psi) (corresponds to
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
30 mH2O (90 ftH2O))
50 mH2O (150 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 0.3 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.4 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.5 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.6 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 1 bar • 3.0 bar
• 0 ... 2 bar • 5.0 bar
Output
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA
Measuring accuracy According to IEC 60770-1
Measuring point setup, generally with junction box 7MF1572-8AA and
7MF1572-8AB cable hanger Error in measurement at limit setting 0.3% of full-scale value (typical)
including hysteresis and reproducibil-
ity
Measuring range
• 0 ... 3 mH2O 0.5 % of full-scale value (typical)
(0 ... 9 ftH2O bzw. 0 ... 0.3 bar) 1.0% of full-scale value (maximum)
• For all other measuring ranges 0.3 % of full-scale value (typical)
0.6% of full-scale value (maximum)
Influence of ambient temperature
Measuring range Zero and span
• 3 mH2O (9 ftH2O or 0.3 bar) 0.5 %/10 K of full-scale value
• 4 ... 6 mH2O 0.45 %/10 K of full-scale value
(12 ... 18 ftH2O or 0.4…0.6 bar)
•  6 mH2O 0.3 %/10 K of full-scale value
(  18 ftH2O or  0.6 bar)
Long-term stability
Measuring range Zero and span
• 3 mH2O (9 ftH2O or 0.3 bar) 0.4 % of full-scale value/year
• 4 ... 6 mH2O 0.25% of full-scale value/year
(12 ... 18 ftH2O or 0.4…0.6 bar)
•  6 mH2O 0.2 % of full-scale value/year
(  18 ftH2O or  0.6 bar)
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
• Process temperature -10 ... +80 °C (14 ... 176 °F)
• Storage temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
Degree of protection according to IP68
IEC 60529
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/23

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Design Junction box
Weight Application for connecting the transmitter cable
• Pressure transmitter  0.2 kg (  0.44 lb) Design
• Cable; maximum cable length 100 m 0.025 kg/m ( 0.015 lb/ft)
(330 ft) Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Electrical connection Cable with 3 conductors, vent pipe Electrical connection 2 x 3-way (28 to 18 AWG)
and integrated humidity filter Cable entry 2 x Pg 9
Material Enclosure material polycarbonate
• Seal diaphragm Al2O3 ceramic, 96%
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L Vent pipe for atmospheric pressure
• Gasket FPM (standard) Rated conditions
EPDM (optional) Degree of protection according to IP65
• Connecting cable PE-HD (standard) IEC 60529
PE-LD (in the case of versions with Cable hanger
EPDM seal, suitable for drinking
water) Application for mounting the transmitter
Auxiliary power Design
Terminal voltage on pressure transmit- 10 ... 33 V DC Weight 0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
ter UB 10 ... 30 V DC for transmitter with Material Galvanized steel, polyamide
intrinsic safety explosion protection
Drinking water approval (ACS) Applied for
Drinking water approval (WRAS) 1403525
EAC № TC RU C-DE.ГБ05.В.00732
OC НАНИО «ЦСВЭ»
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 2014-11-17 - E344532
The transmitter is not subject to the
pressure equipment directive (PED
2014/68/EU)
• Intrinsic safety "i" IECEx SEV 14.0003
SEV 14 ATEX 0109
- Marking II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
1/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code
1
Pressure transmitter 7 MF 1 5 7 2 - 77A77 777 Pressure transmitter 7 MF 1 5 7 2 - 77A77 777
SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor) SITRANS LH100 (submersible sensor)
For measurement of the hydrostatic For measurement of the hydrostatic
level through submersion, level through submersion,
two-wire system, 4…20 mA, enclosure two-wire system, 4…20 mA, enclosure
material mat. no. 1.4404 (316L), mea- material mat. no. 1.4404 (316L), mea-
suring cell Al2O3 ceramic, suring cell Al2O3 ceramic,
with permanently mounted PE cable with permanently mounted PE cable
Click on the Article No. for the online Sealing material between sensor and
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle enclosure
Portal. • FPM (Standard) } 1
Measuring range Cable length • EPDM (for drinking water applica- 2
0 ... 3 mH2O1) 10 m } 1C tions)
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m } 1D Explosion protection
0 ... 5 mH2O 10 m } 1E • without } 0
0 ... 6 mH2O 10 m } 1F • With ATEX II1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga and } 1
0 ... 10 mH2O 20 m } 1H IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
0 ... 20 mH2O 30 m } 1K Additional versions Order code
0 ... 9 ftH2O1) 33 ft 2C Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11
0 ... 12 ftH2O 33 ft 2D characteristic curve test) according to
0 ... 15 ftH2O 33 ft 2E IEC 60770-2, add "-Z" to article no. and
0 ... 18 ftH2O 33 ft 2F add order code.
0 ... 30 ftH2O 66 ft 2H Indication of measuring range (only at Y01
0 ... 60 ftH2O 98 ft 2K special cable lengths) in
"... to ... mH2O" or "... to ... ftH2O"
0 ... 0.3 bar1) 10 m 3C or "... to ... bar"
0 ... 0.4 bar 10 m 3D
Accessories/spare parts Article No.
0 ... 0.5 bar 10 m 3E
0 ... 0.6 bar 10 m 3F Junction box } 7MF1572-8AA
0 ... 1 bar 20 m 3H for connecting the transmitter cable
0 ... 2 bar 30 m 3K Cable hanger } 7MF1572-8AB
Special versions: for securing the pressure transmitter
Measuring ranges for special versions
between Protective caps as spare parts } 7MF1572-8AD
0 ... 3 mH2O and 0 ... 30 mH2O or (10-pack)
0 ... 9 ftH2O and 0 ... 100 ftH2O or Humidity filters as spare parts } 7MF1572-8AE
0 ... 0.3 bar and 0 ... 3 bar possible. (10-pack)
Special cable lenght/Special measur- 9A H. . }Available ex stock
ing range + 1) Approvals pending.
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and Y01
specify Order code and plain text.
Note: Indication of measuring range
Y01 is always necessary.
For evaluation of the maximum possible
cable length following data have to be
regarded:
Transmitter:
Ci = 0 µF, Li = 0 µH
Cable:
Ck = 0.19 nF per meter cable
Lk = 1.5 µH per meter cable
The maximum permitted data of the
transmitter’s power supply have to be
considered!
3 m (10 ft) H1A
5 m (16 ft) H1B
7 m (23 ft) H1C
10 m (33 ft) H1D
15 m (49 ft) H1E
20 m (66 ft) H1F
25 m (82 ft) H1G
30 m (98 ft) H1H
40 m (131 ft) H1 J
50 m (164 ft) H1K
60 m (198 ft)1) H1L
70 m (231 ft)1) H1M
80 m (264 ft)1) H1N
90 m (297 ft)1) H1P
100 m (330 ft)1) H1Q
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/25

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Dimensional drawings ■ More information
Establishing the measuring range for water as
~116.3 (4.58)
Ø23.4
1 2 3 process medium
(0.92)
6 5 4
1 Cable, sheat Ø 4.8 (0.19) (black, PE)

2 - (green)
3 + (brown)
4 Protective conductor connection/Equipotential bonding (white)
5 Vent pipe with humidity filter Ø 1 (0.04) (inner diameter)
6 Protective cap with 4 x Ø 2.5 (0.10) holes (black, PPE) H r
SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
52 (2.05) 37 (1.46)
17
3 (0.07)
(1.2)
1
30
Calculation of the measuring range:

p=xgxH
2
86 (3.39)
86 (3.39)
with:
 = density of medium
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
Example:
(1.2)
30
Medium: Water,  = 1 000 kg/m3

17 Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
64 (2.52) (0.07) Start-of-scale: 0 m
Maximum level: 6.0 m
1
Cable length: 10 m
Fastening hole
2 Vent valve Calculation:
3 Cable gland Pg 9, cable diameter 4 ... 8 mm (0.16 ... 0.31) p = 1 000 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.0 m
p = 58 860 N/m2
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch) p = 589 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
19 7MF1572-1FA10
(0.75) Plus, if required, junction box 7MF1572-8AA and cable hanger
7MF1572-8AB
190 (7.5)
48 (1.9)
Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/26 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Overview ■ Function
1
1
U
const.
5
U
EM 2
p I
3
4
1 Sensor 4 Protective conductor connection/

2 Connection for auxiliary Equipotential bonding
power supply 5 Diaphragm
3 Vent pipe with humidity filter
The pressure transmitter SITRANS LH300 is a submersible sen- SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitter, mode of operation and connection
sor for hydrostatic level measurement with cap made of PPE diagram
(left), stainless steel (mid) and ETFE (right). On one side of the sensor (1), the diaphragm (5) is exposed to
The pressure transmitter measures the liquid levels in tanks, the hydrostatic pressure which is proportional to the submersion
containers, channels and dams. The SITRANS LH300 pressure depth. This pressure is compared with atmospheric pressure.
transmitters are available for various measuring ranges and with Pressure compensation is carried out using the vent pipe (3) in
explosion protection as an option. the connecting cable. The vent pipe is equipped with a humidity
filter which prevents the build-up of condensation in the vent
A junction box and a cable hanger are available as accessories pipe.
for simple installation.
The hydrostatic pressure of the liquid column acts on the dia-
phragm of the sensor and transmits the pressure to the Wheat-
■ Benefits stone resistance bridge in the sensor.
• Compact design
The output voltage of the sensor is applied to the electronic cir-
• Simple installation cuit where it is converted into an output current of 4 to 20 mA.
• Small error in measurement (0.15 % typical) The protective conductor connection/equipotential bonding (4)
• Degree of protection IP68 is connected to the enclosure.
■ Application ■ Integration
SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitters are used in the following It is generally recommended that the connecting cable of the
branches, for example: SITRANS LH300 transmitter is connected to the junction box,
• Shipbuilding which can be ordered separately, and secured with the cable
hanger, also available separately. The junction box has to be in-
• Water/waste water supply stalled near the measuring point, but outside the media.
• Drinking water facilities
If the medium is anything other than water, it is also necessary to
• For use in unpressurized/open vessels and wells check compatibility with the specified materials of the transmit-
• Desalination plants ter, cable and gasket.
■ Design Venting pipe
The pressure transmitter has a built-in ceramic sensor which is

equipped with a Wheatstone resistance bridge.
These pressure transmitters are equipped with an electronic cir-
cuit fitted together with the sensor in a stainless steel housing. In
addition, the connecting cable contains a vent pipe which is
equipped with a humidity filter to prevent the build-up of conden-
sation.
The diaphragm is protected against external influences by a To measured- To trans-
protective cap. value mitter
processing 7MF1575
The sensor, the electronics and the connecting cable are
housed in an enclosure with small dimensions.
Junction box 7MF1575-8AA, open, schematic diagram
The pressure transmitter is temperature-compensated for a wide
temperature range.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/27

© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure transmitter SITRANS LH300 (submersible sensor)
Mode of operation
Measuring principle Piezo-resistive
Input
Measured variable Hydrostatic level
Measuring range Max. permissible operating pressure
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
15 mH2O (45 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 4 mH2O (0 ... 12 ftH2O) • 2 bar (29 psi) (corresponds to
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
20 mH2O (60 ftH2O))
• 0 ... 10 mH2O (0 ... 30 ftH2O) • 5 bar (72.5 psi) (corresponds to
50 mH2O (150 ftH2O))
100 mH2O (300 ftH2O))
200 mH2O (600 ftH2O))
Special measuring ranges
• Up to 100 mH2O (300 ftH2O) • 20 bar (290 psi) (corresponds to
200 mH2O (600 ftH2O))
• Up to 160 mH2O (480 ftH2O) • 24 bar (348 psi) (corresponds to
Measuring point setup, generally with junction box 7MF1575-8AA and 240 mH2O (720 ftH2O))
7MF1575-8AB cable hanger Measuring range
• 0 ... 0.1 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.2 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.3 bar • 1.5 bar
• 0 ... 0.4 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 0.5 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 0.6 bar • 2 bar
• 0 ... 1 bar • 5 bar
• 0 ... 2 bar • 10 bar
• 0 ... 4 bar • 20 bar
Special measuring range
• Up to 10 bar • 20 bar
• Up to 16 bar • 24 bar
Output
Measuring accuracy According to IEC 60770-1
Error in measurement at limit setting  0.15 % of full-scale value (typical)
including hysteresis and reproducibility
 0.3 % of full-scale value (maximum)
Influence of ambient temperature  0.05 %/10 K of full-scale value
(zero and span)
Long-term stability  0.15 % of full-scale value/year
(zero and span)
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
• Process temperature -10 ... +80 °C (14 ... 176 °F)
Degree of protection according to IP68
IEC 60529
1/28 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Design Junction box
1
Weight Application For connecting the transmitter cable
• Pressure transmitter  0.4 kg (  0.88 lb) Design
• Cable 0.08 kg/m ( 0.059 lb/ft)
Weight 0.2 kg (0.44 lb)
Maximal freely suspended length 300 m (990 ft)
Electrical connection 2 x 3-way (28 to 18 AWG)
Electrical connection Cable with 2 conductors, vent pipe
and integrated humidity filters Cable entry 2 x PG 13.5
Material Enclosure material Polycarbonate
• Seal diaphragm Al2O3 ceramic, 99.6 % Vent pipe for atmospheric pressure
• Enclosure Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
and 1.4539/904L (sea water applica- Rated conditions
tions) respectively Degree of protection according to IP65
• Gasket FPM (standard) IEC 60529
EPDM (optional) Cable hanger
• Connecting cable PE (standard/drinking water applica-
tions) Application For mounting the transmitter
FEP (for aggressive media) Design
• Cap Stainless steel, PPE or ETFE Weight 0.16 kg (0.35 lb)
Auxiliary power Material Galvanized steel, polyamide
Terminal voltage on pressure trans- 10 ... 33 V DC for transmitter without Terminal area For cable with a diameter of
mitter UB explosion protection 5.5 ... 9.5 mm
10 ... 30 V DC for transmitter with
intrinsic safety explosion protection
Drinking water approval (ACS) 17 ACC NY 055
Drinking water approval (WRAS) Pending
Drinking water approval (DVGW/ Pending
KTW W270)
EAC TC N RU Д-DE.ГА02.B.05092
Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Pending
Shipbuilding approval (LR) Pending
Shipbuilding approval (DNV/GL) Pending
Shipbuilding approval (BV) Pending
Shipbuilding approval (ABS) Pending
Pressure equipment directive The transmitter is not subject to the
pressure equipment directive
(PED 2014/68/EU)
• ATEX SEV 16 ATEX 0121
• IEC Ex IEC Ex SEV 16.0003
• EAC Ex TC RU C-DE.AA87.B.00324
• Intrinsic safety "i"
- Marking II 1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/29

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and ordering data Article Order Selection and ordering data Article Order
No. code No. code
Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 - Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 -
77777 777 77777 777
For hydrostatic level measurement,
submersible transmitter, two-wire connection, PE cable for general purpose and drinking
4 … 20 mA, body material see Order option, water applications
measuring cell Al2O3 ceramics Special cable length 9X H. .
(99.6 % purity), with fixed mounted cable, Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
material of protective cap at PE cable: Order code and plain text: Y01
PPE (colour black) Y01: Cable length ..........
material of protective cap at FEP cable:
PPE (colour white) 3 m (10 ft)  H1A
Note: junction box and cable hanger have to 5 m (16 ft)  H1B
be ordered separately. 7 m (23 ft)  H1C
Click on the Article No. for the online con- 10 m (33 ft)  H1D
figuration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. 15 m (50ft)  H1E
Measuring range Cable length 20 m (65 ft)  H1F
(PE cable) 25 m (80 ft)  H1G
0 ... 1 mH2O 5m } 1A 30 m (100 ft)  H1H
0 ... 2 mH2O 5m } 1B 40 m (130 ft)  H1 J
0 ... 3 mH2O 10 m } 1C 50 m (160 ft)  H1K
0 ... 4 mH2O 10 m } 1D 60 m (200 ft) H1L
0 ... 5 mH2O 10 m } 1E 70 m (230 ft) H1M
0 ... 6 mH2O 10 m } 1F 80 m (265 ft) H1N
0 ... 10 mH2O 20 m } 1H 90 m (295 ft) H1P
0 ... 20 mH2O 30 m } 1K 100 m (330 ft) H1Q
0 ... 40 mH2O 50 m } 1L 125 m (410 ft) H1R
0 ... 3 ftH2O 5 m ( 15 ft)  2A 150 m (495 ft) H1S
0 ... 6 ftH2O 5 m (15 ft)  2B 175 m (575 ft) H1T
0 ... 9 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft)  2C 200 m (650 ft) H1U
0 ... 12 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft)  2D 225 m (740 ft) H1V
0 ... 15 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft)  2E 250 m (820 ft) H 1W
0 ... 18 ftH2O 10 m (30 ft)  2F 275 m (900 ft) H1X
0 ... 30 ftH2O 20 m (60 ft)  2H 300 m (990 ft) H2A
0 ... 60 ftH2O 30 m (90 ft)  2K 350 m (1150 ft) H2B
0 ... 120 ftH2O 50 m (150 ft)  2L 400 m (1320 ft) H2C
0 ... 0.1 bar 5m 3A 450 m (1480 ft) H2D
0 ... 0.2 bar 5m 3B 500 m (1650 ft) H2E
0 ... 0.3 bar 10 m 3C 550 m (1815 ft) H2F
0 ... 0.4 bar 10 m 3D 600 m (1980 ft) H2G
0 ... 0.5 bar 10 m 3E 650 m (2145 ft) H2H
0 ... 0.6 bar 10 m 3F 700 m (2310 ft) H2 J
0 ... 1 bar 20 m 3H 750 m (2475 ft) H2K
0 ... 2 bar 30 m 3K 800 m (2640 ft) H2L
0 ... 4 bar 50 m 3L 850 m (2800 ft) H2M
Special versions: 900 m (2970 ft) H2N
Measuring ranges for special versions 950 m (3135 ft) H2P
between 1000 m (3300 ft) H2Q
0 ... 1 mH2O and 0 ... 160 mH2O or Other special cable length 9X H1Y
0 ... 3 ftH2O and 0 ... 530 ftH2O or Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +
0 ... 0.1 bar and 0 ... 16 bar possible. Order codes and plain text: Y01
H1Y: Cable length ..........
Y01: Measuring range ..........
1/30 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and ordering data Article Order Selection and ordering data Article Order
1
No. code No. code
Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 - Pressure transmitter 7MF 1 5 7 5 -
77777 777 77777 777
FEP cable for aggressive media Material of Material of
housing protective cap
Special cable length 9X H. .
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify + Stainless steel 316L Protective capability }  A
Order code and plain text: Y01 (1.4404) made of PPE (recom-
Y01: Cable length .......... mended for PE cable)
Stainless steel 316L Protective cap made B
3 m (10 ft) H5A (1.4404) of ETFE (standard with
5 m (16 ft) H5B FEP cable)
7 m (23 ft) H5C Stainless steel 316L Stainless steel 316L C
10 m (33 ft) H5D (1.4404) (1.4404)
15 m (50ft) H5E Stainless steel 904L Protective cap PPE D
(1.4539) for sea water
20 m (65 ft) H5F applications
25 m (80 ft) H5G Stainless steel 904L Protective cap ETFE E
30 m (100 ft) H5H (1.4539) for sea water
40 m (130 ft) H5 J applications
50 m (160 ft) H5K Stainless steel 904L Stainless steel 904L F
(1.4539) for seawater (1.4539) for seawater
60 m (200 ft) H5L applications applications
70 m (230 ft) H5M
Sealing material between sensor and
80 m (265 ft) H5N housing
90 m (295 ft) H5P FPM (Standard) } 1
100 m (330 ft) H5Q EPDM (for drinking water) 2
125 m (410 ft) H5R Explosion protection
150 m (495 ft) H5S without } 0
175 m (575 ft) H5T With ATEX II1 G Ex ia IIC T4 Ga, } 1
200 m (650 ft) H5U IECEx Ex ia IIC T4 Ga and EAC Ex (only pos-
225 m (740 ft) H5V sible for cable length 300 m (990 ft)
250 m (820 ft) H 5W Additional versions Order code
275 m (900 ft) H5X Quality Inspection Certificate (factory calibra- C11
300 m (990 ft) H6A tion) to IEC 60770-2 (6 points upward)
350 m (1150 ft) H6B
Accessories/spare parts Article No.
400 m (1320 ft) H6C
Junction box }  7MF1575-8AA
450 m (1480 ft) H6D
500 m (1650 ft) H6E Cable hanger }  7MF1575-8AB
550 m (1815 ft) H6F Protective caps, PPE, as spare part }  7MF1575-8AD
600 m (1980 ft) H6G (10-pack)
650 m (2145 ft) H6H Protective caps, ETFE, as spare part }  7MF1575-8AE
700 m (2310 ft) H6 J (10-pack)
750 m (2475 ft) H6K Humidity filters as spare part }  7MF1575-8AF
800 m (2640 ft) H6L (10-pack)
850 m (2800 ft) H6M Protective cap, stainless steel 316L }  7MF1575-8AG
900 m (2970 ft) H6N (1.4404) for waste water applications
950 m (3135 ft) H6P Protective cap, stainless steel 904L }  7MF1575-8AH
1000 m (3300 ft) H6Q (1.4539) for sea water applications
Other special cable length 9X H5Y }Available ex stock
Please add „-Z" to Article No. and specify +  We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
Order codes and plain text: Y01 the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/11 in the appen-
H1Y: Cable length .......... dix.
Y01: Measuring range ..........
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/31

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Dimensional drawings 19
(0.75)
Sensor with protective cap (PPE, ETFE)
1 2 3
~161 (6.34)
Ø30 (1.18)
190 (7.5)
Ø26.5
(1.04)
6
10.5 (0.41) 5 4
Sensor with protective cap (stainless steel)

1 2 3
~169 (6.65)
Ø30 (1.18)
Ø26.5
(1.04)
7 48 (1.9)
18.2 (0.72) 5 4
Cable hanger, dimensions in mm (inch)

1 Cable, sheat Ø 8.3 (0.33)
2 - (blue) ■ More information
3 + (brown)
Determination of the measuring range for medium water
4 Protective conductor connection/Equipotential bonding (white)
5 Vent pipe with humidity filter Ø 1 (0.04) (inner diameter)
6 Protective cap (PPE or PTFE) with 4 x Ø 2.5 (0.10) holes
7 Protective cap (stainless steel) with 4 x Ø 5 (0.20) holes
SITRANS LH300 pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
52 (2.05) 37 (1.46)
17
3 (0.07)
(1.2)
1
30
H r
2
98 (3.86)
86 (3.39)
Calculation of the measuring range:

p=xgxH
(1.2)
30
with:
17  = density of medium
64 (2.52) (0.07)
g = local acceleration due to gravity
H = maximum level
1 Fastening hole
Example:
2 Vent valve
3 Cable gland Pg 13.5, cable diameter 6 ... 12 (0.23 ... 0.47)
Medium: Water,  = 1 000 kg/m3
Acceleration due to gravity: 9.81 m/s2
Start-of-scale: 0 m
Junction box, dimensions in mm (inch) Maximum level: 6.0 m
Cable length: 10 m
Calculation:
p = 1 000 kg/m3 x 9.81 m/s2 x 6.0 m
p = 58 860 N/m2
p = 589 mbar
Transmitter to be ordered:
7MF1575-1FA10
Plus, if required, junction box 7MF1575-8AA and cable hanger
7MF1575-8AB
1/32 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P Compact for gauge and absolute pressure
■ Overview ■ Application
1
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations.
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is available in
many versions. Exact adaptation of the pressure transmitter to
conditions at the place of use is thus possible
■ Design
The electronics is potted to protect it against moisture, corrosive
atmospheres and vibration.
Notes on operating the pressure transmitter
Compensation of internal atmospheric pressure
Compensation of the internal atmospheric pressure of the
SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitters is performed as fol-
lows:
• in the plug versions by means of the screwed gland (IP65)
• in the field housings by means of an integral sintered filter
(IP65) or a vented cable (IP67)
The SITRANS P Compact pressure transmitter is designed for • in versions with cable outlet by means of a vented cable (IP67)
the special requirements of the food, pharmaceutical and bio-
technology industries. In the absolute pressure range there is no need for compensa-
tion with respect to atmospheric pressure.
The use of high-grade materials guarantees compliance with hy-
giene regulations. Note: These degrees of protection are only achieved under the
following conditions:
Particular value has been placed on a high surface quality. The
system can be electropolished in addition. • if the pressure transmitter is installed correctly
A further important feature is the hygiene-based design of the • if the screwed glands are securely tightened
process connection by means of various aseptic connections. • if the cable diameters agree with the nominal diameters of the
gaskets in the housing
The completely welded stainless steel housing can be designed
up to degree of protection IP67. Note: The integral EMC measures are only effective if the earth
connection is made correctly.
Using appropriate thermal decouplers, the SITRANS P Compact
pressure transmitter can be used for process temperatures up to CE marking
200 °C (392 °F). The CE marking of the pressure transmitter certifies compliance
with the guidelines of the European Council (9/336/EC), the EMC
■ Benefits law (13.11.1992), as well as the applicable generic standards.
• Measuring ranges from 0 to 160 mbar (0 to 2.32 psi) to 0 to Interference-free operation in systems and plants is achieved
40 bar (0 to 580 psi) only if the specifications for shielding, earthing, cable routing
• Linearity error including hysteresis < +0.2 % of full-scale value and electrical isolation are observed during installation and as-
sembly.
• Piezo-resistive measurement system, vacuum-proof and over-
load-proof Hazardous areas
• Hygiene-based design according to EHEDG, FDA and GMP Note: Electrical equipment in hazardous areas must only be in-
recommendations stalled and operated by trained personnel.
• Material and surface quality according to hygiene require-
Modifications to units and connections result in cancellation of
ments
the explosion protection and guarantee.
• Wetted parts made of stainless steel; completely welded
With intrinsically-safe circuits, make sure that equipotential
• Signal output 4 to 20 mA (0 to 20 mA as option) bonding exists throughout the complete cabling inside and out-
• Stainless steel housing with degree of protection IP65 (IP67 as side of the hazardous area. The limits specified in the ATEX ap-
option) proval must be observed.
• Process temperature up to 200 °C (392 °F)
• Explosion protection II 2G Ex [ib] IIC T6 to ATEX
• Easy and safe to clean
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/33

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Function Rated conditions
Installation conditions
The process pressure acts on a piezo-resistive semiconductor
measuring bridge through a remote seal and a transmission liq- • Mounting position Any, vertical as standard
uid. The pressure transmitter converts the pressure values into a Ambient conditions
load-independent current. • Ambient temperature -10 ... +70 °C (14 ... 158 °F)
A compensation network makes the output signal largely inde- • Storage temperature -10 ... +90 °C (14 ... 194 °F)
pendent of the ambient temperature. As a result of a specially
• Process temperature Max. 200 °C (392 °F), depending
adapted remote seal connection with minimized volume, the in- on design
fluence of the process temperature on the output signal is
greatly reduced compared to a conventional screw connection. Vacuum-resistant 0 mbar (0 psi) absolute at max.
50 °C. Higher process tempera-
The pressure transmitters can be powered with a non-regulated tures on request.
DC voltage of 10 to 30 V. Output signals common to measuring • Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP65, optional IP67
technology are available.
• Electromagnetic Compatibility
■ Technical specifications - Emitted interference To EN 50081 Part 1, issue 1993

(residential and industrial areas).
Pressure transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology The unit has no own emissions.
Mode of operation - Noise immunity to EN 50082 Part 2, issue March
1995 (industrial areas)
Measuring principle piezo-resistive
Design
Input
Weight (without remote seal)
Measured variable gauge or absolute pressure
• Field enclosure  460 G ( 1.01 (lb)
Measuring range 0 ... 160 mbar (0 ... 2.32 psi) • Enclosure with plug  200 g ( 0.44 lb)
...
0 ... 40 bar (0 ... 580 psi) Enclosure
Output • Designs • Field housing IP65 or IP67, with
screwed gland
Output signal
• Angled plug DIN 43650, IP65
• 2-wire system 4 ... 20 mA
• Cable connection, IP67
• Three-wire system 0 ... 20 mA • Round plug connector M12,
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1 IP65
Error in measurement at limit setting  0.2 % of full-scale value • Material Stainless steel, mat.
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility no. 1.4404/316L/1.4305
Adjustment accuracy   0.2 % of full-scale value Material of union nut Polyamide (with electrical con-
nection using plug or cable)
Step response time < 20 ms Electronics unit potted with silicone
Influence of ambient temperature Internal ventilation for measuring
On the enclosure ranges < 16 bar (< 232 psi),
through housing thread or con-
• Zero point < 0.2 %/10 K of full-scale value nection cable depending on
design
• Measuring span < 0.2 %/10 K of full-scale value
Process connection
On the process connection (remote Zero error (depends on design)
seals) • Versions See ordering data
• Flange remote seal • Material of coupling Stainless steel, mat.
no. 1.4404/316L
- DN 25 / 1" 4.8 mbar/10 K (0.069 psi/10 K)
Power supply
- DN 32 / 1¼" 2.3 mbar/10 K (0.033 psi/10 K)
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10 ... 30 V DC
- DN 40 / 1½" 1.6 mbar/10 K (0.023 psi/10 K)
Rated voltage 24 V DC
- DN 50 / 2" 0.6 mbar/10 K (0.009 psi/10 K)
• Clamp-on seal
Classification according to pressure
- DN 25 / 1" 9.5 mbar/10 K (0.14 psi/10 K) equipment directive
(PED 2014/68/EU)
- DN 32 / 1¼" 4.1 mbar/10 K (0.06 psi/10 K)
• For 7MF8010-1... For gases of fluid group 1 and
- DN 40 / 1½" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.05 psi/10 K) (with diaphragm seal) liquids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 50 / 2" 3.9 mbar/10 K (0.05 psi/10 K) with requirements of article 4,
The zero error specified for the process connection should be consid- practice)
ered as a guideline for a standard design. We will produce a detailed
system calculation on request. Systems with reduced remote seal errors • For 7MF8010-2... For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
are available on request. (with clamp-on seal) uids of fluid group 1; complies
with the requirements of article 4,
paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, confor-
mity evaluation module H by the
TÜV Nord
• Intrinsic safety "i" TÜV 03 ATEX 2099 X
- Marking Ex II 2G Ex ib IIC T6
1/34 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
1
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7 MF 8 0 1 0 -
mitters for pressure and absolute mitters for pressure and absolute
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777 2-wire system 1 7777 - 7777 777
Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F) Process temperature up to 140 °C (284 °F)
Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value Accuracy: 0.2 % of full-scale value
Output 4 ... 20 mA Output 4 ... 20 mA
Click on the Article No. for the online Diaphragm seal
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle with aseptic connection
Portal. Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1,
Diaphragm seal form A, with slotted union nut
with quick-release clamp • 1 inch PM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch PN
slotted union nut • 2 inch PP
• DN 25 AD • 2½ inch PQ
• DN 32 AE Aseptic screwed gland to
• DN 40 AF DIN 11864-1, form A
• DN 50 AG with threaded socket
• DN 65 AH • 1 inch QM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch QN
threaded socket • 2 inch QP
• DN 25 BD • 2½ inch QQ
• DN 32 BE Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 40 BF with slotted union nut1)
• DN 50 BG • DN 25 RD
• DN 65 BH • DN 32 RE
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 40 RF
• DN 25 CD • DN 50 RG
• DN 40 CF Aseptic screwed NEUMO
with threaded socket1)
• DN 50 CG
• DN 25 SD
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
• DN 32 SE
• 1 inch DM
• DN 40 SF
• 1½ inch DN
• DN 50 SG
• 2 inch DP
Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 2½ inch DQ with clamp connection, form R1)
IDF standard with slotted union nut • DN 25 TD
• 1 inch EM • DN 32 TE
• 1½ inch EN • DN 40 TF
• 2 inch EP • DN 50 TG
IDF standard with threaded socket Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• 1 inch FM with clamp connection, form V1)
• 1½ inch FN • DN 25 UD
• 2 inch FP • DN 32 UE
SMS standard with slotted union nut • DN 40 UF
• 1 inch GM • DN 50 UG
• 1½ inch GN Male thread DIN 3852 Form A
• 2 inch GP • G½", min. meas. span 1.6 bar (23.2 psi) XA
SMS standard with threaded socket • G¾", min. meas. span 1 bar (14.5 psi) XB
• 1 inch HM • G1", min. meas. span 0.4 bar (5.8 psi) XC
• 1½ inch HN • G1½", min. meas. span 0.25 bar XD
• 2 inch HP (3.63 psi)
DRD flange, without welding-type flange • G2", min. meas. span 0.16 bar XE
• DN 50, PN 40 JH (2.32 psi)
Varivent connection (Tuchenhagen) Special version ZA J1Y
• D = 50, for Varivent housing DN 25 and KF (add Order code and plain text)
1 inch Filling liquid
• D = 68, for Varivent housing KL Food oil, FDA-listed 3
DN 40 ... DN 125 and 1½ ... 6 inch Medicinal white oil 2
Special version ZA J1Y Special version 9 L1Y
(add Order code and plain text) (add Order code and plain text)
Filling liquid Output signal
Food oil, FDA-listed 3 4 ... 20 mA 1
Medicinal white oil 2
Special version 9 L1Y Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text) (add Order code and plain text)
1) Please specify as well:
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1 Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03, see table "Further designs" on next
page
Special version 9 M1 Y
(add Order code and plain text)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/35

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
pressure with diaphragm flush at front pressure with diaphragm flush at front
Housing design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection pressure
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650, 1 (continued)
IP65
-1 ... +9 bar 30 bar GA
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 2 (-14.5 ... +130.5 psi) (435 psi)
union nut made of polyamide -1 ... +15 bar 50 bar GB
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 3 (-14.5 ... +217.6 psi) (725 psi)
union nut made of stainless steel 0 ... 1 bar a 10 bar a HA
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 4 (0 ... 14.5 psia) (145 psia)
cable gland, IP65 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar a HB
(0 ... 23.2 psia) (145 psia)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 5 0 ... 2.5 bar a 16 bar a HC
cable gland, IP67 (0 ... 36.3 psia) (232 psia)
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges
< 16 bar (< 232 psi) 0 ... 4 bar a 16 bar a HD
(0 ... 58 psia) (232 psia)
Measured range Overload pressure 0 ... 6 bar a 30 bar a HE
0 ... 160 mbar 2 bar BB (0 ... 87 psia) (435 psia)
(0 ... 2.32 psi) (29 psi)
0 ... 10 bar a 30 bar a JA
0 ... 250 mbar 2 bar BC (0 ... 145 psia) (435 psia)
(0 ... 3.63 psi) (29 psi)
0 ... 400 mbar 6 bar BD Special version ZA P1Y
(0 ... 5.8 psi) (87 psi) (add Order code and plain text)
0 ... 600 mbar 6 bar BE Explosion protection
(0 ... 8.7 psi) (87 psi) without 1
0 ... 1 bar 10 bar CA with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, Ex ib IIC T6 2
(0 ... 14.5 psi) (145 psi)
Further designs Order code
0 ... 1.6 bar 10 bar CB
(0 ... 23.2 psi) (145 psi) Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
0 ... 2.5 bar 16 bar CC Order code
(0 ... 36.3 psi) (232 psi) Hygiene version P01
0 ... 4 bar 16 bar CD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 58 psi) (232 psi) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
0 ... 6 bar 30 bar CE Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
(0 ... 87 psi) (435 psi) (5.9·10-8 inch)
0 ... 10 bar 30 bar DA Integral cooling element K01
(0 ... 145 psi) (435 psi) Process temperature max. 200 °C
0 ... 16 bar 50 bar DB (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(0 ... 232 psi) (725 psi)
0 ... 25 bar 50 bar DC Connections for pipe
(0 ... 363 psi) (725 psi) Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
0 ... 40 bar 70 bar DD ISO pipes to DIN 2463 R02
(0 ... 580 psi) (1015 psi) Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
-160 ... 0 mbar 2 bar EB Certificates
(-2.32 ... 0 psi) (29 psi) Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11
-250 ... 0 bar 2 bar EC characteristic curve test) according to
(-3.73 ... 0 psi) (29 psi) IEC 60770-2
-400 ... 0 bar 6 bar ED Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 C12
(-5.8 ... 0 psi) (87 psi)
Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling C17
-600 ... 0 bar 6 bar EE liquids certified by test report to
(-8.7 ... 0 psi) (87 psi) EN 10204-2.2
-1 ... 0 bar 10 bar FA
(-14.5 ... 0 psi) (145 psi) Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
certified by test report to EN 10204-3.1
-1 ... 0.6 bar 10 bar FB
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi) (145 psi) Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on C19
-1 ... 1.5 bar 16 bar FC seals with aseptic screwed gland
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi) (232 psi) to DIN 11864
-1 ... 3 bar 16 bar FD
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi) (232 psi)
-1 ... 5 bar 30 bar FE
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi) (435 psi)
1/36 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7 MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7 MF 8 0 1 0 -
pressure with clamp-on remote seal pressure with clamp-on remote seal
Click on the Article No. for the online Clamp-on seal
configuration in the PIA Life Cycle with aseptic connection
Portal. Aseptic screwed gland to
Clamp-on remote seal (screwed gland DIN 11864-1, form A
at both ends) with threaded socket
with quick-release clamps • 1 inch QM
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with • 1½ inch QN
threaded socket • 2 inch QP
• DN 25 AD Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 32 AE with threaded socket1)
• DN 40 AF • DN 25 SD
• DN 50 AG • DN 32 SE
• DN 65 AH • DN 40 SF
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 • DN 50 SG
• DN 25 CD • DN 65 SH
• DN 32 CE Aseptic screwed NEUMO
• DN 40 CF with clamp connection, form R1)
• DN 50 CG • DN 25 TD
• DN 65 CH • DN 32 TE
Clamp connection to ISO 28521) • DN 40 TF
• 1 inch DM • DN 50 TG
• 1½ inch DN Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
with threaded socket W 501
• 2 inch DP
• 1 inch VM
• 2½ inch DQ
• 1½ inch VN
Special version ZA J1Y
(add Order code and plain text) • 2 inch VP
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO
Filling liquid with clamp connection W 601
Food oil, FDA-listed 3 • 1 inch WM
Medicinal white oil 2 • 1½ inch WN
Special version 9 L1Y • 2 inch WP
Special version ZA J1Y
Output signal (add Order code and plain text)
4 ... 20 mA 1 Filling liquid
Special version 9 M1 Y Food oil, FDA-listed 3
(add Order code and plain text) Medicinal white oil 2
1)
Special version 9 L1Y
Please note the internal diameter of the pipe. Please specify pipe classes (add Order code and plain text)
(see "Further designs")
Output signal
4 ... 20 mA 1
Special version 9 M1 Y
1) Please specify as well:
Connections for pipes: R01, R02 or R03, see table "Further designs" on next
page
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/37

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 - SITRANS P Compact pressure trans- 7MF 8 0 1 0 -
pressure with clamp-on remote seal pressure with clamp-on remote seal
Housing design (stainless steel mat. Measured range Overload pressure
No. 1.4404/316L) / electr. connection (continued)
Housing with angled plug to DIN 43650, 1
IP65, union nut made of polyamide -1 ... 9 bar 30 bar GA
(-14.5 ... 130.5 psi) (435 psi)
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 2
union nut made of polyamide -1 ... 15 bar 50 bar GB
(-14.5 ... 217.6 psi) (725 psi)
Housing with round plug M12, IP65, 3
union nut made of stainless steel 0 ... 1 bar a 10 bar a HA
(0 ... 14.5 psia) (145 psia)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 4
cable gland, IP65 0 ... 1.6 bar a 10 bar a HB
(0 ... 23.2 psia) (145 psia)
Stainless steel field housing (small) with 5 0 ... 2.5 bar a 16 bar a HC
cable gland, IP67 (0 ... 36.3 psia) (232 psia)
Internal ventilation for measuring ranges 0 ... 4 bar a 16 bar a HD
< 16 bar (< 232 psi) (0 ... 58 psia) (232 psia)
Measured range Overload pressure 0 ... 6 bar a 30 bar a HE
0 ... 160 mbar 2 bar BB (0 ... 87 psia) (435 psia)
(0 ... 2.32 psi) (29 psi) 0 ... 10 bar a 30 bar a JA
0 ... 250 mbar 2 bar BC (0 ... 145 psia) (435 psia)
(0 ... 3.63 psi) (29 psi)
0 ... 400 mbar 6 bar BD Special version ZA P1Y
(0 ... 5.8 psi) (87 psi) (add Order code and plain text)
0 ... 600 mbar 6 bar BE Explosion protection
(0 ... 8.7 psi) (87 psi) without 1
0 ... 1 bar 10 bar CA with, to ATEX 100a, II 2 G, Ex ib IIC T6 2
(0 ... 14.5 psi) (145 psi) Further designs Order code
0 ... 1.6 bar 10 bar CB
(0 ... 23.2 psi) (145 psi) Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code
0 ... 2.5 bar 16 bar CC
(0 ... 36.3 psi) (232 psi) Hygiene version P01
0 ... 4 bar 16 bar CD Roughness of process connection:
(0 ... 58 psi) (232 psi) Foil Ra < 0.8 µm (3.15·10-8 inch);
0 ... 6 bar 30 bar CE Welded seams Ra < 1.5 µm
(0 ... 87 psi) (435 psi) (5.9·10-8 inch)
0 ... 10 bar 30 bar DA Integral cooling element K01
(0 ... 145 psi) (435 psi) Process temperature max. 200 °C
0 ... 16 bar 50 bar DB (392 °F) instead of 140 °C (284 °F)
(0 ... 232 psi) (725 psi) Connections for pipe
0 ... 25 bar 50 bar DC Pipes to DIN 11850 R01
(0 ... 363 psi) (725 psi)
ISO pipes to ISO 2463 R02
0 ... 40 bar 70 bar DD
(0 ... 580 psi) (1015 psi) Pipes to O. D. Tubing "BS 4825 Part 1" R03
-160 ... 0 mbar 2 bar EB Certificates

(-2.32 ... 0 psi) (29 psi) Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11
-250 ... 0 bar 2 bar EC characteristic curve test) according to
(-3.73 ... 0 psi) (29 psi) IEC 60770-2
-400 ... 0 bar 6 bar ED Inspection certificate to EN 10204-3.1 C12
(-5.8 ... 0 psi) (87 psi) Use of FDA-listed remote seal filling C17
-600 ... 0 bar 6 bar EE liquids certified by test report
(-8.7 ... 0 psi) (87 psi) to EN 10204-2.2
-1 ... 0 bar 10 bar FA Roughness depth measurement Ra C18
(-14.5 ... 0 psi) (145 psi) certified by test report
-1 ... 0.6 bar 10 bar FB to EN 10204-3.1
(-14.5 ... 8.7 psi) (145 psi)
Certification to EHEDG for clamp-on C19
-1 ... 1.5 bar 16 bar FC seals with aseptic screwed gland
(-14.5 ... 21.8 psi) (232 psi) to DIN 11864
-1 ... 3 bar 16 bar FD
(-14.5 ... 43.5 psi) (232 psi)
-1 ... 5 bar 30 bar FE
(-14.5 ... 72.5 psi) (435 psi)
1/38 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Housing
Fieldhousing Angled plug to Cable connection Round plug with

stainless steel DIN 43 650 Degree of protection IP67 screw connection M12
Degree of protection IP65 Degree of protection IP65 (cable ventilation) Degree of protection IP65
IP67 as alternative
»8 (0.3)
39 (1.53) For cable diam.
ø 50 For cable diam.
(diam. 1.97) 4.5 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39) 4 ... 10 (0.18 ... 0.39)
» 50 (1.97)
38.5 (1.52)
(0.9)
22.5
9 (0.35)
» 132 (5.2)
124.5 (4.9)
107.5 (4.23)
30 (1.18)
94 (3.7)
74.5 (2.93)
74.5 (2.93)
74.5 (2.93)
74.5 (2.93)
Thermal decoupler
for process temperature
up to 200 °C (392 °F)
27 (1.06) 27 (1.06) 27 (1.06) 27 (1.06)
SITRANS P Compact, dimensions in mm (inch)

Process connections
Diaphragm seal with quick-release clamp
IDF standard with slotted union nut
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut DN PN H G inch
mm (inch) (IDF thread)
H
DN PN H G
mm (inch) 1" 40 21 (0.83) 1"
H
25 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 52 x 1/6" 1½" 40 13.5 (0.53) 1½"

G
G
32 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 58 x 1/6" 2" 25 15 (0.59) 2"
40 40 24 (0.95) Rd. 65 x 1/6"
50 25 25.1 (0.99) Rd. 78 x 1/6" IDF standard with threaded socket
65 25 28.6 (1.13) Rd. 95 x 1/6" DN PN H G inch
mm (inch) (IDF thread)
H
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with threaded socket 1" 40 21 (0.83) 1"
DN PN H G G 1½" 40 13.5 (0.53) 1½"

mm (inch) 2" 25 15 (0.59) 2"
H
25 40 - Rd. 52 x 1/6"
G SMS standard with slotted union nut
32 40 20 (0.79) Rd. 58 x 1/6"
DN PN H G
40 40 20 (0.79) Rd. 65 x 1/6"
mm (inch)
H
50 25 20 (0.79) Rd. 78 x 1/6"

1" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 40 x 1.6"
65 25 22 (0.87) Rd. 95 x 1/6" G 1½" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 60 x 1.6"
Clamp connection to DIN 32676 2" 25 16 (0.63) Rd 70 x 1.6"
DN PN H D
SMS standard with threaded socket
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H
DN PN H G
25 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)
mm (inch)
D
H
40 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)

1" 40 16 (0.63) Rd 40 x 1.6"
50 16 14 (0.55) 64 (2.52) G 1½" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 60 x 1.6"
Clamp connection to ISO 2852 2" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 70 x 1.6"
DN PN H D
DRD flange, without welding-type flange
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H
DN PN H D
1" 16 14 (0.55) 50.5 (2)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
D
1½" 16 12 (0.47) 50.5 (2)
H
50 40 16.7 (0.66) 65.5 (2.58)

2" 16 14 (0.55) 64 (2.52) D
2½" 16 14 (0.55) 77.5 (3.05)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/39

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Varivent connection Male thread DIN 3852, form A
DN PN H D G d dM h1 h2 SW
H
mm (inch) mm (inch) SW mm mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
25 25 19 (0.75) 50 (1.97)
h1
D G½A 26 17.5 27 14 27
h2
40 ... 25/10 19 (0.75) 68 (2.68) (1.02) (0.69) (1.06) (0.55) (1.06)
125 dM
G¾A 32 22.6 31 16 32
Diaphragm seal with aseptic connection G (1.26) (0.89) (1.22) (0.63) (1.26)
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with slotted union d G1A 39 27 33 18 51
nut (1.54) (1.06) (1.30) (0.71) (2.01)
DN PN H G G1½A 55 40 40 22 55
mm (inch) (2.17) (1.57) (1.57) (0.87) (2.17)
H
1" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 52 x 1/6" G2A 68 51 42 24 70

G (2.68) (2.00) (1.65) (0.94) (2.76)
1½" 40 20 (0.79) Rd 58 x 1/6"
2" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 65 x 1/6" Clamp-on remote seal (screwed gland at both ends) with quick-
release clamps
2½" 25 20 (0.79) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Milk pipe union to DIN 11851 with threaded socket
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with threaded DN PN L G
socket mm (inch)
G
DN PN H G 25 40 110 (4.33) Rd 52 x 1/6"
mm (inch) L
32 40 110 (4.33) Rd 58 x 1/6"
H
1" 40 15 (0.59) Rd 52 x 1/6"

G 40 40 110 (4.33) Rd 65 x 1/6"
1½" 40 15 (0.59) Rd 58 x 1/6"
50 25 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"
2" 25 15 (0.59) Rd 65 x 1/6"
65 25 110 (4.33) Rd 95 x 1/6"
2½" 25 15 (0.59) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Clamp connection to DIN 32676
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with slotted union nut
DN PN L D
DN PN H G mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
mm (inch)
25 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
H
25 16 15 (0.59) M 42 x 2 L
32 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
G 32 16 15 (0.59) M 52 x 2
40 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
40 16 15 (0.59) M 56 x 2
50 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 15 (0.59) M 68 x 2
65 10 110 (4.33) 91 (3.58)
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with threaded socket
Clamp connection to ISO 2852
DN PN H G
mm (inch) DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
H
25 16 20 (0.79) M 42 x 2
G 1" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
32 16 20 (0.79) M 52 x 2 L
1½" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)
40 16 20 (0.79) M 56 x 2
2" 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 20 (0.79) M 68 x 2
2½" 16 110 (4.33) 91 (3.58)
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection, Clamp-on seal with aseptic connection
form R
Aseptic screwed gland to DIN 11864-1, form A, with threaded
DN PN H D socket
mm (inch) mm (inch)
DN PN L G
H
25 40 20 (0.79) 50.5 (2) mm (inch)

D
G
32 40 20 (0.79) 50.5 (2) 1" 40 110 (4.33) Rd 52 x 1/6"

40 40 20 (0.79) 64 (2.52) L
1½" 40 110 (4.33) Rd 65 x 1/6"
50 25 20 (0.79) 77.4 (3.05) 2" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection, Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with threaded socket
form V
DN PN L G
DN PN H D mm (inch)
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
25 16 110 (4.33) M 42 x 2
H
25 40 15 (0.59) 50.5 (2) L

D 32 16 110 (4.33) M 52 x 2
32 40 15 (0.59) 50.5 (2)
40 16 110 (4.33) M 56 x 2
40 40 15 (0.59) 64 (2.52)
50 16 110 (4.33) M 68 x 2
50 25 15 (0.59) 77.4 (3.05)
65 16 110 (4.33) M 90 x 3
1/40 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Aseptic screwed NEUMO BioConnect with clamp connection,

1
form R
DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
25 16 110 (4.33) 50.4 (2)

L
32 16 110 (4.33) 50.4 (2)
40 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
50 16 110 (4.33) 77.4 (3.05)
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO with threaded socket W 501

DN PN L G
mm (inch)
G
1" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 44 x 1/6"

L
1½" 25 110 (4.33) Rd 58 x 1/6"
2" 20 110 (4.33) Rd 78 x 1/6"
Aseptic screwed gland SÜDMO with threaded socket W 601

DN PN L D
mm (inch) mm (inch)
G
1" 16 110 (4.33) 50.5 (2)

L
1½" 16 110 (4.33) 64 (2.52)
2" 16 110 (4.33) 77.5 (3.05)
■ Schematics
Field housing Angled plug Cable connection Round plug
0V
4 black
0V
Two-wire brown
system yellow
24 V green
24 V 1 brown 2 white
SITRANS P Compact, connection diagram
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/41

© Siemens AG 2017
Transmitters with WirelessHART
1 ■ Overview ■ Application
The SITRANS P280 is a WirelessHART field device for measuring
absolute and gauge pressure.
The measuring ranges for absolute and gauge pressure mea-
surements are 0 to 1.6, 10, 50, 200 and 320 bar (0 to 23, 145,
725, 2900 and 4641 psi).
The sensor is integrated into the transmitter housing.
On the wireless communication side, the transmitter supports
the WirelessHART standard. A HART modem can be connected
to the transmitter particularly for initial comissioning, alternatively
the device can be commissioned comfortably by means of the
local pushbuttons w/o any additional handset devices.
It can be used in all industries and applications in non-explosive
areas.
■ Design
The SITRANS P280 has a robust aluminum enclosure and is suit-
able for outside use. It conforms with the IP65 safety class.
The operating temperature range is -40 to +80 °C (-40 to
+176 °F). Power supply is provided through an integrated bat-
tery, which is available as an accessory. The device is only ap-
proved for operation with this battery.
SITRANS P280 for flexible and cost-effective applications in The aerial features a rotatable joint which can be used for direc-
pressure monitoring tional alignment. Wireless signals can thus be optimally received
and transmitted.
• Supports the WirelessHART standard (HART V 7.1)
A special highlight is the option for direct operation on the de-
• Very high security level for wireless data transmission vice. The operating strategy used in this case seamlessly inte-
• Built-in local user interface (LUI) with 3-button operation grates into the strategy of all new Siemens field devices.
• Optimum display and readability using graphical display Using the device’s control buttons, it is easy to turn the HART
(104 x 80 pixels) with integrated backlight modem interface of the device on and off. The device can be put
• Stand-by (deep sleep phase) can be activated and deacti- to passive status and reactivated at any time. This helps to ex-
vated device with push of a button tend the service life of the battery.
• Battery power supply The SITRANS P280 transmitter features a ceramic measuring
• Battery service live up to 5 years cell for gauge and absolute pressure measurements.
• Extend battery service life with HART modem interface which
can be shut off ■ Function
• Optimized power consumption through new design, and in- The SITRANS P280 can join to a WirelessHART network. It can
crease in battery service life. be parameterized and operated through this network. Measured
• Simple configuration thanks to SIMATIC PDM process values are transported via the network to the
• Device meets IP65 degree of protection SIEMENS IE/WSN-PA link.
• Can be used for absolute and gauge pressure measurements Field device data received by the IE/WSN-PA LINK is transmitted
to the connected systems, for example the process control sys-
■ Benefits tem SIMATIC PCS 7. For an introduction of WirelessHART,
please see the FI 01 catalogue, section 8 or
The SITRANS P280 is a pressure transmitter that features Wire- http://www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
less HART as the standard communication interface. Detailed information on IE/WSN-PA can be found in the FI 01 cat-
Also available is a wired interface to connect a HART modem: alogue, section 7 or http://www.siemens.com/wirelesshart.
• Flexible pressure measurements
• Save costs on writing for difficult installation conditions. Wire-
less technology offers cost advantages in cases where exten-
sive wiring cost would normally apply.
• It enables additional hitherto unfeasible measuring points,
particularly for monitoring purposes.
• Easy installation on moveable equipment
• Enables cost-effective temporary measurements, for example
for process optimizations.
• Optimum solution in addition to wired communication and new
possibilities for system solutions in process automation
1/42 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Integration ■ Technical specifications

1
Connecting to SIMATIC PCS 7 SITRANS P280 WirelessHART pressure transmitter
The integration of field devices in SIMATIC PCS 7 and other pro- Mode of operation
cess control systems can now be done seamlessly and cost-ef- Measuring principle piezo-resistive
fectively with wireless technology, especially in situations where
Measured variable Gauge and absolute pressure
high wiring costs may be expected. Of particular interest are
measuring points which are to be added and for which no MSR Gauge pressure input
wiring is available. Measuring range Overload limit/Bursting pressure
Where larger distances between the IW/WSN-PA LINK and con- 0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23 psi) 4 bar (58 psi)
trol systems need to be overcome, this connection can also be 0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) 20 bar (290 psi)
implemented on a wireless and cost-effective basis using the 0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi) 100 bar (1450 psi)
products of the SCALANCE W family. 0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi) 400 bar (5801 psi)
0 ... 320 bar (0 ... 4641 psi) 640 bar (9282 psi)
Units mbar, bar, m4H2O, i4H2O, atm,
Torr, gcm², kgcm², Pa, kPa, MPa,
ES OS MS psi, mmHG, mmH2O, ftH2O,
inHG, inH2O
Absolute pressure input
Measuring range Overload limit/Bursting pressure
Industrial Ethernet
SIMATIC 0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 23 psia) 4 bar a (58 psia)
system 0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psia) 20 bar a (290 psia)
0 ... 50 bar a (0 ... 725 psia) 100 bar a (1450 psia)
SITRANS 0 ... 200 bar a (0 ... 2900 psia) 400 bar a (5801 psia)
AW200 0 ... 320 bar a (0 ... 4641 psia) 640 bar a (9282 psia)
Units mbar, bar, m4H2O, i4H2O, atm,
Torr, gcm², kgcm², Pa, kPa, MPa,
psi, mmHG, mmH2O, ftH2O,
SIMATIC ET 200 inHG, inH2O
with HART support Output
Output signal 2.4 GHz Wireless signal with
TSMP (Time Synchronized Mesh
Wireless Protocol)
HART IE/WSN-
PA LINK Measuring accuracy as per IEC 60770-1
Error in measurement at limit setting typ. 0.17 % of sensor’s span
incl. hysteresis and reproducibility max. 0.25 % of sensor’s span
Long-term stability max.  0.25 % of sensor/year
span
DP/PA Influence of ambient temperature typ. 0.07 %/10K, max. 0.2 %/10 K
LINK of sensor’s span
PROFIBUS
Rated conditions
SITRANS SITRANS Ambient conditions

P280 TF280 • Ambient temperature -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
PROFIBUS PA (in ambient temperatures below
-20 °C (-4 °F) and above +70 °C
(158 °F), readability of the display
Integration of a meshed network in SIMATIC PCS7
is limited.)
■ Configuration • Storage temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Relative humidity < 95 %
Configuration of the SITRANS P280 may be carried out as fol-
lows: Climatic class 4K4H in accordance with
EN 60721-3-4 (stationary use at
• Initial comissioning for the SITRANS P280 with SIMATIC PDM locations not protected against
is generally carried out via a HART modem or the integrated weather)
local user interface, since the network ID and join key must be Degree of protection IP65/NEMA 4
set up on the device before it can be accepted and integrated
into the WirelessHART network. Allowable media temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Once it is integrated into the network, the device can be con-
veniently operated with the WirelessHART network, the onsite
HART modem or via the local user interface.
• Siemens WirelessHART devices operate with optimum coexis-
tence to SCALANCE W family products.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/43

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Design Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Enclosure material low-copper die-cast aluminum, SITRANS P280 WirelessHART } 7 MP 1 1 2 0 -
AC-AlSi12(Fe) pressure transmitter
77777 777 0
Shock resistance in accordance with (Required battery not included with delivery, see
DIN EN 60068-2-29 / 03.95 accessories)
Resistance to vibration in accordance with Click on the Article No. for the online configu-
DIN EN 60068-2-6/ 12.07 ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Weight Measuring cell filling

Dry measuring cell 0
• without battery 1.5 kg (3.31 lb)
Measuring span
• With battery 1.6 kg (3.53 lb)
Gauge pressure
Dimensions (W x H x D) See Dimensional drawing 0 ... 1.6 bar (0 ... 23 psi) D
Process connection • G½B male thread as per 0 ... 10 bar (0 ... 145 psi) E
EN 837-1 0 ... 50 bar (0 ... 725 psi) F
• ½-14 NPT 0 ... 200 bar (0 ... 2900 psi) G
Sensor break Is recognized 0 ... 320 bar (0 ... 4641 psi) H
Displays and controls Absolute pressure
0 ... 1.6 bar a (0 ... 3 psia) M
Display (with illumination)
0 ... 10 bar a (0 ... 145 psia) N
• Size of display 104 x 80 pixels 0 ... 50 bar a (0 ... 725 psia) P
• Number of digits adjustable 0 ... 200 bar a (0 ... 2900 psia) Q
0 ... 320 bar a (0 ... 4641 psia) R
• Number of spaces after comma adjustable
Wetted parts
Setting options • on site with 3 buttons
• with SIMATIC PDM or HART- Ceramic K
Communicator Display
Power supply Display, visible 1
Battery 3.6 V DC Enclosure
Communication Die-cast aluminum 1
Radio WirelessHART V7.1 conforming Process connection
Transmission frequency band 2.4 GHz (ISM-Band) G½ as per EN 837-1 0
Transmission range under reference Up to 250 m (line of sight) in out- ½-14 NPT 1
conditions side areas Explosion protection
Up to 50 m (greatly dependent on A
obstacles) in inside areas Without
Communication interfaces • HART communication with Antenna

HART modem Variable, attached to device A
• WirelessHART Further designs Order code
Certificates and approvals Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
Wireless communication approvals R&TTE, FCC code(s) and plain text.
General Product Safety CSAUS/C, CE, UL Stainless steel tag plate (measuring point Y15
description)
Classification according to pressure Gases: Fluid group 1 max. 16 digits entered in plain text
equipment directive Liquids: Fluid group 1; Y15: ....................
(PED 2014/68/EU)
meets requirements as per Sec- Measuring point message Y16
tion 3, Subsection 3 (sound engi- max. 27 characters entered in plain text: Y16:
neering practice) ....................
Accessories Article No.
Lithium battery for SITRANS TF280/P280 } 7MP1990-0AA00
Mounting bracket, steel 7MF4997-1AC
Mounting bracket, stainless steel } 7MF4997-1AJ
Cover, die-cast aluminum, without window 7MF4997-1BB
Cover, die-cast aluminum, with window } 7MF4997-1BE
IE/WSN-PA LINK see Sec. 7
HART modem with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB
SIMATIC PDM see Sec. 8
1/44 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Antenna
°
90
270 (10.6)
Ø 80 (3.15)
130 (5.12)
Ø 80 (3.15)
G½B
SW27
52 (2.05)
154 (6.06)
Pressure balance element
M12 x 1.5
238 (9.4) for absolute pressure

246 (9.7) for gauge pressure
SITRANS P280 WirelessHART pressure transmitter, process connection G½", dimensions in mm (inch)
The dimensional drawing of the mounting bracket see on page 1/198.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/45

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Antenna
°
90
264 (10.4
Ø 80 (3.15)
130 (5.12)
½ - 14 NPT
Ø 80 (3.15) SW27
154 (6.06)
52 (2.05)
Pressure balance element

M12 x 1.5
238 (9.4) for absolute pressure

246 (9.7) for gauge pressure
SITRANS P280 WirelessHART pressure transmitter, process connection ½ - 14 NPT, dimensions in mm (inch)
The dimensional drawing of the mounting bracket see on page 1/198.
1/46 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology
■ Overview
1
The SITRANS P300 is a digital pressure transmitter for relative It can be used for the following measurement types:
and absolute pressure. The conventional thread versions are • Gauge pressure
available as process connections, as are flush-mounted ver-
sions. A large number of the flush-mounted versions are suitable • Absolute pressure
for food and pharmaceutical applications, and satisfy the With appropriate parameter settings, it can also be used for the
EHEDG and 3A hygiene requirements. following additional measurement types:
The output signal is a load-independent direct current from 4 to • Level
20 mA or a PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION signal, which is lin- • Volume
early proportional to the input pressure. Communication is via
HART protocol or PROFIBUS PA interface. Convenient buttons • Mass
for easy local operation of the basic settings of the pressure The "intrinsically-safe" Ex version of the transmitter can be in-
transmitter. stalled in hazardous areas (zone 1). The transmitters are pro-
The SITRANS P300 has a single-chamber stainless steel casing. vided with an EC type examination certificate and comply with
The pressure transmitter is approved with "intrinsically safe" type the respective harmonized European standards of ATEX.
of protection. It can be used in zone 1 or zone 0. Gauge pressure
■ Benefits This variant measures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-

ous gases, vapors and liquids.
• High quality and service life
The smallest span is 0.01 bar (0.15 psi), the largest is 400 bar
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical (5802 psi).
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions Level
• Minimum conformity error With appropriate parameter settings, the gauge pressure variant
measures the level of aggressive, non-aggressive and hazard-
• Small long-term drift
ous liquids.
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (such as stainless
steel, Hastelloy) For measuring the level in an open container you require one de-
vice; for measuring the level in a closed container, you require
• Measuring range 0.008 bar to 400 bar (0.1 psi to 5802 psi) two devices and a process control system.
Absolute pressure
• Parameterization over control keys and HART or
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus This variant measures the absolute pressure of aggressive, non-
aggressive and hazardous gases, vapors and liquids.
■ Application The smallest span is 0.008 bar a (0.12 psia), the largest is
30 bar a (435 psia).
The pressure transmitter is available in versions for gauge pres-
sure and for absolute pressure. The output signal is always a
load-independent direct current from 4 to 20 mA or a
PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbussignal, which is linearly
proportional to the input pressure. The pressure transmitter mea-
sures aggressive, non-aggressive and hazardous gases, as well
as vapors and liquids.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/47

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Design ■ Function
The device comprises: Operation of electronics with HART communication
• Electronics
• Housing 9
8
• Measuring cell 0.0.0.0.0
M
00
10
1
2 3 4 5
μC IA, UH
5
7
HART interface
4
EEPROM
6
Electronics
1 6
EEPROM
Sensor
1 Digital display 2 pe Measuring cell

2 Process connection
3 Cable gland
4 Rating plate 1 Measuring cell sensor
5 Screw-on lid 2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter
4 Microcontroller
5 Digital-to-analog converter
Perspective view of SITRANS P300 6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and
electronics
The housing has a screw-on lid (5) and, depending on the ver- 7 HART interface
sion, is with or without an inspection window. The electrical ter- 8 Three input keys (local operation)
minal housing, the buttons for operation of the device are lo- 9 Digital display
cated under this lid and, depending on the version, the display. 10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in IA Output current
the terminal housing. The cable gland is mounted on the side of UH Power supply
the housing. The measuring cell with the process connection (2) Pe Input variable
is located on the bottom of the housing. The measuring cell with
the process connection may differ from the one shown in the di-
agram, depending on the device version. Function diagram of electronics
Example of attached measuring points sign The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2)
and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital
Y01 or Y02 signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected accord-
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
ing to linearity and thermal characteristics. In a digital-to-analog
Measuring point number (TAG No.) converter (5) it is then converted into the output current of 4 to
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234 20 mA. A diode circuit provides reverse polarity protection. You
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text can make an uninterrupted current measurement with a low-ohm
ammeter at the connection (10). The data specific to the measur-
ing cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in
two non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked to the
measuring cell, the second to the electronics.
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so-
called modes. If you have a device with a display (9), you can
use this to track mode settings and other messages. The basic
mode settings can be changed with a computer via the HART
modem (7).
1/48 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus 1
communication communication
9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M 00 M
00
2 3 4 5 7 2 3 4 5 7
PA FF
μC μC
interface interface
Foundation Fieldbus
Power supply Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
10 10
PROFIBUS DP
Power Power
EEPROM supply EEPROM supply
6 unit 6 unit
Coup- Coup-
ler ler
Electronics Electronics
11
Bus-
1 6 12 Master 1 6
EEPROM
EEPROM
Sensor Sensor
pe
pe
Measuring cell Measuring cell
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link 5 Electrical isolation
6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master 6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell each in the measuring cell
and electronics pe Input variable and electronics
7 PROFIBUS-PA interface 7 FF interface
Function diagram of electronics Function diagram of electronics

The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
sensor (1). This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier (2) "Function diagram of electronics") amplified by the measuring
and digitalized in an analog-to-digital converter (3). The digital amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
signal is analyzed in a microcontroller (4) and corrected accord- The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
ing to linearity and thermal characteristics. It is then made avail- earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
able at the PROFIBUS PA over an electrically isolated FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
PROFIBUS PA interface (7). The data specific to the measuring FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7).
cell, the electronic data and parameter settings are stored in two The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
non-volatile memories (6). The first memory is linked to the mea- the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
suring cell, the second to the electronics. (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
The buttons (8) can be used to call up individual functions, so- to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
called modes. If you have a device with a display (9), you can tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
use this to track mode settings and other messages. The basic each other.
mode settings (12) can be changed with a computer over the Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
bus master. sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION Field-
bus. Parameterization data and error messages are transferred
by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as National
Instruments Configurator is required for this.
Mode of operation of the measuring cells
The process connections available include the following:
• G½
• ½-14 NPT
• Flush-mounted diaphragm:
- Flanges to EN
- Flanges to ASME
- NuG and pharmaceutical connections
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/49

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Measuring cell for gauge pressure Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush diaphragm
1
1
6
5
5
2 2
4
1 Reference pressure
3 2 Measuring cell
4 Seal diaphragm 1 Reference pressure
5 Filling liquid 2 Measuring cell
6 Relative pressure sensor 3 Seal diaphragm
pe pe Pressure as input 4 Filling liquid
variable 5 Relative pressure sensor 3
pe Pressure as input variable
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram
pe
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sen-
sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), dis-
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function
placing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes diagram
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the gauge pressure sen-
causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres- sor (6) via the seal diaphragm (4) and the filling liquid (5), dis-
sure. placing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement changes
the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the measuring
Transmitters with spans  63 bar (  926.1 psi) measure the input diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the resistance
pressure compared to atmospheric, transmitters with spans of causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input pres-
 160 bar ( 2352 psi) compared to a vacuum. sure.
Measuring cell for absolute pressure Transmitters with spans  63 bar ( 926.1 psi) measure the input
pressure compared to atmospheric, transmitters with spans of
 160 bar ( 2352 psi) compared to a vacuum.
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm
1
5
3 4
1 Measuring cell
2 2 Process connection
3 Seal diaphragm 3
4 Filling liquid
5 Absolute pressure sensor
pe Pressure as input
pe variable
1 Measuring cell
2 Seal diaphragm
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, function diagram 3 Filling liquid
4 Absolute pressure sensor
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure
pe Pressure as input variable 2
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4),
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the pe
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the re-
sistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input
Measuring cell for absolute pressure, front-flush diaphragm, function
pressure. diagram
1/50 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
The input pressure (pe) is transferred to the absolute pressure Adjustable parameters on SITRANS P300 with HART 1
sensor (5) via the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4), communication
displacing its measuring diaphragm. The displacement
Parameters Input keys HART
changes the resistance value of the four piezo resistors in the communication
measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit. The change in the re-
sistance causes a bridge output voltage proportional to the input Start of scale x x
pressure. Full-scale value x x
Parameterization Electrical damping x x
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- Start-of-scale value without applica- x x
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
the parameters. Full-scale value without application x x
of a pressure ("Blind setting")
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation)
Zero adjustment x x
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa-
rameters without any additional equipment. current transmitter x x
Fault current x x
Parameterization using HART communication
Disabling of buttons, write protection x x1)
Parameterization using HART communication is performed with
a HART communicator or a PC. Type of dimension and actual x x
dimension
Input of characteristic x
+ Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostic functions x
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply 1) Cancel apart from write protection
transmitter
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with HART
HART communication
communicator
• Zero correction display
• Event counter
• Limit transmitter
Communication between a HART communicator and a pressure
transmitter • Saturation alarm
When parameterizing with the HART communicator, the connec- • Slave pointer
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable. • Simulation functions
• Maintenance timer
+ Available physical units of display for SITRANS P300 with HART
communication
-
Table style: Technical specifications 2
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply
transmitter Physical variable Physical dimensions
PC or Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
HART laptop made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
modem mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
USB/RS 232 Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in

Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
lmp. gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure liquid
transmitter Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
a HART modem.
Miscellaneous %, mA
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur-
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/51

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface Physical dimensions available for the display
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is Physical variable Physical dimensions
particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the Pressure (setting can also MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
SITRANS P300 PA to a process control system, e.g. be made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C), mmHg,
explosive environment. inHg
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft- Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager). Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/ d,
the P300 is connected to a process control system. Communica- Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gallon/s,
tion is possible even in a potentially explosive environment. US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gallon/d,
bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator. kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
lb/d, STon/s, STon/min, STon/h, STon/d,
Adjustable parameters for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA
LTon/s, LTon/min, LTon/h, LTon/d
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Total mass flow t, kg, g, lb, oz, LTon, STon
Adjustable parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
keys FOUNDATION Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Fieldbus interface
Miscellaneous %
Electrical damping x x
Hygiene version
Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
tion) In the case of the SITRANS P300 with 7MF812.-... front-flush di-
Buttons and/or function disabling x x
aphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of
the EHEDG or 3A. You will find further details in the order form.
Source of measured-value display x x Please note in particular that the seal materials used must com-
Physical dimension of display x x ply with the requirements of 3A. Similarly, the filling liquids used
must be FDA-compliant.
Position of decimal point x x
Bus address x x
Adjustment of characteristic x x
Freely-programmable LCD x
Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA and

FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
• Simulation functions
• Display of zero correction
• Saturation alarm
1/52 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Gauge pressure input
Measured variable
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, max. operating HART PROFIBUS PA/
pressure (in accordance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment FOUNDATION
Directive) and max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086) Fieldbus
(for oxygen measurement, max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
60 °C (140 °F) ambient temperature/process temperature) range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
8.3 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
0.83 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.12 ... 3.6 psi 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 2.5 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 kPa 40 kPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 ... 5802 psi 5802 psi 5802 psi 8700 psi
Lower measuring limit
(for 250mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower mea-
suring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi a. The measuring
cell is vacuum-resistant up to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psia
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psia
Upper measuring limit 100 % of max. span
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi
and 60 ° (140 °F) ambient temperature/process temperature)
Absolute pressure input
Measured variable Absolute pressure
Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
8.3 ... 250 mbar a 250 mbar a 1.5 bar a 6 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 150 kPa a 600 kPa a
3 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 21.8 psia 87 psia
43 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 2.6 bar a 10 bar a
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 260 kPa a 1 MPa a
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O 37.7 psia 145 psia
160 ... 5000 mbar a 5000 mbar a 10 bar a 30 bar a
16 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 1 MPa a 3 MPa a
2.32 ... 72.5 psia 72.5 psia 145 psia 435 psia
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 45 bar a 100 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 4.5 MPa a 10 MPa a
14.5 ... 435 psia 435 psia 653 psia 1450 psia
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/53

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P300 for gauge and absolute pressure
• Measuring cell with silicone oil 0 mbar a/0 kPa a /0 psia
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid
- for process temperature -20 °C <  +60 °C 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psia
(-4 °F <  +140 °F)
- for process temperature 30 mbar a + 20 mbar a . (- 60 °C)/°C
60 °C <  +100 °C (max. 85 °C for measuring cell 30 bar) 3 kPa a + 2 kPa a . (- 60 °C)/°C
(140 °F <  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for meas. cell 435 psi)) 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a . (- 140 °F)/°F
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi und 60 °C (140 °F)
ambient temperature/process temperature)
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits (fully adjustable)
Input of gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Gauge pressure, front-flush
Span (continuously adjustable) or measuring range, HART PROFIBUS PA/
max. operating pressure and max. test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psia
• Measuring cell with Neobee 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psia
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Input of absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure, front-flush
Fieldbus
Depending on the process connection, the span may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psia
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
Physical bus - IEC 61158-2
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal.
Each connection against the other with max. supply voltage.
Electrical damping (step width 0.1 s) Set to 2 s (0 ... 100 s)
1/54 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Measuring accuracy for gauge pressure According to IEC 60770-1
Reference conditions • Increasing characteristic
• Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Stainless steel seal diaphragm
• Measuring cell with silicone oil
• Room temperature 25 °C (77 °F)
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nominal pressure range
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  1.25 :  0.075 %
1.25 < r  30 :  (0.008  r + 0.065) %
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.075 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r3:  0.075 %
3 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
(in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.16  r + 0.1) %
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.07  r + 0.08) %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F))
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.25  r) % per year
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
• 16 bar/1.6 MPa/232 psi  (0.125  r) % in 5 years
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
Effect of mounting position  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
(zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
Effect of auxiliary power supply 0.005 % per 1 V
(in percent per change in voltage)
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of the rated measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/55

© Siemens AG 2017
Measuring accuracy for absolute pressure According to IEC 60770-1
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nominal pressure range
reproducibility
- r  10  0.1 %
- 10 < r  30  0.2 %
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psi a  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psia  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
5 bar a/500 kPa a/72.5 psia
30 bar a/3000 kPa a/435 psia
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F))  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.05 mbar/0.005 kPa/0.000725 psi per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Measuring accuracy for gauge and absolute pressure, According to IEC 60770-1
with front-flush diaphragm
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span or nom. pressure range
reproducibility
• Linear characteristic Gauge pressure, with front-flush Absolute pressure, with front-flush
diaphragm diaphragm
- r5  0.075 % -
- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) % -

- r  10 -  0.2 %
- 10 < r  30 -  0.4 %
Influence of ambient temperature  (0.08  r + 0.16) %  (0.16  r + 0.24) %
(as percentage per 28 °C (50 °F))
Effect of process temperature
(in pressure per temperature change)
• Temperature difference between process temperature and 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
ambient temperature
Long-term stability (temperature change ±30 °C (±54 °F)) (0.25 . r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1/56 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Rated conditions
Ambient temperature Observe the temperature class in areas subject to explosion hazard.
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (FDA-compliant, with flush- -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert liquid -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
(for Neobee: -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
(for temperature oil: -10 ... + 85 °C (14 ... +165 °F))
Climatic class
Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Condensation permissible, suitable for use in the tropics
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 IP65, IP68, NEMA X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150 °C (302 °F)
Electromagnetic Compatibility
• Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Medium conditions
Temperature of medium
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (FDA-compliant, with flush- -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil "Measuring cell with Neobee -10 ... +150 °C (-14 ... +302 °F)
oil (FDA-compliant, with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperature decoupler -40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure version with flush-mounted dia-
phragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil, with temperature decoupler -10 ... +200 °C (14 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure
version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with high-temperature oil (only for gauge pres- -10 ... +250 °C (14 ... 482 °F)
sure version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
Design (standard version)
Weight (without options) Approx. 800 g (1.8 lb)
Enclosure material Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301/304
Material of parts in contact with the medium
• Connection shank Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Oval flange Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
Process connection • G½B to EN 837-1
• Female thread ½-14 NPT
• Oval flange PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) with fastening thread:
-7/16 -20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- M10 as per DIN 19213
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/57

© Siemens AG 2017
Design (version with front-flush diaphragm)
Weight (without options) approx. 1 ... 13 kg (2.2 ... 29 lb)
• Process connection Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Measuring cell filling • Silicone oil
• Inert filling liquid
• FDA compliant fill fluid (Neobee oil)
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
• F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra)  1.6 µm (64 µ-inch)
(Process connections acc. to 3A; Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra  0.8 µm
(32 µ-inch)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 42 V DC
for intrinsically safe operation:
10.5 ... 30 V DC
Power supply - Supplied though bus
Separate power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without Ex - 9 ... 32 V
• With intrinsically-safe operation - 9 ... 24 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Start-up current  basic current - Yes
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
Fault disconnection electronics (FDE) available - Yes
1/58 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Certificates and approvals HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; complies with requirements of
Article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Water, waste water Pending
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II1/2 G Ex ia llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
• Permissible ambient temperature
- Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li  7 H
Explosion protection to FM for USA and Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4 ... T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Dust explosion protection for zone 20/21/22 PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II 1 D Ex ia lllC T120 °C Da
II 1/2 D Ex ia lllC T120 °C Da/Db
II 2 D Ex ib lllC T120 °C Db
(in the case of mineral glass windows only -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F))
(in the case of mineral glass windows only-20 ... +70 °C (-4 ... +158 °F))
• Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW Ui = 24 V, Ii = 380 mA, Pi = 5.32 mW
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 5 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 H Li = 10 H
Type of protection Ex nA/nL/ic (Zone 2) PTB 05 ATEX 2048
• Marking II 2/3 G Ex ic llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
II 2/3 G Ex nA llC T4/T5/T6 Gb/Gc
• Ex nA/nL connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: Um = 45 V peak values: Um = 32 V
• Ex ic connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
peak values: Ui = 45 V peak values:Ui = 32 V
• Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 5 nF
• Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li = 20 H
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/59

© Siemens AG 2017
1 HART Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
HART communication 230 ... 1100 
Function blocks 3 function blocks analog input,
Protocol HART Version 5.x 1 function block PID
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
PROFIBUS PA communication - Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
Simultaneous communication with 4 ic process variables characteristic
master class 2 (max.) - Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s
The address can be set using Configuration tool or - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
local operation within the device with a bridge)
(standard setting Address 126)
- Failure mode parameterizable (last good
Cyclic data usage value, substitute value, incorrect
value)
• Output byte 5 (one measured value) or
10 (two measured values) - Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
ing limit and one alarm limit
• Input byte 0.1 or 2 (totalizer mode and respectively
reset function for dosing)
- Square-rooted characteristic Yes
• Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
cess Control Devices Version bus function block
3.0, class B
• Physical block 1 resource block
Function blocks 2
Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
• Analog input calibration, 1 transducer block
LCD
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Yes, linearly rising or falling
ic process variables characteristic • Pressure transducer block
- Electrical damping adjustable 0 … 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Simulation function Input /Output
- Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Failure function parameterizable (last good
value, substitute value, incorrect - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
value) pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
perature and electronics tem-
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
perature
respectively
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional
direction of counting, simulation
function of register output
- Failure mode parameterizable (summation
with last good value, continuous
summation, summation with
incorrect value)
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning
limit and one alarm limit respec-
tively
• Physical block 1
Transducer blocks 2
• Pressure transducer block
- Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Specification of a container Max. 30 nodes
characteristic with
- Simulation function for mea- Constant value or over parame-
sured pressure value and sen- terizable ramp function
sor temperature
1/60 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
1
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for rela- SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for rela-
tive and absolute pressure, single-chamber mea- tive and absolute pressure, single-chamber mea-
suring housing, rating plate inscription in English suring housing, rating plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 - 4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 0 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 - PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 0 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 0 2 5 - FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 0 2 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Display
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Without display, with keys, closed lid 1
Silicone oil normal 1 • With display and keys, closed lid11) 2
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3 • With display and keys, lid with Makrolon pane 4
DIN 25410 (setting on HART devices: mA,
max. span (min. ... max.) with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.63 psi) A equipment: pressure units)11)
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.145 ... 14.5 psi) B • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.16 ...16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D Makrolon pane11)
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E • With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
on HART devices: mA, with
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) F PROFIBUS and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equip-
4 ... 400 bar (58 ... 5802 psi) G ment: pressure units)11)
2.5 ... 250 mbar a (0.04 ... 3.63 psia) Q • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 7
13 ... 1300 mbar a (0.19 ... 18.86 psia) S tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
glass pane11)
0.05 ... 5 bar a (0.7 ... 72.5 psia) T
0.3 ... 30 bar a (4.35 ... 435 psia) U Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Wetted parts materials A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell 1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Stainless steel Stainless steel A ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Hastelloy Stainless steel B is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certi-
Hastelloy Hastelloy C fied here.
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y 2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1 is ordered for the transmitter with
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
(recommended version)1) 2) 3) 4) 5) respective remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF802.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec- is silicone oil.
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) 6) 5) Remote seal for direct mounting only available in combination with pro-
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 cess connection ½-14 NPT.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 6) M10 fastening thread: Max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
7/16-20 UNF and M12 fastening thread: Max. span 400 bar (5802 psi)
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 7) Only available together with electrical connection option A
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 8) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6
9) Only together with HART electronics.
Non-wetted parts materials 10) Without cable gland.
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 11) Display
polished cannot be turned.
Version
• Standard versions 1
• None A
• With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
• Zone 20/21/227) C
• Ex nA/nL (Zone 2)8) E
• with FM "intrinsic safety" (cFMUS) M
Electrical connection / cable entry
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (polyamide)9) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• M12 connectors (metal), without cable socket) F
• M12 connectors (stainless steel), without cable G
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT metal thread 10) H
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread J
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/61

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Selection and Ordering data Article No.
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for relative
and absolute pressure with front-flush mem- and absolute pressure with front-flush mem-
brane, single-chamber measuring housing, rating brane, single-chamber measuring housing, rating
plate inscription in English plate inscription in English
4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 - 4 ... 20 mA/HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 -
PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 - PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 -
FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 - FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 -
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Display
Silicone oil normal 1 2
• With display and keys, closed lid8)
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3
DIN 254101) • With display and keys, lid with Makrolon pane 4
FDA compliant fill fluid (setting on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA
• Neobee oil normal 4 and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
units)8)
max. span 5
• With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica-
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C Makrolon pane8)
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D 6
• With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA and
13 ... 1300 mbar a2) (0.19 ... 18.9 psia)2) S FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
units)8)
0.05 ... 5 bar a2) (0.7 ... 72.5 psia)2) T
7
0.03 ... 30 bar a2) (4.35 ... 435 psia)2) U • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica-
tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
Wetted parts materials glass pane8)
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components"
Stainless steel Stainless steel A
A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Hastelloy3) Stainless steel B
1) Not suitable for oxygen applications.
Process connection
2) Not with temperature decoupler P00 and P10, not for process connections
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q.. 7
(see "Further designs") R01, R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with
silicone oil.
Non-wetted parts materials 3) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q..
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 4)
polished Only together with electrical connection option A.
5) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
Version 6) Only together with HART electronics.
7) Without cable gland.
Explosion protection 8) Display cannot be turned.
• None A
• Zone 20/21/224) C
• with FM "intrinsic safety" (cFMUS) M
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (polyamide)6) A
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 (stainless steel) C
• M12 connectors (without cable socket) F
socket)
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT metal thread 7) H
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread 7) J
1/62 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Further designs HART PA FF Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code. specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting A02    Sanitary process connection according
bracket (2 shackles, 4 nuts, 4 U-plates, DIN 11851 (Dairy connection with slotted
1 angle) made of: union nut)
made completely of stainless steel, for wall or • DN 50, PN 25 N04   
pipe mounting • DN 80, PN 25 N06   
Cable socket for M12 plug Tri-Clamp connection according
• Stainless steel A51    DIN 32676/ISO 2852
Rating plate inscription 3A compliant6)
(instead of English) • DN 50/2", PN 16 N14   
• German B10    • DN 65/3", PN 10 N15   
• French B12    Varivent connection
• Spanish B13    3A and EHEDG compliant6)
• Italian B14    • Type N = 68 for Varivent housing N28   
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40
English rating plate B21   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C7) P00   
for front-flush diaphragm version
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11   
acteristic curve test) according to Bio-Control sanitary process connection
IEC 60770-21) EHEDG compliant6)
Inspection certificate2) C12    • DN 50, PN 16 Q53   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 • DN 65, PN 16 Q54   
Factory certificate C14    Sanitary process connection to DRD

Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 • DN 50, PN 40 M32   
Degree of protection IP65/IP68 D12    SMS socket with union nut

(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) • 2" M67   
• 2½" M68   
Degree of protection IP6k9k D46   
(only for M20x1.5) • 3" M69   
CRN approval Canada E22    SMS threaded socket

(Canadian Registration Number) • 2" M73   
• 2½" M74   
Export approval Korea E11   
• 3" M75   
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
(Russia) IDF socket with union nut ISO 2853
• 2" M82   
Ex Approval Ex ia/ib NEPSI E55   
• 2½" M83   
Only for SITRANS P300 with front-flush • 3" M84   
diaphragm (7MF81..-...)
IDF threaded socket ISO 2853
Flange to EN 1092-1, Form B1 • 2" M92   
• DN 25, PN 403) M11    • 2½" M93   
• DN 40, PN 40 M13    • 3" M94   
• DN 40, PN 100 M23   
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
• DN 50, PN 16 M04   
Bio-Connect screw connection
• DN 50, PN 40 M14    3A and EHEDG compliant6)
• DN 80, PN 16 M06    • DN 50, PN 16 Q05   
• DN 80, PN 40 M16    • DN 65, PN 16 Q06   
Flanges to ASME B16.5 • DN 80, PN 16 Q07   
• 1", class 1504) M40    • DN 100, PN 16 Q08   
• 1½", class 150 M41    • DN 2", PN 16 Q13   
• 2", class 150 M42    • DN 2½", PN 16 Q14   
• 3", class 150 M43    • DN 3", PN 16 Q15   
• 4", class 150 M44    • DN 4", PN 16 Q16   
• 1", class 3004) M45    Sanitary process connection to NEUMO
• 1½", class 300 M46    Bio-Connect flange connection
• 2", class 300 M47    3A and EHEDG compliant6)
• 3", class 300 M48    • DN 50, PN 16 Q23   
• 4", class 300 M49    • DN 65, PN 16 Q24   
• DN 80, PN 16 Q25   
Threaded connector to DIN 3852-2, form A,
thread to ISO 228 • DN 100, PN 16 Q26   
• G ¾"-A, front-flush4) R01    • DN 2", PN 16 Q31   
• G 1"-A, front-flush4) R02    • DN 2½", PN 16 Q32   
• G 2"-A, front-flush R04    • DN 3", PN 16 Q33   
• DN 4", PN 16 Q34   
Tank connection5)
Sealing is included in delivery
• TG 52/50, PN 40 R10   
• TG 52/150, PN 40 R11   
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/63

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Further designs HART PA FF Additional data HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
specify Order code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Measuring range to be set Y01  8)
Bio-Connect clamp connection Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
3A and EHEDG compliant6) Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• DN 50, PN 16 Q39   
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
• DN 65, PN 10 Q40    device variable (measuring point descrip-
• DN 80, PN10 Q41    tion)
• DN 100, PN 10 Q42    Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q48    Y15: ...........................................
• DN 3", PN 10 Q49    Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
• DN 4", PN 10 Q50    able)
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
Bio-Connect S flange connection Y16: ...........................................
3A and EHEDG compliant6) Entry of HART TAG Y17 
• DN 2", PN 16 Q72   
Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A Y17: ...........................................
3A and EHEDG compliant6)
Setting of the display in pressure units Y21   
• DN 50, PN 25 N33   
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
• DN 65, PN 25 N34    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• DN 80, PN 25 N35    Note: The following pressure units can be
• DN 100, PN 25 N36    selected:
Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Form A mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
*) ref. temperature 20 °C
• DN 50, PN 16 N43   
• DN 65, PN 16 N44    Setting of the display in non- Y22 + 
pressure units9) Y01
• DN 80, PN 16 N45   
Specify in plain text:
• DN 100, PN 16 N46    Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 (specification of measuring range in
Form A pressure units "Y01" is essential, unit with
3A and EHEDG compliant6) max. 5 characters)
• DN 50, PN 16 N43 +    Preset bus address Y25  
P11 (possible between 1 ... 126)
• DN 65, PN 16 N44 +    Specify in plain text:
P11 Y25: .....................
• DN 80, PN 16 N45 +    Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
P11
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 +    Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22 and Y25 can be factory preset
P11  = available
Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Ordering example
FormA
Item line: 7MF8023-1DB24-1AB7-Z
B line: A02 + Y01 + Y21
• DN 50, PN 25 N53   
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
• DN 65, PN 25 N54   
C line: Y21: bar (psi)
• DN 80, PN 16 N55   
• DN 100, PN 16 N56   
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
here.
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1 is ordered for the transmitter with
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
respective remote seals.
3) Special seal in Viton included in the scope of delivery
(FKM; temperature range -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F))
4) Cannot be combined with Order codes P00 and P10. Can only be ordered
with silicone oil measuring cell filling.
5) The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories.
6) 3A compliance ensured only when 3A compliant sealing rings are used.
7) Conformity according to 3A and EHEDG. The maximum permissible tem-
peratures of the medium depend on the respective cell fillings (see
medium conditions).
8) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
9) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.
1/64 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
ø 91 (3.58)
approx. 66 (2.6)
approx. 28 (1.1)
approx. 78 (3.07)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
H2 = approx. 80 (3.15)
SITRANS P300, with oval flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
Ø approx. 66 (2.6)

approx.
(1.1)
28
approx. 69 (2.72)
approx. 125 (4.92)
approx. 118 (4.65)

90 (3.54)
82
°
approx. 41 (1.61)
approx. 105 (4.13)
Ø 50...60 (1.97...2.36)
approx. 131 (5.16)
72 (2.83)
90 (3.54)
SITRANS P300, process connection M20 x 1.5, with mounted mounting bracket, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/65

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Ø 91 (3.58)
66 (2.6)
26 (1.02)
69 (2.72)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
4)
26,5 (1.0
Temperature decoupler
50 (1.97)
H2 = approx. 49 (1.93)
°
82
SITRANS P300, front-flush, dimensions in mm (inch)

The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P300 up to a defined cross-section
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section
Only the height H2 is indicated in the dimensions of the flanges.
1/66 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Flanges as per EN and ASME
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
1
Flange to EN Order DN PN D H2
EN 1092-1 code
Order DN PN D H2 Q05 50 16 82 mm (3.2") Approx.
H2
code Q06 65 16 105 mm (4.1") 52 mm (2")
Q07 80 16 115 mm (4.5")
H2
M11 25 40 115 mm (4.5") Approx.

52 mm (2") Q08 100 16 145 mm (5.7")
D
M13 40 40 150 mm (5.9")
D Q13 2" 16 82 mm (3.2")
M23 40 100 170 mm (6.7")
Q14 2½" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M04 50 16 165 mm (6.5")
Q15 3" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M14 50 40 165 mm (6.5")
Q16 4" 16 145 mm (5.7")
M06 80 16 200 mm (7.9")
M16 80 40 200 mm (7.9") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect flange
Flanges to ASME connection
ASME B16.5 Order DN PN D H2

code
Order DN PN D H2
H2
code Q23 50 16 110 mm (4.3") Approx.
Q24 65 16 140 mm (5.5") 52 mm (2")
H2
M40 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. D Q25 80 16 150 mm (5.9")

D M41 1½" 150 130 mm (5.1") 52 mm (2") Q26 100 16 175 mm (6.9")
M42 2" 150 150 mm (5.9") Q31 2" 16 100 mm (3.9")
M43 3" 150 190 mm (7.5") Q32 2½" 16 110 mm (4.3")
M44 4" 150 230 mm (9.1") Q33 3" 16 140 mm (5.5")
M46 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") Q34 4" 16 175 mm (6.9")
M47 2" 300 165 mm (6.5")
M48 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp
M49 4" 300 255 mm (10.0") connection
NuG and pharmaceutical connections Order DN PN D H2
code
Connections to DIN
Q39 50 16 77.4 mm (3.0") Approx.
H2
DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut) Q40 65 10 90.9 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2")
Order DN PN D H2 Q41 80 10 106 mm (4.2")
code Q42 100 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
N04 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx. Q48 2½" 16 90.9 mm (3.6")
H2
N06 80 25 127 mm (5.0") 52 mm (2") Q49 3" 10 106 mm (4.2")

Q50 4" 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange

Tri-Clamp nach DIN 32676 connection
Order DN PN D H2 Order DN PN D H2
code code
H2
N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx. Q72 2" 16 125 mm (4.9") Approx.

H2
N15 65 10 91 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2") 52 mm (2")

D
D
Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852
Other connections Order DN PN D H2
code
Varivent connection
R01 ¾" 60 37 mm (1.5") Approx.
D
H2
Order DN PN H2
45 mm
code
(1.8")
N28 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx. D
R02 1" 60 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
H2
(3.3") 52 mm (2") 47 mm
(1.9")
D
R04 2" 60 78 mm (3.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")
Sanitary process connection to DRD
Order DN PN D H2
code
H2
M32 50 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.

52 mm (2")
D
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/67

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150 Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A
code code
R10 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
H2
63 mm N34 65 25 95 x 1/6" 52 mm (2")
H2
(2.5") N35 80 25 110 x ¼"
R11 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N36 100 25 130 x ¼"
D 170 mm
(6.7") D
SMS socket with union nut

Order DN PN D H2 Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A
code Order DN PN D H2
code
H2
M67 2" 25 84 mm (3.3") Approx.

52 mm (2")
H2
M68 2½" 25 100 mm (3.9") N43 50 16 94 Approx.
M69 3" 25 114 mm (4.5") N44 65 16 113 52 mm (2")
D N45 80 16 133
D
N46 100 16 159
SMS threaded socket
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A
Order DN PN D H2
code
M73 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2
52 mm (2")
H2 N43 + 50 16 94 Approx.
M74 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm P11 52 mm (2")
M75 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm
D
N44 + 65 16 113
D P11
N45 + 80 16 133
IDF socket with union nut P11
Order DN PN D H2 N46 + 100 16 159
code P11
H2
M82 2" 25 77 mm (3") Approx.

52 mm (2") Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A
M83 2½" 25 91 mm (3.6")
M84 3" 25 106 mm (4.2") Order DN PN D H2
code
D N53 50 25 77.5 Approx.
H2
N54 65 25 91 52 mm (2")
IDF threaded socket N55 80 16 106
N56 100 16 130
Order DN PN D H2
D
code
M92 2" 25 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2
M93 2½" 25 77.5 mm (3.1") 52 mm (2")

M94 3" 25 91 mm (3.6")
D
1/68 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P300 Accessories/Spare parts
1
Spare parts / Accessories Documentation
Mounting bracket and fastening parts kit The entire documentation is available for
made of stainless steel 7MF8997-1AA download free-of-charge in various languages
at: http://www.siemens.com/processinstru-
Lid without window mentation/documentation
gasket not included 7MF8997-1BA
Compact operating instructions
Lid with glass window • English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434657
gasket not included 7MF8997-1BD Dutch
NBR enclosure sealing 7MF8997-1BG Certificates (order only via SAP)
instead of Internet download
Measuring point label
unlabeled 7MF8997-1CA • hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
Cable gland • on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
• metal 7MF8997-1EA HART modem
• plastic (blue) 7MF8997-1EB }
with USB interface 7MF4997-1DB
Weldable sockets for PMC connection
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 7MF4997-2HA
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" 7MF4997-2HB Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Gaskets for PMC connection

(packing unit = 5 units)
• PTFE seal for PMC Style Standard: 7MF4997-2HC
Thread 1½"
• Gasket made of Viton for PMC Style Minibolt: 7MF4997-2HD
front-flush 1"
Weldable socket for TG 52/50 and
TG 52/150 connection
• TG 52/50 connection 7MF4997-2HE
• TG5 2/150 connection 7MF4997-2HF
Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of 7MF4997-2HG
silicone
Seals for flange connection with front-flush
diaphragm
Material FKM (Viton); temperature range:
-20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F), 10 units
• DN 25, PN 40 (M11) 7MF4997-2HH
• 1", class 150 (M40) 7MF4997-2HK
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/69

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1 ■ Overview ■ Selection and Ordering data
The SITRANS P300 transmitter for gauge and absolute pressure 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold on gauge and absolute
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds: pressure transmitters
• 7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for gauge Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters and add Order codes code
SITRANS P300 T03
■ Design 7MF802.-...1.-...
With process connection
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with gaskets female thread ½-14 NPT
made of PTFE between transmitter and the valve manifold as in-sealed with PTFE sealing tape
standard. Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
available for sealing purposes if preferred. by test report to EN 10204-2.2
The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing Further designs:
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold. Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for mounting clips made of stainless steel
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied
leaks (compressed air 6 bar (87 psi))and is certified leak-proof
with the transmitter)
with a test report to EN 10204 - 2.2.
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the re- EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and
spective mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on mounted valve manifold
the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold on gauge and absolute
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac- pressure transmitters
tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting and add Order codes code
the transmitter.
SITRANS P300 T02
If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 when 7MF802.-...0.-...
choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a with process connection
separate certificate is provided for the transmitters and the valve collar G½ A to EN 837-1
manifolds respectively. with gasket made of PTFE between valve
manifold and transmitter
Alternative sealing material:
• Soft iron A70
• Stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571 A71
• copper A72
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
by test report to EN 10204-2.2
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
mounting clips made of stainless steel
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold
1/70 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P300 - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1
Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P300
270 (10.6)
270 (10.6)
195 (7.7)
160 (6.3)
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso-
lute pressure transmitters lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
270 (10.6)
270 (10.6)
180 (7.1)
160 (6.3)
7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
pressure transmitters pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/71

© Siemens AG 2017
Transmitters for gauge pressure for the paper industry
SITRANS P DS III and P300 with PMC connection - Technical description
1 ■ Overview ■ Benefits
• High reliability even under extreme chemical and mechanical
loads, e.g. abrasion.
• For aggressive and non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions
• Minimum conformity error
• Small long-term drift
• Wetted parts made of Hastelloy
• Infinitely adjustable span from 0.03 bar to 16 bar
(0.43 psi to 232 psi) for DS III with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 16 bar
(14.5 psi to 232 psi) for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
• Infinitely adjustable span from 0.03 bar to 16 bar
(0.43 psi to 232 psi) for SITRANS P300 with HART interface
• Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 16 bar
(14.5 psi to 232 psi) for SITRANS P300 with PROFIBUS PA in-
terface
• Parameterization over control keys and HART Communica-
tion, or over PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus inter-
face (DS III only).
■ Application
The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
The SITRANS P300 and DS III pressure transmitters have been "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
fitted with special process connections for the paper industry. mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
With the two process connection threads 1½" and 1" flush at the provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
front, the SITRANS P300 and DS III transmitters can be used for with the corresponding harmonized European standards
all processes in the paper industry. (ATEX).
SITRANS P300 and SITRANS PDS III series pressure transmit- Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
ters are digital pressure transmitters featuring extensive user- for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
friendliness and high accuracy. The parameterization is per- egory "ia" and "ib".
formed using control keys via HART, PROFIBUS-PA or
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be highly viscous substances.
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 control
simple in spite of the numerous setting options.
keys or programmed externally over HART or over
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo- PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (only DS III).
sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with SITRANS P, DS III series
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre- Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX). gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Various versions of the pressure transmitters are available for Span (infinitely adjustable)
measuring:
For DS III with HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar (0.433 ... 232 psi)
• Gauge pressure
• Level Nominal measuring range
• Mass level For DS III with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 ... 16 bar (14.5 ... 232 psi)
• Volume level
SITRANS P300
Span (infinitely adjustable)
For DS III with HART: 0.03 ... 16 bar (0.433 ... 232 psi)
Nominal measuring range
For DS III with PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
1 ... 16 bar (14.5 ... 232 psi)
1/72 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Design Example for an attached measuring point label 1

SITRANS P DS III Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
1 Measuring point number (TAG No.)
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text
2
SITRANS P300
8
The device comprises:
• Electronics
• Housing
• Measuring cell
3 1
7
5
6
4
1 Plastic cover as access to

the input keys 4
2 Screw cover with viewing pane
3 Digital display
4 Locking screw 5
6 Screw cover with viewing pane
7 Rating plate
8 Inlet with cable gland
3
1 Digital display 2
Device front view, SITRANS P DS III 2 Process connection
3 Cable gland
The transmitter consists of various components depending on
4 Rating plate
the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor- 5 Screw-on lid
mation. The components described below are the same for all
transmitters.
The rating plate (7, Figure "Device front view) with the Article No.
is located on the side of the housing. The specified number to- Perspective view of the SITRANS P300
gether with the ordering information provide details on the op-
The housing has a screw-on lid (5) and, depending on the ver-
tional design details and on the possible measuring range
sion, is with or without an inspection window. The electrical ter-
(physical properties of built-in sensor element).
minal housing, the buttons for operation of the device are lo-
The approval label is located on the opposite side. cated under this lid and, depending on the version, the display.
The connections for the auxiliary power UH and the shield are in
The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre- the terminal housing. The cable gland is on the side of the hous-
cision casting. A round cover is screwed on at the front and rear ing. The measuring cell with the process connection (2) is lo-
of the housing. The front cover (2) can be fitted with a viewing cated on the bottom of the housing. The measuring cell with the
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the process connection may differ from the one shown in the dia-
display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is located either gram, depending on the device version.
on the left or right side. The unused opening on the opposite side
is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth connection is
located on the rear of the housing.
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the
housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
other. The set parameter data are retained.
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/73

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Function
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA
communication
9
8
0.0.0.0.0 9
M 8
00 0.0.0.0.0
M 00
10
2 3 4 5
μC IA, UH 2 3 4 5 7
PA
μC
7 interface
Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
HART interface 10
PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
EEPROM
6 6 unit
Coup-
Electronics ler
1 6 Electronics
11
Bus-
EEPROM
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM
Sensor
Sensor
pe Measuring cell
pe
Measuring cell
1 Measuring cell sensor
2 Instrument amplifier
3 Analog-to-digital converter 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
4 Microcontroller 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
5 Digital-to-analog converter 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
electronics 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
7 HART interface 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
8 Three input keys (local operation) each in the measuring cell
9 Digital display and electronics pe Input variable
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Function diagram of electronics
Pe Input variable
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring
Function diagram of electronics amplifier(2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin-
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated PA interface (7).
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3).
The digital information is evaluated in a microcontroller, its linear- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ity and temperature response corrected, and converted in a dig- the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
ital-to-analog converter (5) into an output current of 4 to 20 mA. (6). The first memory is linked with the measuring cell, the sec-
ond with the electronics. This modular design means that the
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. electronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and from one another.
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
each other.
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
sages and the operating modes on the display (9). quired for this.
The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans  63 bar (914 psi) measure
the input pressure compared to atmosphere, the transmitters
with spans 160 bar (2320 psi) measure compared to vacuum.
1/74 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Mode of operation of the measuring cell 1
communication Measuring cell for gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC 1 1 Measuring cell
interface
Foundation Fieldbus
Power supply 2 Process connection
10 3 Seal diaphragm
Power 4 Filling liquid
EEPROM supply 5 Silicon pressure sensor
6 unit pe Pressure as input variable
Coup-
ler 2
Electronics 3
pe
1 6
Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper
EEPROM
industry, function diagram

Sensor The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush dia-
pe phragm for paper industry, function diagram) to the measuring
Measuring cell cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation) ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply lute pressure.
5 Electrical isolation
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable Parameterization
each in the measuring cell Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa-
and electronics rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
7 FF interface the parameters.
Function diagram of electronics With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa-
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure rameters without any additional equipment.
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring Parameterization using HART
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com-
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- municator or a PC.
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7). +
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
transmitter
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from HART
each other. communicator
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter
messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec-
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the
FOUNDATION Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error mes-
sages are transferred by acyclic data transmission. Special soft- +
ware such as National Instruments Configurator is required for -
this.
transmitter
PC or
HART laptop
modem
USB/RS 232
HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure

transmitter
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/75

© Siemens AG 2017
1 When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
a HART modem.
Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the particularly user-friendly. The PROFIBUS connects the DS III PA
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- to a process control system, e.g. SIMATIC PSC 7. Communica-
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. tion is possible even in a potentially explosive environment.
Adjustable parameter DS III with HART and P300 with HART For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
ware, e.g. SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager).
communication Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
Start of scale x x Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
Full-scale value x x particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
Start-of-scale value without applica- x x explosive environment.
tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
Full-scale value without application x x need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Zero adjustment x x Adjustable parameters for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and P300 with PROFIBUS PA and
current transmitter x x
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Fault current x x
Adjustable parameters Input keys PROFIBUS PA
Disabling of buttons, write protection x x1) and FOUNDA-
Type of dimension and actual dimen- x x TION Fieldbus
sion interface
Characteristic (linear) x x Electrical damping x x
Input of characteristic x Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x

tion)
Buttons and/or function disabling x x
Source of measured-value display x x
1) Cancel apart from write protection Physical dimension of display x x
Diagnostic functions for DS III with HART and P300 with HART Position of decimal point x x
• Zero correction display Bus address x x
• Event counter Adjustment of characteristic x x
• Slave pointer
• Maintenance timer Diagnostic functions for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, and P300 with PROFIBUS PA and
Available physical units of display for DS III with HART and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
P300 with HART
• Event counter
Physical variable Physical dimensions • Slave pointer
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, • Maintenance timer
made in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O
(4 °C), mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), • Simulation functions
inHg, mmHg • Display of zero correction
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in • Limit transmitter
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, • Saturation alarm
liquid Physical dimensions available for the display
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz Physical variable Physical dimensions
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R Pressure (setting can also be MPa, hPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr,
made in the factory) atm, psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O,
Miscellaneous %, mA
mmH2O (4 °C), inH2O, inH20 (
4 °C), ftH2O, mmHg, inHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in, yd
Mass g, kg, t, lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon,
liquid
Temperature K, °C, °F, °R
Miscellaneous %
1/76 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III with PMC connection
1
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, HART PROFIBUS PA/
Fieldbus
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
Lower measuring limit 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psia
(For PMC-Style Minibolt no span < 500 mbar adjustable)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus signal
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA -
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or -
optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
UH: Power supply in V
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART-Communicator)
Protection against polarity reversal Protected against short-circuit and polarity reversal. Each connection against the
other with max. supply voltage.
Measuring accuracy Acc. to IEC 60770-1
(All error data refer always refer to the set span) • Start-of-scale value 0 bar/kPa/psi
• Silicone oil filling
Error in measurement at limit setting incl.
hysteresis and reproducibility
- r5  0.075 %
- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
Influence of ambient temperature (in percent per 28 °C (50 °F))  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
Measuring value resolution for PROFIBUS PA and 3  10-5 of nominal measuring range
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/77

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
HART PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Rated conditions
Degree of protection to IEC 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68), NEMA 4X
Temperature of medium -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
- Emitted interference and interference immunity Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
Design
Weight (without options)  1.5 kg ( 3.3 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
• Gasket (standard) PTFE flat gasket
• O-ring (minibolt) FPM (Viton) or optionally: FFPM or NBR
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil or inert filling liquid
Process connection (standard) Flush-mounted, 1½", PMC Standard design
Process connection (minibolt) Flush-mounted, 1", minibolt design
Power supply UH
Terminal voltage on transmitter 10.5 ... 45 V DC -
10.5 ... 30 V DC in intrinsically-safe mode
Power supply - Supplied through bus
Separate 24 V power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
• Basic current (max.) - 12.5 mA
• Max. current in event of fault - 15.5 mA
article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
1/78 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
.
HART communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus

1
communication
HART communication 230 ... 1100 
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local opera- - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
tion (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
• Output byte 5 (one measured value) or value)
• Input byte 0, 1, or 2 (register operating ing limit and one alarm limit
mode and reset function for respectively
metering) - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Internal preprocessing for flow measurement
3.0, class B • Physical block 1 resource block
Function blocks 2 Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
LCD
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 ... 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn- perature
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
for flow measurement
- Gradual volume suppression Parameterizable
and implementation point of
square-root extraction
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/79

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for gauge 7MF 4 1 3 3 - SITRANS P pressure transmitter for gauge
pressure, with PMC connection pressure, with PMC connection
77777 - 7777
series DS III with HART DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 1 3 4 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 1 3 5 -
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell- ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1 Measuring cell filling Meas. cell cleaning
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Silicone oil normal 1
cleanliness level 2 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2
Measuring span (min. ... max.)
0.01 ... 1 bar1) (0.15 ... 14.5 psi)1) B
1 bar1) (14.5 psi)1) B
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C
4 bar (58 psi) C
0.1.6 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D
16 bar (232 psi) D
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
Seal diaphragm Connection shank
Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Process connection Process connection2)
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2 • PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (not with mini- 3 • PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (minimum 3
mum span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi) - version "B") span: 500 mbar (7.25 psi), not available with
Non-wetted parts materials 1-bar-measuring cell (Option B))
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0 Non-wetted parts materials
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 • Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
Version • Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 Version
setting for pressure unit: bar • Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 setting for pressure unit: bar
setting for pressure unit: bar • International version, English plate inscription, 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 setting for pressure unit: bar
setting for pressure unit: Pascal • Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating setting for pressure unit: Pascal
instructions in various EU languages. All versions include DVD with compact operating
Explosion protection instructions in various EU languages.
• None A Explosion protection
• With ATEX, Type of protection: • None A
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B • With ATEX, Type of protection:
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 2) D - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"3) E - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 3) D
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)4) F - „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection: • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)5) F
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"3)4) NC
• With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
• Female thread M20 x 1.5 B Electrical connection / cable entry
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C • Female thread M20 x 1.5 B
• M12 connectors (stainless steel)5) 6) F • Female thread ½-14 NPT C
• M12 connectors (stainless steel)6) 7) F
Display
• Without display 0 Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, 1 • Without display 0
setting: mA) • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
• With visible display (setting: mA) 6 setting: bar)
• With customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
ified, Order code "Y21" required) • With customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7
ified, Order code "Y21" required)
Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Included in delivery of the device:
Included in delivery of the device: • Quick-start guide
• Quick-start guide • Sealing ring
• Sealing ring
1) Only with "PMC Style Standard"process connection
1) Only with "PMC Style Standard" process connection 2) Sealing is included in delivery.
2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
3) Configurations with M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic. 4) Configurations with M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
4) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to 5) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505. NEC 500/505
5) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F. 6) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
6) M12 delivered without cable socket 7) M12 delivered without cable socket
1/80 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Plug Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Angled A32  Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
• Han 8D (metal, gray) A33  Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
M12 cable sockets (metal (CuZn)) A50    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
device variable (measuring point descrip-
Rating plate inscription tion)
(instead of German) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
• English B11    Y15: ...........................................
• French B12    Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
• Spanish B13    able)
• Italian B14    Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    Y16: ...........................................
English rating plate B21    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 

Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y17: ...........................................
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11    Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
acteristic curve test) according to units
IEC 60770-2 Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Inspection certificate C12    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Note:
The following pressure units can be selected:
Factory certificate C14    bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
"Functional safety (SIL2)" certificate acc. C20  *) ref. temperature 20 °C
to IEC 61508
Setting of pressure indication in non- Y22 + 
"Functional safety (SIL2/3)" certificate acc. C23  pressure units2) Y01
to IEC 61508 Specify in plain text:
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99    Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05    units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
output signal to 22.0 mA acters)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    Preset bus address Y25  
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT) possible between 1 and 126
Export approval Korea E11    Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
Y25: ...........
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E551)   
NEPSI (China) Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)  = available
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E561)    ordering example
to NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
B line: C11 + Y01 + Y21
Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E571)    C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..) C line: Y21: bar (psi)
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E581)    1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
to NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..) 2) Preset values can only be changed over SIMATIC PDM.
Mounting
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" P01   
threaded connection
• Weldable socket for minibolt connection 1" P02   
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer)
1) Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the coun-
try-specific approval.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/81

© Siemens AG 2017
15 143 (5.6) 4
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
5
H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

Ø80 (3.15)
3 6
2
min. 90 (3.54) 2)
Space for rotation

of housing
7
H2
1 Electronic side, digital display 4 Protective cover over keys
(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 5 Blanking plug
2 Terminal side1) 6 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3 Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 7 Process connection: PMC standard
M12 conector
1)
Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
2)
92 mm (3.6 inch) for minimum distance to permit rotation with indicator
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a
PMC Style standard
DN PN D H2
H1 = Height of the SITRANS P DS III up to a defined cross-sec-
tion 40.9 mm (1.6") approx.
36.8 mm
H2
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section (1.4")

D
Ø 33,4 (1.31)
M44 x 1,25
Ø 26,7 (1.05)
Ø 8 (0.3)
(0.82)
20,9
PMC Style minibolt

25,4 (1)
17,8 (0.7)
DN PN D H2
Ø 36,6 (1.44)
Ø 58,9 (2.32) 26.3 mm (1.0") approx.
33.1 mm
1) (1.3")
H2
1) O-ring surface
(bore hole Ø 8 mm (0.3“) without burr)
PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable
sockets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, Mat. No. 1.4404/316L
1/82 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P300 with PMC connection
1
SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Input
Measured variable Gauge pressure (front-flush)
Span (fully adjustable) or measuring range, HART PROFIBUS PA/
Fieldbus
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
Lower measuring limit 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psia
(For PMC-Style Minibolt no span < 500 mbar adjustable)
Load
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
• With HART communication RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communica-
tor)
Error in measurement at limit setting incl. hysteresis and repro-
ducibility
Linear characteristic
- r5  0.075 %
- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
Influence of ambient temperature  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/83

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
Rated conditions
Climatic class
Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529 IP65, IP68, NEMA 4X, enclosure cleaning, resistant to lyes, steam to 150 °C (302 °F)
Medium conditions
Design
Weight (without options) Approx. 1 kg (2.2 lb)
• Seal diaphragm Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
• Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ inch)/welds Ra  1.6 µm (64 µ inch)
Power supply UH HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
for intrinsically safe operation:
10.5 ... 30 V DC
Power supply Supplied through bus
Separate power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Without Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
• Max. basic current - 12.5 mA
• Max. fault current in the event of a fault - 15.5 mA
1/84 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P300 for gauge pressure with PMC connection for the paper industry
1
Article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 05 ATEX 2048
Marking II 1/2 G Ex ia llC/llB T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
Permissible ambient temperature
• Temperature class T4 -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, FISCO supply unit:
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Ui = 17.5 V, Ii = 380 mA,
Pi = 5.32 W
Linear barrier:
Ui = 24 V, Ii = 250 mA, Pi = 1.2 W
Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF Ci = 1.1 nF
Effective internal inductance: Li = 0.4 mH Li  7 H
Explosion protection to FM for USA and Canada (cFMUS)
• Identification (DIP) or (IS); (NI) Certificate of Compliance 3025099
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4 ... T6;
CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Identification (DIP) or (IS) Certificate of Compliance 3025099C
CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC 4 ... T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4 ... T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/85

© Siemens AG 2017
1 HART communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
PROFIBUS PA communication - Adaptation to customer- Yes, linearly rising or falling
Simultaneous communication with 4 specific process variables characteristic
The address can be set using Configuration tool - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
Local operation within the device with a bridge)
(standard setting Address 126) - Failure mode parameterizable (last good
value)
• Output byte One measured value: 5 bytes
- Limit monitoring Yes, one upper and lower warn-
Two measured values: 10 bytes ing limit and one alarm limit
• Input byte Register operating mode: respectively
1 bytes - Square-rooted characteristic Yes
Reset function due to metering. for flow measurement
1 bytes
• PID Standard FOUNDATION Field-
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- bus function block
cess Control Devices
• Physical block 1 resource block
Version 3.0, class B
Transducer blocks 1 transducer block Pressure with
Function blocks 2
calibration, 1 transducer block
• Analog input LCD
- Adaptation to customer-specif- Linearly rising or falling charac- • Pressure transducer block
ic process variables teristic
- Electrical damping 0 ... 100 s adjustable two pressures
- Simulation function Input /Output - Monitoring of sensor limits Yes
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning - Simulation function: Measured Constant value or over parame-
limit and one alarm limit respec- pressure value, sensor tem- terizable ramp function
tively perature and electronics tem-
perature
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset and preset
Optional direction of counting
Simulation function of the regis-
ter output
tively
Transducer blocks 2
characteristic with
- Characteristic curve Linear
- Simulation function Available
• Transducer block "Electronic
temperature"
Simulation function Available
1/86 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters with PMC
connection, single-chamber measuring housing, connection, single-chamber measuring housing,
rating plate inscription in English rating plate inscription in English
with 4 ... 20 mA / HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 - with 4 ... 20 mA / HART 7MF 8 1 2 3 -
with PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 - with PROFIBUS PA 7MF 8 1 2 4 -
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 - with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 8 1 2 5 -
Display
Silicone oil normal 1 • With display and keys, closed lid 7) 2
Inert liquid Cleanliness level 2 to 3
DIN 25410 • With display and keys, lid with Makrolon pane 4
(setting on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA
Measuring span and FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
1 bar1) (14.5 psi) B units)7)
4 bar (58 psi) C • With display and keys (setting acc. to specifica- 5
16 bar (232 psi) D tions, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with
Makrolon pane7)
• With display and keys, lid with glass pane (setting 6
Seal diaphragm Measuring cell on HART devices: mA, with PROFIBUS PA and
Hastelloy Stainless steel B FOUNDATION Fieldbus equipment: pressure
unit)7)
Process connection • With display (setting acc. to specifications, Order 7
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 2 code "Y21" or "Y22" required), lid with glass
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" (minimum span: 3 panel7)
500 mbar (7.25 psi), not available with
1-bar-measuring cell (Option B)) Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Non-wetted parts materials Included in delivery of the device:

• Quick-start guide
• Stainless steel, deep-drawn and electrolytically 4 • Sealing ring
polished
1) Only with "Standard" process connection"
Version
2) Not in conjunction with electrical connection option A.
• Standard versions 1 3) Only available together with electrical connection options B, C or G.
Explosion protection 4) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
• None A NEC 500/505.
5) Only together with HART electronics.
6) Without cable gland.
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B 7) Display cannot be turned.
• Zone 20/21/222) C
- "Intrinsic Safe (is)" (planned)4) M
Electrical connection/cable entry
• Screwed gland M20 x .5 (polyamide)5) A
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 (metal) B
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 (stainless steel) C
• M12 connectors (without cable socket) F
socket)
• ½-14 NPT metal thread6) H
• ½-14 NPT stainless steel thread6) J
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/87

© Siemens AG 2017
Add "-Z" to Article No. and Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
specify Order code. Order code(s) and plain text.
Cable socket for M12 plug Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
• Stainless steel A51    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Rating plate inscription
(instead of English) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
• German B10    device variable (measuring point descrip-
tion)
• French B12   
• Spanish B13    Y15: ...........................................
• Italian B14   
Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
English rating plate B21    able)
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: ......
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
acteristic curve test) according to Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
IEC 60770-2
Setting of pressure indication in Y21   
Inspection certificate C12    pressure units
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Factory certificate C14    Note: The following pressure units can
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 be selected:
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05    bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
output signal to 22.0 mA mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Degree of protection IP65/IP68 D12    *) ref. temperature 20 °C
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
Setting of pressure indication in non-pres- Y22 + 
Mounting sure units2) Y01
• Weldable sockets for standard 1½" P01    Specify in plain text:
threaded connection Y22: ..... up to ..... l, m3, m, USg, ...
• Weldable socket for minibolt connection 1" P02    (specification of measuring range in pressure
(incl. screw 5/16-18 UNC-2B and washer) units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
acters)
Preset bus address Y25  
possible between 1 and 126
Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
Only "Y01" and "Y21" can be factory preset
 = available
1/88 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Ø 91 (3.58)
66 (2.6)
26 (1.02)
69 (2.72)
H1 = approx. 120 (4.72)
4)
26,5 (1.0
H 2 = approx. 36,8 (1.4)
°
82
SITRANS P300 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, with PMC connection, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P300 with an example of a
PMC Style Standard
DN PN D H2
40.4 mm (1.6") Approx.
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section 36.8 mm
H2
(1.4’’)
Ø 33,4 (1.31) D
M44 x 1,25
Ø 26,7 (1.05)
Ø 8 (0.3)
(0.82)
20,9
25,4 (1)
17,8 (0.7)
PMC Style Mini bolt

Ø 36,6 (1.44) DN PN D H2
Ø 58,9 (2.32)
26.3 mm (1.0") Approx.
1) 33.1 mm
(1.3’’)
H2
1) O-ring surface
(bore hole Ø 8 mm (0.3“) without burr)
PMC Style Standard (left) and PMC Style Minibolt (right) weldable sock-
ets, dimensions in mm (inch)
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404 / 316L
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/89

© Siemens AG 2017
Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)
SITRANS P310 - Technical description
1 ■ Overview ■ Application
SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters are particularly suited for
use in the industrial areas of Energy, Oil & Gas as well as
Water/Wastewater. Electromagnetic compatibility in the range
10 kHz to 1 GHz makes them suitable for locations with high
electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
"Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
(ATEX).
Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
egory "ia" and "ib".
highly viscous substances.
SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters are digital pressure trans- The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 input
mitters with a high level of operating convenience. With a mea- buttons or programmed externally over HART interface.
surement accuracy of 0.075 %, they complement the Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
SITRANS P DS III and round off the portfolio. The parameteriza-
tion is performed using input buttons or the HART interface. Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very Span (infinitely adjustable):
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. 0.01 bar to 700 bar (0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo- Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with Measured variables:
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre- • Differential pressure
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX). • Small positive or negative pressure
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re- • Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of device (see Chapter "Flow Meters")
Span (infinitely adjustable):
SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters are available in various ver- 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
sions for measuring:
• Gauge pressure
• Differential pressure
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
■ Benefits
loads
• Good long-term stability
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (stainless steel,
Hastelloy)
• Infinitely adjustable spans from 0.01 bar to 700 bar (0.15 psi
to 10153 psi)
• Measuring accuracy 0.075 %
• Parameterization over input buttons and HART interface
1/90 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Design ■ Function
1
Operation of electronics with HART communication
1
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
2
10
2 3 4 5
μC IA, UH
8
7
1 Plastic cover as access to HART interface

the input keys
2 Screw cover with EEPROM
viewing pane 3 6
3 Digital display Electronics
4 Locking screw 7
5 Process connection 1 6
6 Screw cover with
EEPROM
viewing pane 6
7 Rating plate Sensor
8 Inlet with cable gland 4
5
pe Measuring cell
Front view 1 Measuring cell sensor

2 Instrument amplifier
The transmitter consists of various components depending on 3 Analog-to-digital converter
the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor- 4 Microcontroller
mation. The components described below are the same for all 5 Digital-to-analog converter
transmitters. 6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located electronics
7 HART interface
on the side of the housing. The specified number together with the
8 Three input keys (local operation)
ordering information provide details on the optional design details 9 Digital display
and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in 10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
sensor element). IA Output current
The approval label is located on the opposite side. UH Power supply
Pe Input variable
The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre-
cision casting. A round cover (6) is screwed on at the front and
rear of the housing. The front cover can be fitted with a viewing Function diagram of electronics
pane so that the measured values can be read directly on the
display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is located either The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
on the left or right side. The unused opening on the opposite side "Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea-
is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth connection is suring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital con-
located on the rear of the housing. verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontrol-
ler, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output cur-
accessible by unscrewing the rear cover. The bottom part of the rent of 4 to 20 mA.
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity.
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
other. The set parameter data are retained. (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (1), which hides the to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
input keys. tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
each other.
Example for an attached measuring point label
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can
Y01 or Y02 also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes-
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
sages and the operating modes on the display (9).
Measuring point number (TAG No.)
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234 The HART modem (7) permits parameterization using a protocol
Y16 = max. 27 char. Measuring point text according to the HART specification.
The pressure transmitters with spans  63 bar measure the input
pressure compared to atmosphere, transmitters with spans
 160 bar compared to vacuum.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/91

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Mode of operation of the measuring cells Parameterization using HART
Measuring cell for gauge pressure Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com-
municator or a PC.
5 SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply

4 transmitter
3
1 1 Measuring cell HART
2 Process connection communicator
3 Seal diaphragm
4 Filling liquid
5 Silicon pressure sensor Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec-
2
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
pe
+
-
The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply
the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted transmitter
further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to PC or
HART laptop
the silicon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is
modem
then flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resis-
tors fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in re-
USB/RS 232
sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the ab-
solute pressure.
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure
transmitter
2 3 4 When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through

a HART modem.
1 Seal diaphragm
2 O-ring The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
3 Overload diaphragm HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur-
4 Silicon pressure sensor rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
1 1
- +
5 Process flange Adjustable parameters, DS III with HART
5
6 Body of measuring cell
7 Filling liquid
(DS III HART) communication
7 6
Start of scale x x
Full-scale value x x
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
Start-of-scale value without applica- x x
The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia- tion of a pressure ("Blind setting")
phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and Full-scale value without application x x
flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon of a pressure ("Blind setting")
pressure sensor (4). Zero adjustment x x
current transmitter x x
The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors Fault current x x
fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis- Disabling of buttons, write protec- x x1)
tion
tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
differential pressure. Type of dimension and actual x x
dimension
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from Characteristic (linear / square- x2) x2)
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di- rooted)
aphragm (3) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body Input of characteristic x
of the measuring cell (6), thus protecting the silicon pressure Freely-programmable LCD x
sensor from overloads. Diagnostic functions x
Parameterization SITRANS P310 1) Cancel apart from write protection
2) Only differential pressure
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa-
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning
the parameters.
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa-
rameters without any additional equipment.
1/92 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Available physical units of display for SITRANS P310 with HART 1
Physical variable Physical dimensions
Pressure (setting can also be Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d, ft3/min,
ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,
g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
Miscellaneous %, mA
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/93

© Siemens AG 2017
Input
Span (fully adjustable), max. operating pressure (in accor- Span Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
dance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment Directive) and sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
max. test pressure (pursuant to DIN 16086)
0.01 ... 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6.7MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 1 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 25 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 MPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 ... 5802 psi 5802 psi 8700 psi
7 ... 700 bar 800 bar 800 bar
0.7 ... 70 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
102 ... 10153 psi 11603 psi 11603 psi
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits continuously adjustable
Output
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communicator)
1/94 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Measuring span ratio r (spread, Turn-Down) r = max. measuring span/set measuring span
reproducibility
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.075 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.07) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r3:  0.075 %
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi 3 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.07) %
• at -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... 185 °F)  (0.15  r + 0.25) %
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Rated conditions
Degree of protection (to EN 60529) IP66 (optional IP66/IP68), NEMA 4X
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
• In conjunction with dust explosion protection -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
Ambient conditions
• Ambient temperature
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
Design
Weight (without options) Die-cast aluminum:  2.0 kg ( 4.4 lb)
Stainless steel precision casting:  4.6 kg ( 10.1 lb)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting, mat.
no. 1.4408
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or
male thread M20 x 1.5
Material of mounting bracket
Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
Stainless steel Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
Power supply UH
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/95

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4/T5/T6 Ga/Gb
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) temperature class T4;
-40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) temperature class T5;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F) temperature class T6
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" PTB 99 ATEX 1160
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex d IIC T4/T6 Gb
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120 °C Da/Db
- Permissible ambient temperature -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 (pending) PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
- Connection To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) PTB 13 ATEX 2007 X
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA II T4/T5/T6 Gc
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ic IIC T4/T5/T6 Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V
- Connections (Ex ic) To circuits with values:
Ui = 45 V
• Explosion protection acc. to FM (pending) Certificate of Compliance 3008490
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS); (NI) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; CL I, ZN 0/1 AEx ia IIC
T4...T6; CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
• Explosion protection to CSA (pending) Certificate of Compliance 1153651
- Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG; CL III; Ex ia IIC T4...T6; CL I,
DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART Version 5.x
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM
1/96 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 2 0 3 3 - Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 2 0 3 3 -
SITRANS P310 with HART SITRANS P310 with HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Display
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • without display  0
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • without visible display } 1
cleaning (display concealed, setting: mA)
Silicone oil normal } 1 • with visible display (setting: mA)  6
Measuring span (min. ... max.) • with customer-specific display (setting as  7
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) } B specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) } C } Available ex stock
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) } D
 We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) } E the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/11 in the appendix.
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) } F
4.0 ... 400 bar (58.0 ... 5802 psi) } G
7.0 ... 700 bar (102.0 ...10153 psi) J A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Wetted parts materials 1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Seal diaphragm Process connection ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
Hastelloy Stainless steel B here.
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
(recommended version) 1) 2) 3) 4) respective remote seals.
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
with process connector "G½B connection must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
shank" 1) 2) 3) 4) 7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)
Process connection
is silicone oil.
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 } 0 5) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han7D plug".
• Female thread ½-14 NPT  1
6) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5
7) Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
Non-wetted parts materials 8) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium } 0 9) Only in connection with IP66.
• Housing stainless steel precision casting5) 3 10) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
Version NEC 500/505.
11) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
• Standard version, German plate inscription,  1
setting for pressure unit: bar
• International version, English plate inscription, } 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription,  3
setting for pressure unit: Pascal
All versions include DVD with compact operat-
ing instructions in various EU languages.
• None  A
- "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)"  B
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"6)  D
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"7)  E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure } R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"8) 9) (pending)
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is) (pending)10) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D8)9)10) (pending)
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof  NC
(is + xp)"6)10) (pending)
• Screwed gland M20 x1 .5 } B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT  C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector11)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/97

© Siemens AG 2017
Further designs Further designs
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting bracket Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protection) J01
(1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer or
1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer) made of: Marine approvals
• Steel  A01 • Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) S10
• Stainless steel 304  A02 • Lloyds Register (LR) S11
• Stainless steel 316L  A03
Plug • French marine classification society S12
Bureau Veritas (BV)
• Han 7D (metal) A30
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31 • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14
• Angled A32 • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17
(instead of German)  We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/11 in the appendix.
• French  B12
• Spanish  B13 1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
English rating plate  B21 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point character-  C11 here.
istic curve test) according to IEC 60770-21) 2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
Inspection certificate2)  C12 mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
3) Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the
Factory certificate  C14 country-specific approval.
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15
PMI test of parts in contact with medium
Selection and Ordering data Order code
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending)  C20
Additional data
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
and IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration
code(s) and plain text.
Functional safety (SIL2/3)  C23
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 Measuring range to be set  Y01
and IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in device vari-  Y15
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 able (measuring point description)
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12 Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device variable)  Y16
Cable gland and sealing plug made of metal D32 Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61 Y16: ...........................................
Export approval Korea E11 Entry of HART address (TAG)  Y17
CRN approval Canada E22 Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
(Canadian Registration Number) Y17: ...........................................
Dual seal E24 Setting of pressure indication in pressure units  Y21
Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar): Y21:
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E553)
mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
(China)
Note:
(only for transmitter 7MF2033-.....-.B..) The following pressure units can be selected:
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI E563) bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG,
(China) inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM
(only for transmitter 7MF2033-.....-.D..) or %
Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E573)
(only for transmitter 7MF2033.-.....-.E..) Setting of pressure indication in  Y22 + Y01
non-pressure units1)
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex (Russia) E80 Specify in plain text:
(only for transmitter 7MF2...-.....-.B..) Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex (Russia) E81
"Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to EAC E82 the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/11 in the appendix.
Ex (Russia)
(only for transmitter 7MF2...-.....-.E..) Ordering example
Item line: 7MF2033-1EA00-1AA7-Z
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)
1/98 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1 (1.1)
50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9
68 (2.68)
8
120 (4.72)
72 (2.8)
Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

2 Terminal side1)
7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B
Han 7D/Han 8D2) 3) plug
9 Mounting bracket (option)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof enclosure"
3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CSA" [IS + XP]"
4)
Minimum distance for rotating
SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/99

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P310 for differential pressure and flow
Input
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow
Span (fully adjustable), max. operating pressure (in accor- Span Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
dance with 2014/68/EU Pressure Equipment Directive)
1 ... 60 mbar 160 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 16 MPa
0.4 ... 24 inH2O 2320 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar
0.2 ... 25 kPa
1 ... 100 inH2O
6 ... 600 mbar
0.6 ...60 kPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O
16 ... 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar
5 ...500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. measuring rage (-33 % for 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi cell) or
30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psia
Start of scale value Between the measuring limits continuously adjustable
Output
• Lower limit (infinitely adjustable) 3.55 mA, factory preset to 3.84 mA
• Upper limit (infinitely adjustable) 23 mA, factory preset to 20.5 mA or optionally set to 22.0 mA
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART Communicator)
1/100 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  60:  (0.005  r + 0.07) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0,075 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100:  (0,005  r + 0.07) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.2 psi
5000 mbar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3000 kPa/435 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic (flow > 50 %)
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  60:  (0.005  r + 0.07) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0,075 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.005  r + 0.07) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.2 psi
5000 mbar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3000 kPa/435 psi
• Square-rooted characteristic
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.15 %
5 < r  60:  (0.01  r + 0.14) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.15 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100:  (0.01  r + 0.14) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.2 psi
5000 mbar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3000 kPa/435 psi
• at -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)  (0.15  r + 0.25) %
Influence of static pressure
• on the zero point
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.15  r) % per 70 bar
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi  (0.2  r) % per 70 bar
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi (zero point correction is possible with position error compensation)
• on the span  0.14 % per 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Long-term stability  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0001015 psi per 10° inclination
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/101

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P310 for differential pressure and flow
Rated conditions
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F);
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) with 30 bar measuring cell
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Emitted interference and interference Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
immunity
Design
no. 1.4408
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• O-Ring FPM (Viton) or optionally: PTFE, FEP, FEPM and NBR
Process connection Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to
DIN 19213 or 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Steel Sheet-steel, Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated
• Stainless steel Sheet stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301 (SS 304)
Power supply UH
1/102 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300 
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120 °C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120 °C Da/Db
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 
L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
- Marking Ex II 2/3 G Ex nA IIC T4/T5/T6 Gc
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V
- Connection (Ex ic) To circuits with values:
Ui = 45 V
T4...T6;
CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4...T6; CL II, DIV 2, GP FG; CL III
HART communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Protocol HART Version 5.x
Software for PC SIMATIC PDM
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/103

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 2 4 3 3 - SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure trans- 7MF 2 4 3 3 -
mitters for differential pressure and flow, mitters for differential pressure and flow,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Electrical connection/cable entry
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 } B
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT  C
ing • Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
Silicone oil normal } 1 connector12)13)
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Display
• Without display  0
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
• Without visible display } 1
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) } C (display concealed, setting: mA)
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) } D • With visible display (setting: mA)  6
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) } E • with customer-specific display  7
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) } F (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) } G required)
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) } H } Available ex stock
Wetted parts materials  We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
(stainless steel process flanges) the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/11 in the appendix.
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A Included in delivery of the device:
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Quick-start guide
Version for diaphragm seal1) 2) 3) 4) Y • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Process connection 1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
• Sealing screw opposite process connection is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to } 2 here.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213  0
(only for replacement requirement) respective remote seals.
• Vent on side of process flange5) 3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
(only for replacement requirement) is silicone oil.
Non-wetted parts materials 5) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
process flange screws Electronics housing the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
6) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han7D plug".
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum } 2 7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3
8)
casting6) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
Version 10) Only in connection with IP66.
• Standard version, German plate inscription,  1 11)
setting for pressure unit: bar Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
• International version, English plate inscription, } 2 12) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
13) Permissible only for crimp-contact of conductor cross-section 1 mm2
• None  A
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure"  P
(Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"9)  E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure } R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"8)10) (pending)
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)+ S
Zone 1D/2D8)10)11) (pending)
(is + xp)"7)11) (pending)
1/104 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitter with mounting bracket Export approval Korea E11
(1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer or
1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer) made of: Dual seal E24
• Steel  A01 Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E553)
• Stainless steel 304  A02 (China)
• Stainless steel 316L  A03 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
O-rings for process flanges Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI E563)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (China)
• PTFE (Teflon)  A20 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E573)
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
for measured medium temperatures
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex (Russia) E80
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)
(only for transmitter 7MF2...-.....-.B..)
• NBR (Buna N) A23
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex (Russia) E81
plug
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31 Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to EAC E82
• Angled A32 Ex (Russia)
• Han 8D (metal) A33 (only for transmitter 7MF2...-.....-.E..)
Sealing screws (2 units)  A40 Vent on side for gas measurements H02
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges Stainless steel process flanges for vertical differ- H03
ential pressure lines
(instead of German) Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protection) J01
• French  B12 Marine approvals
• Spanish  B13
• Det Norske Veritas Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) S10
English rating plate  B21
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi
• French marine classification society S12
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point character-  C11 Bureau Veritas (BV)
istic curve test) according to IEC 60770-21)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14
Inspection certificate2) to EN 10204-3.1  C12
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2  C14
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15
PMI test of parts in contact with medium  We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending)  C20
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered
and IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
Functional safety (SIL2/3)  C23 mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
and IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration 2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
Device passport Russia C99 respective remote seals.
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07 3) Options does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) country-specific approval.
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Hastel-
loy and stainless steel)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
Cable gland and sealing plug made of metal D32
Supplied with oval flange set D37
(2 items), PTFE packings and screws in thread of
process flanges
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/105

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code
Additional data
code(s) and plain text.
Measuring range to be set
• in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01
(max. 5 characters):
• in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in device vari- Y15
able (measuring point description)
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device variable) Y16
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17
Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
Setting of pressure indication in pressure units Y21
Note:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG,
psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 +
non-pressure units1) Y01 or Y02
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units
"Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21 and Y22 can be factory preset.
1/106 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5
(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)
24
(1.14)
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3
166 (6.54)
7
2
8
min. 90 (3.54) 4)
262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of housing
134 (5.28)
10
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)
1 Electronic side, digital display 6 Blanking plug

(longer overall length for cover with window)1) 7 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
2 Terminal side1) "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
3 Electrical connection: 8 Lateral venting for liquid measurement (Standard)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 9 Lateral venting for gas measurement (suffix H02)
Han 7D/ Han 8D2) 3) plug
4 Harting adapter
11 Sealing screw with valve (option)
5 Protective cover over keys
12 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
1)
2)
3)
4)
SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/107

© Siemens AG 2017
1
15 143 (5.6) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 53 (2.1) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3 4 3 7
approx. 217 (8.54) 7)

2
min. 90 (3.54) 4) 8
Space for rotation

of housing
approx. 85 (3.35) 6)
8
60 (2.36) 5) approx. 87 (3.43)

65 (2.56)

Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Sealing screw with valve (option)
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
74 mm (2.9 inch) for PN ≥ 420 (MAWP ≥ 6092 psi)
6)
7)
SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
dimensional drawing, dimensions in mm (inch)
SITRANS P310 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines
1/108 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P310 Accessories/Spare Parts
1
Spare parts/Accessories Documentation
Mounting bracket and fastening parts The entire documentation is available for A5E35603949
for pressure transmitters download free-of-charge in various languages
SITRANS P310 (7MF2033-.....-..C.) mentation/documentation
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AH Certificates (order only via SAP)
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AP instead of Internet download
• hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
Mounting bracket and fastening parts
• on DVD (to order) A5E03252407
for pressure transmitters
SITRANS P310 HART modem
(7MF2033-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.) with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AC
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 } 7MF4997-1AJ
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AQ Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Mounting and fastening brackets

For differential pressure transmitters with
flange thread M10
SITRANS P310 (7MF2433-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 } 7MF4997-1AK
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AR
flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
SITRANS P310(7MF2533-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AM
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AT
Cover
Made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket.
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters
• without window 7MF4997-1BB
• with window } 7MF4997-1BE
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket.
• without window 7MF4997-1BC
• with window 7MF4997-1BF
Digital indicator 7MF4997-1BR
Including mounting material
• without inscription (5 units) 7MF4997-1CA
• Printed (1 unit) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and Y..: ......................
Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")
Mounting screws
For measuring point label, grounding and con- 7MF4997-1CD
nection terminals or for display
(50 units)
Sealing screws
(1 set = 2 units) for process flange
• made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
• made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
Sealing screws with vent valve
Complete (1 set = 2 units)
• made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1CP
• made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
O-rings for process flanges made of:
• FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
• PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) 7MF4997-2DD
• NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
Sealing ring for process connection see "Fittings"
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/109

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P310 Accessories/Spare Parts
60
30
12,5
25 25
Ø9
30
R30
60
3
12,5
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P310 gauge and absolute pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm
mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)
38 27
20,65
20,65
27
R30
41,3
54
R6,5 3
Ø20 41,3
54
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P310 differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm

1/110 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)
SITRANS P DS III - Technical description
■ Overview
1
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters are digital pressure • Infinitely adjustable span from 0.01 bar to 700 bar
transmitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and high accu- (0.15 psi to 10153 psi) for DS III with HART interface
racy. The parameterization is performed using control keys or via • Nominal measuring range from 1 bar to 700 bar
HART, PROFIBUS-PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface. (14.5 psi to 10153 psi) for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
Extensive functionality enables the pressure transmitter to be FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
precisely adapted to the plant’s requirements. Operation is very • High measuring accuracy
simple in spite of the numerous setting options. • Parameterization over control keys and HART or PROFIBUS
Transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo- PA, or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with
an EC type examination certificate and comply with the corre-
■ Application
sponding harmonized European standards (ATEX). The pressure transmitters of the DS III series, can be used in in-
dustrial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads.
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re- Electromagnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of makes the DS III pressure transmitters suitable for locations with
highly viscous substances. high electromagnetic emissions.
Various versions of the DS III pressure transmitters are available Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and
for measuring: "Explosion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive at-
• Gauge pressure mospheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitters are
• Absolute pressure provided with an EC type examination certificate and comply
with the corresponding harmonized European standards
• Differential pressure (ATEX).
• Level
• Volume level for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
• Mass level egory "ia" and "ib".
• Volume flow The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
• Mass flow mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of
■ Benefits The pressure transmitter can be programmed locally using the 3
• High quality and service life control buttons or externally via HART or PROFIBUS PA or
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
loads
• Separate replacement of measuring cell and electronics with-
out recalibration
• Minimum conformity error
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g. stainless
steel, Hastelloy, gold, Monel, tantalum)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/111

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
■ Design
Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Span (infinitely adjustable) 1
for DS III with HART: 0.01 bar to 700 bar (0.15 psi to 10153 psi)
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 2
1 bar to 700 bar (14.5 psi to 10153 psi)
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
Measured variable: Absolute pressure of aggressive and non- 8
aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
Span (infinitely adjustable) 1 Plastic cover as access to
for DS III with HART: 8.3 mbar a ... 100 bar a (0.12 ... 1450 psia) the input keys
2 Screw cover with
viewing pane 3
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: 3 Digital display
250 mbar a ... 100 bar a (3.6 ... 1450 psia) 4 Locking screw 7
There are two series: 5 Process connection
6 Screw cover with
• Gauge pressure series viewing pane 6
• Differential pressure series 7 Rating plate
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow 5
Measured variables:
Front view
• Small positive or negative pressure
• Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure de- The transmitter consists of various components depending on
vice (see Chapter "Flow Meters")) the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
Span (infinitely adjustable) transmitters.
for DS III with HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located
Nominal measuring range on the side of the housing. The specified number together with the
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: ordering information provide details on the optional design details
20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi) and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in
sensor element).
Pressure transmitters for level
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive liq-
uids in open and closed vessels. The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre-
rear of the housing. The front cover can be fitted with a viewing
for DS III with HART: 25 mbar ... 5 bar (0.363 ... 72.5 psi)
Nominal measuring range display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is located either
for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus: on the left or right side. The unused opening on the opposite side
250 mbar ... 5 bar (3.63 ... 72.5 psi) is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth connection is
Nominal diameter of the mounting flange
• DN 80 or DN 100 The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
• 3 inch or 4 inch housing contains the measuring cell with process connection
In the case of level measurements in open containers, the low- (5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
pressure connection of the measuring cell remains open (mea- screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
surement "compared to atmospheric"). cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
In the case of measurements in closed containers, the lower-
pressure connection has to be connected to the container in or- At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
der to compensate the static pressure. input keys.
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depend- Example for an attached measuring point label
ing on the degree of corrosion resistance required.
Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
1/112 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Function
1
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA communication
9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M M
00 00
10
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 7
μC IA, UH PA
μC
interface
Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
7
10
HART interface
PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
6 unit
EEPROM Coup-
6
ler
11
1 6 Bus-
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM
EEPROM
Sensor Sensor
pe Measuring cell pe
Measuring cell

2 Instrument amplifier 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
3 Analog-to-digital converter 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
4 Microcontroller 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
5 Digital-to-analog converter 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
electronics 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
7 HART interface each in the measuring cell
8 Three input keys (local operation) and electronics pe Input variable
9 Digital display 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea-
suring amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital con-
Function diagram of electronics verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcon-
troller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure provided on the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea- PA interface (7).
verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontrol- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ler, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output cur- (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
rent of 4 to 20 mA. to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. each other.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
each other. The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Para-
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure meterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- quired for this.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/113

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus com- Mode of operation of the measuring cells
munication
Measuring cell for gauge pressure
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC interface 3
Foundation Fieldbus
1 1 Measuring cell
Power supply
10
3 Seal diaphragm
Power
supply 4 Filling liquid
EEPROM
6 unit 5 Silicon pressure sensor
Coup-
ler
2
Electronics
pe
1 6
EEPROM

Sensor
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to
pe the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
Measuring cell further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the ab-
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply solute pressure.
5 Electrical isolation Measuring cell for gauge pressure with front-flush diaphragm
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell
and electronics
7 FF interface

5
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure 4
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). 1 1 Measuring cell
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- 2 Process connection
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the 3 Seal diaphragm
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated 4 Filling liquid
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7). 5 Silicon pressure sensor
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
2
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other 3
pe
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm for paper
each other. industry, function diagram
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres- The pressure pe is applied through the process connection (2,
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but- Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, with front-flush dia-
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error phragm for paper industry, function diagram") to the measuring
messages and the operating modes on the display (9). cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted further
The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans- through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to the sil-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION icon pressure sensor (5) whose measuring diaphragm is then
Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are trans- flexed. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fit-
ferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as ted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
National Instruments Configurator is required for this. tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the abso-
lute pressure.
1/114 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from gauge pressure series Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow 1
2 3 4
1 Seal diaphragm
5 2 O-ring
4 3 Overload diaphragm
1 4 Silicon pressure sensor
3 1 - +
1 Measuring cell 5 Process flange
1 5
2 Process connection 6 Body of measuring cell
3 Seal diaphragm 7 Filling liquid
4 Filling liquid 7 6
5 Silicon absolute pressure
sensor
pe Absolute pressure as input Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
2 variable
pe The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from the pressure series, function pressure sensor (4).
diagram
The absolute pressure pe is transmitted through the seal dia- The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
phragm (3, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
pressure series, gauge pressure, function diagram ") and the fill- fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
ing liquid (4) to the silicon absolute pressure sensor (5) whose tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
measuring diaphragm is then flexed. This changes the resis- differential pressure.
tance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge out- overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
put voltage proportional to the absolute pressure. aphragm (3) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure of the measuring cell (6), thus protecting the silicon pressure
series sensor from overloads.
Measuring cell for level
2 3 4 1 Reference vacuum
2 Overload diaphragm 3 4 5 6 7
3 Silicon pressure sensor
4 O-ring 2
5 5 Process flange 8
1 pe 6 Seal diaphragm +
6 7 Body of measuring cell -
8 Filling liquid
pe Absolute pressure as 1 10
8 7 input variable 9
1 Flange with tube 6 Silicon pressure sensor

Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential pressure series, 2 Seal diaphragm on mounting 7 O-ring
function diagram flange 8 Process flange
3 Seal diaphragm 9 Filling liquid
The input pressure pe is transmitted through the seal diaphragm
4 Body of measuring cell 10 Capillary with filling liquid
(6, Figure "Measuring cell for absolute pressure from differential
5 Overload diaphragm of mounting flange
pressure series, function diagram") and the filling liquid (8) to the
silicon pressure sensor (3).
The difference in pressure between the input pressure pe and Measuring cell for level, function diagram
the reference vacuum (1) on the low-pressure side of the mea- The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically on
suring cell flexes the measuring diaphragm. This changes the the measuring cell through the seal diaphragm on the mounting
resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in the diaphragm in a flange (2, Figure "Measuring cell for level, function diagram").
bridge circuit. This change in resistance results in a bridge out- This differential pressure is subsequently transmitted further
put voltage proportional to the absolute pressure. through the measuring cell (3) and the filling liquid (9) to the sil-
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from icon pressure sensor (6) whose measuring diaphragm is then
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di- flexed.
aphragm (2) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors fitted in
of the measuring cell (7), thus protecting the silicon pressure the diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
sensor from overloads.
This change in resistance results in a bridge output voltage pro-
portional to the differential pressure.
An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
aphragm (5) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
of the measuring cell (4), thus protecting the silicon pressure
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/115

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Parameterization DS III Diagnostic functions for DS III with HART
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- • Zero correction display
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning • Event counter
the parameters. • Limit transmitter
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation) • Saturation alarm
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa- • Slave pointer
rameters without any additional equipment. • Simulation functions
Parameterization using HART • Maintenance timer
Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com- Available physical units of display for DS III with HART
municator or a PC.
Table style: Technical specifications 2
+
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
SITRANS P 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
transmitter Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
HART Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
communicator gallon, bushel, barrel, barrel liquid
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec- Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable. g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
+
-
Miscellaneous %, mA
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
transmitter Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
PC or particularly user-friendly. Through the PROFIBUS the DS III with
HART laptop
PROFIBUS PA is connected to a process control system, e. g.
modem
SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially
explosive environment.
USB/RS 232
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
transmitter
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
a HART modem. particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- explosive environment.
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
Adjustable parameters, DS III with HART need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Parameters Input keys HART Adjustable parameters for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
(DS III HART) communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Start of scale x x
Full-scale value x x
Parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
Electrical damping x x keys FOUNDATION Field-
Start-of-scale value without applica- x x bus interface
Full-scale value without application x x Electrical damping x x
of a pressure ("Blind setting") Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
Zero adjustment x x tion)
current transmitter x x Buttons and/or function disabling x x
Fault current x x
Source of measured-value display x x
Disabling of buttons, write protec- x x1)
tion Physical dimension of display x x
Type of dimension and actual x x Position of decimal point x x
dimension
Characteristic (linear / square- x2) x2) Bus address x x
rooted) Adjustment of characteristic x x
Freely-programmable LCD x Input of characteristic x
Diagnostic functions x Freely-programmable LCD x
1) Cancel apart from write protection Diagnostics functions x
1/116 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Diagnostic functions for DS III with PROFIBUS PA and 1
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
Physical dimensions available for the display
Pressure (setting can also be MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C),
mmHg, inHg
volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
Miscellaneous %
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/117

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III for gauge pressure
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
Input
(for oxygen measurement, max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pres- Max. perm.
60 °C (140 °F) ambient temperature/process temperature) range sure MAWP (PS) test pressure
8.3 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 4 bar 6 bar
0.83 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.12 ... 3.6 psi 3.6 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7 MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 25 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
4 ... 400 bar 400 bar 400 bar 600 bar
0.4 ... 40 MPa 40 MPa 40 MPa 60 MPa
58 ... 5802 psi 5802 psi 5802 psi 8702 psi
7 ... 700 bar 700 bar 800 bar 800 bar
0.7 ... 70 MPa 70 MPa 80 MPa 80 MPa
102 ... 10153 psi 10153 psi 11603 psi 11603 psi
(for 250mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi measuring cells, the lower mea-
suring limit is 750 mbar a/75 kPa a/10.8 psi a. The measuring
cell is vacuum-resistant upt to 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a.)
Upper measuring limit 100% of max. span (max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi for oxygen measurement)
ambient temperature/process temperature 60 °C (140 °F)
Output HART PROFIBUS PA/FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Output signal 4 ... 20 mA Digital PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus signal
Load
• Without HART RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , -
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) bzw. -
RB = 230 ... 1100  (HART-Communicator)
1/118 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
1
reproducibility
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r  1.25 :  0.065 %
1.25 < r  30 :  (0.008  r + 0.055) %
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.065 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
- 400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi r3:  0.075 %
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi 3 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  100 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.16  r + 0.1) %
• 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.05  r + 0.1) %
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
• 700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/119

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure
Rated conditions
- 1 bar/100 kPa/3.6 psi -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- 160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
400 bar/40 MPa/5802 psi
700 bar/70 MPa/10152 psi
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
immunity
Design
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi 12 or stainless steel precision casting,
mat. no. 1.4408
(maximum value with oxygen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C
(140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Separate 24 V power supply - Not necessary
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
1/120 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P, DS III series for gauge pressure HART PROFIBUS PA/ FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits with FISCO supply unit:
peak values: Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 380 mA, Po = 5.32 W
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Linear barrier:
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 174 mA, Po = 1 W
- Effective internal inductance/capacitance L i = 0.4 mH, Ci = 6 nF L i = 7 H, Ci = 1.1 nF
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values:
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 20 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta IIIC T120°C Da
Ex II 1/2 D Ex ta/tb IIIC T120°C Da/Db
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1 W
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 PTB 01 ATEX 2055
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W UH = 9 ... 32 V DC; Pmax = 1 W
- Connection (Ex nA) Um = 45 V Um = 32 V
- Connections (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
• Explosion protection acc. to FM Certificate of Compliance 3008490
• Explosion protection to CSA Certificate of Compliance 1153651
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/121

© Siemens AG 2017
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
tion (standard setting address within the device with a bridge)
126)
Device profile PROFIBUS PA Profile for Pro- • PID Standard FOUNDATION
cess Control Devices Version Fieldbus function block
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
1/122 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 4 0 3 3 - Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, 7MF 4 0 3 3 -
SITRANS P DS III with HART SITRANS P DS III with HART
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Explosion protection
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • None  A
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- • With ATEX, Type of protection:
ing - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)"  B
Silicone oil normal } 1 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"7)  D
Inert liquid 1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure"  P
cleanliness level 2 (Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
Measuring span (min. ... max.) - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"9)  E
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.6 psi)  A - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure } R
and dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) } B Zone 1D/2D)"8)10)
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) } C • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)11) F
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) } D • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) } E Zone 1D/2D8)10)11)
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) } F • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
4.0 ... 400 bar (58.0 ... 5802 psi) } G - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof  NC
7.0 ... 700 bar (102.0 ...10153 psi) J (is + xp)"7)11)
Wetted parts materials Electrical connection / cable entry
Seal diaphragm Process connection • Screwed gland M20 x1 .5 } B
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT  C
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector12)
Hastelloy Hastelloy C
• M12 connectors (stainless steel)12)13) F
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" Display
(recommended version) 2) 3) 4) 5) • Without display  0
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 • Without visible display } 1
with process connector "G½B connection (display concealed, setting: mA)
shank"" 2) 3) 4) 5)  6
• With visible display (setting: mA)
Process connection  7
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 } 0 • with customer-specific display (setting as
specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
• Female thread ½-14 NPT  1
• Stainless steel oval flange with process } Available ex stock
connection (Oval flange has no female thread)  We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/11 in the appendix.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 2) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Non-wetted parts materials ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium } 0 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
• Housing stainless steel precision casting6) 3 here.
3) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
Version mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
• Standard version, German plate inscription,  1 respective remote seals.
setting for pressure unit: bar 4) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
• International version, English plate inscription, } 2 must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
setting for pressure unit: bar 7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
5) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)
setting for pressure unit: Pascal is silicone oil.
All versions include DVD with compact operat- 7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
ing instructions in various EU languages. 8) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
10) Only in connection with IP66.
11) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
13) M12 delivered without cable socket
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/123

© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 0 3 4 - SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 0 3 4 -
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 0 3 5 - SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 0 3 5 -
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- A
ing • None
Silicone oil normal 1 • With ATEX, Type of protection:
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
cleanliness level 2 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"7) D
Nominal measuring range - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
250 mbar (3.6 psi) A (Ex ia + Ex d)"8)
1 bar (14.5 psi) B - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"9) E
4 bar (58 psi) C - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
16 bar (232 psi) D Zone 1D/2D)"8) 10) (not for DS III FF)
63 bar (914 psi) E • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)11) F
160 bar (2320 psi) F
400 bar (5802 psi) G • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D8)10)11)
700 bar (10153 psi) J
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
Seal diaphragm Process connection (is + xp)"7)11)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Electrical connection/cable entry
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 • M12 connectors (stainless steel)12)13) F
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT"
(recommended version) 2) 3) 4) 5) Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 • Without display 0
with process connector • Without visible display (display concealed, 1
"G½B connection shank"" 2) 3) 4) 5) setting: bar)
Process connection • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 • with customer-specific display (setting as spec- 7
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 ified, Order code "Y21" required)
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec- A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) 6)
1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 2)
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 here.
Non-wetted parts materials respective remote seals.
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium 0
must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
Version 5) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Standard version, German label inscription,  1 is silicone oil.

6) M10 fastening thread: Max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
setting of pressure unit: bar
• International version, English label inscription, } 2 7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
setting of pressure unit: psi  8) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
• Chinese version, English label inscription, } 3 9) Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
setting of pressure unit: kPa  10) Only in connection with IP66.
All versions include DVD with compact operating 11) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
instructions in various EU languages. NEC 500/505.
12) M12 delivered without cable socket.
13) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
1/124 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting CRN approval Canada E224)   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- (Canadian Registration Number)
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-
washer) made of: Dual seal E24   
• Steel  A01    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E255)   
• Stainless steel 304  A02    to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Stainless steel 316L  A03    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Plug
"Flameproof" explosion protection E265)   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  according to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Angled A32 
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia E285)  
• Han 8D (metal) A33  + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
Cable sockets for M12 connectors A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
(metal (CuZn))
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E455)   
(instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• English  B11    Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E465)   
• French  B12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Spanish  B13    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E555)   
• Italian  B14    NEPSI (China)
• Cyrillic (russian)  B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
English rating plate  B21    Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E565)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi to NEPSI (China)
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point  C11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
characteristic curve test) according to Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E575)   
IEC 60770-21) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Inspection certificate2)  C12   
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and E585)   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 „Zone 2" to NEPSI (China)
Factory certificate  C14    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E705)   
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1)  C15    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (only for transmitter
Functional safety (SIL2)  C20  7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Devices suitable for use according to Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL (Russia)
conformity declaration (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C213)  Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2/3)  C23  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Devices suitable for use according to Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL to EAC Ex (Russia)
conformity declaration (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
mark
according to EAC Ex (Russia)
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
the output signal to 22.0 mA
Two coats of lacquer on casing and G10   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    cover (PU on epoxy)
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    tection)
Process connection Astava J06   
Supplied with oval flange D37   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in
thread of oval flange
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
device (848699 + 810634) included
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01   
(only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66)
Oxygen application E10   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and
inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C
(140 °F))
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/125

© Siemens AG 2017
Marine approvals Measuring range to be set  Y01  1)
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in  Y152)   
device variable (measuring point
• French marine classification society S12    description)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    Y15: ...........................................
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Measuring point text (entry in device  Y16   
variable)
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
 We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with Y16: ...........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG)  Y17 
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be Max. 8 characters, specify in plain text:
ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it Y17: ...........................................
phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified Setting of pressure indication in pres-  Y21   
here. sure units
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
respective remote seals. Note:
3) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 The following pressure units can be
configuration software in combination with S7-400H selected:
4) Cannot be ordered with remote seal. bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
5) Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
country-specific approval. kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
Setting of pressure indication in  Y22 + 
non-pressure units3) Y01
(specification of measuring range in pres-
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
Y25: .....................
Damping adjustment in seconds Y30   
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)

2) If you do not wish to have any text engraved for Y15, then do not make any
further text entries as "Y15:".
1/126 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1 (1.1)
50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9
171 (6.7)
SW 36
68 (2.68)
8
120 (4.72)
approx. 40
72 (2.8)
(1.6)
Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B or Oval flange
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/127

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III for gauge/absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Input of gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Gauge pressure, front-flush
Fieldbus
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi)
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
• Measuring cell with Neobee 100 mbar a/10 kPa a/1.45 psia
Input of absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Measured variable Absolute pressure, front-flush
Span (continuously adjustable) or measuring range, max. HART PROFIBUS PA/
operating pressure and max. test pressure FOUNDATION
Fieldbus
Depending on the process connection, the span may differ from these values
Lower measuring limit 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psia
Fieldbus signal
Load
• With HART RB = 230 ... 500  (SIMATIC PDM) or -
tor)
1/128 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
• Linear characteristic Gauge pressure, front-flush Absolute pressure, front-flush
- r5  0.075 % -
- 5 < r  100  (0.005  r + 0.05) % -

- r  10 -  0.2 %
- 10 < r  30 -  0.4 %
Influence of ambient temperature  (0.08  r + 0.16) %  (0.16  r + 0.24) %
Effect of ambient temperature
(in pressure per temperature change)
• Temperature difference between medium 3 mbar/0.3 kPa/0.04 psi per 10 K
temperature and ambient temperature
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))  (0.25 . r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle) 0.4 mbar/0.04 kPa/0.006 per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated conditions
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -10 ... +85 °C (14 ... +185 °F)
• Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
(in the case of Neobee: -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185/°F))
(for high temperature oil: -10 ... + 85 °C (14 ... 185 °F))
Climatic class
• Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %
Degree of protection (to IEC 60529) IP66 (optional IP66/IP68), NEMA 4X
Medium conditions The max. medium temperature of the front-flush process connections is to be taken
into account in accordance with the relevant connection standards (e. g. DIN
32676, DIN 11851 etc.).
• Measuring cell with silicone oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -40 ... +150 °C (-40 ... +302 °F)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil (with front-flush diaphragm) -10 ... +150 °C (14 ... 302 °F)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil, with temperature decoupler -40 ... +200 °C (-40 ... +392 °F)
(only for gauge pressure version with front-flush diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with Neobee oil, with temp. decoupler (only for -10 ... +200 °C (14 ... 392 °F)
gauge pressure version with flush-mounted diaphragm)
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
• Measuring cell with high-temperature oil (only for gauge pres- -10 ... +250 °C (14 ... 482 °F)
sure version with front-flush diaphragm)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/129

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P DS III series for gauge and absolute pressure, with front-flush diaphragm
Design
no. 1.4408
Wetted parts materials Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819
Process connection • Flanges as per EN and ASME
• F&B and pharmaceutical flanges
Surface quality touched-by-media Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra)  1.6 µm (64 µ-inch)
(Process connections acc. to 3A; Ra-values  0.8 µm (32 µ-inch)/welds Ra)  0.8 µm
(32 µ-inch)
Separate 24 V power supply necessary - No
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
1/130 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
DC
• Dust explosion protection for zone 21/22 Ex II 2 D Ex tb IIIC T120°C Db
- Marking Ex II 2 D IP65 T 120 °C
- Connection To circuits with values: UH = 10.5 ... 45 V To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC;
Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
T4...T6;
Hygiene version
In the case of SITRANS P DSIII with 7MF413x front-flush diaphragm, selected connections comply with the requirements of EHEDG.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/131

© Siemens AG 2017
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
operation (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
1/132 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute 7MF 4 1 3 3 - Pressure transmitter for gauge and absolute 7MF 4 1 3 3 -
pressure, front-flush diaphragm, pressure, front-flush diaphragm,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
SITRANS P DS III HART SITRANS P DS III HART
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Display
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Without display 0
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning • Without visible display 1
Silicone oil normal 1 (display concealed, setting: mA)
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
cleanliness level 2 7
• With customer-specific display
FDA compliant fill fluid (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
• Neobee oil normal 4 required)
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) C
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D 1) Not with temperature decoupler P00 and P10, not for process connections
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with sili-
cone oil.
43 ... 1300 mbar a1) (0.62 ... 18.85 psia)1) S 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q..
0.16 ... 5 bar a1) (0.7 ... 72.5 psia)1) T 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
1 ... 30 bar a1) (4.35 ... 435 psia)1) U
Wetted parts materials NEC 500/505.
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 6) Only in connection with IP66.
7) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 8) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B 9) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Process connection 10) M12 delivered without cable socket
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or Q.. 7

Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1
• International version, English plate inscription, 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating
instructions in various EU languages.
• None A
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)" 3) D
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
• FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)5) F
Zone 1D/2D5)6)7)
• Inner thread M20 x 1.5 B
• Female thread ½-14 NPT C
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector8)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/133

© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure transmitter P for gauge and absolute Pressure transmitter P for gauge and absolute
pressure, front-flush diaphragm: pressure, front-flush diaphragm:
Display
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell clean- • Without display 0
ing • Without visible display 1
Silicone oil normal 1 (display concealed, setting: bar)
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
cleanliness level 2 • With customer-specific display (setting 7
FDA compliant fill fluid as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
• Neobee oil normal 4
1) Not with temperature decoupler P00 and P10, not for process connections
1 bar (14.5 psi) B
R01, R02, R04, R10 and R11, and can only be ordered in conjunction with
4 bar (58 psi) C silicone oil.
16 bar (232 psi) D 2) Only available for flanges with options M.., N.. and Q.
63 bar (914 psi) E 3) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
1300 mbar a1) (18.85 psia)1) S 4) Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
5)
5 bar a1) (72.5 psia)1) T Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
30 bar a1) (435 psia)1) U 6) Only in connection with IP66.
Wetted parts materials 7) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
Seal diaphragm Connection shank 8) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Hastelloy2) Stainless steel B
Process connection
• Flange version with Order code M.., N.., R.. or 7
Q..
Version
• None A
- "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"3) D
- „Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"4) E
Zone 1D/2D5)6)7)
(available soon)
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
• Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
1/134 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Plug Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to NEPSI E553)   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  (China)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Angled A32  Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E563)   
• Han 8D (metal) A33  NEPSI (China)
Cable sockets for M12 connectors A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
(metal (CuZn)) Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E573)   
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• English B11    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E583)   
• French B12    to NEPSI (China)
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
• Italian B14    "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E703)   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
English rating plate B21    (only for transmitter
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11    Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
acteristic curve test) according to (Russia)
IEC 60770-2 Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Inspection certificate C12    (Russia)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82   
EAC Ex (Russia)
Factory certificate C14   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Functional safety (SIL2) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover G10   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- (PU on epoxy)
formity declaration Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C211)  tion)
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol
Flanges to EN 1092-1, Form B1
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  • DN 25, PN 404) M11   
Devices suitable for use according to
• DN 40, PN 40 M13   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con-
formity declaration • DN 40, PN 100 M23   
• DN 50, PN 16 M04   
PED for Russia with initial calibration mark C99   
• DN 50, PN 40 M14   
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05  • DN 80, PN 16 M06   
output signal to 22.0 mA • DN 80, PN 40 M16   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
Flanges to ASME B16.5
• Stainless steel flange 1" class 1504) M40   
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    • Stainless steel flange 1½" class 150 M41   
device (848699 + 810634) included • Stainless steel flange 2" class 150 M42   
Oxygen application E10    • Stainless steel flange 3" class 150 M43   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and inert • Stainless steel flange 4" class 150 M44   
liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C (140 °F)) • Stainless steel flange 1½" class 300 M46   
Export approval Korea E11    • Stainless steel flange 2" class 300 M47   
• Stainless steel flange 3" class 300 M48   
CRN approval Canada2) E22   
(Canadian Registration Number) • Stainless steel flange 4" class 300 M49   
Dual seal E24    Threaded connector to DIN 3852-2,

form A, thread to ISO 228
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E253)    • G ¾"-A, front-flush5) R01   
INMETRO (Brazil)
• G 1"-A, front-flush5) R02   
• G 2"-A, front-flush R04   
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E263)   
Tank connection6)
ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
Sealing is included in delivery
• TG 52/50, PN 40 R10   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E283)   • TG 52/150, PN 40 R11   
Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E463)   
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/135

© Siemens AG 2017
Sanitary process connection according Sanitary process connection to
DIN 11851 (Dairy connection with slotted NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp connection
union nut) EHEDG compliant
• DN 50, PN 25 N04    • DN 50, PN 16 Q39   
• DN 80, PN 25 N06    • DN 65, PN 10 Q40   
Tri-Clamp connection according • DN 80, PN 10 Q41   
DIN 32676/ISO 2852 • DN 100, PN 10 Q42   
• DN 50/2", PN 16 N14    • DN 2½", PN 16 Q48   
• DN 65/3", PN 10 N15    • DN 3", PN 10 Q49   
• DN 4", PN 10 Q50   
Varivent connection
EHEDG compliant Bio-Control sanitary process connection
• Type N = 68 for Varivent housing N28    EHEDG compliant8)
DN 40 ... 125 and 1½" ... 6", PN 40 • DN 50, PN 16 Q53   
Temperature decoupler up to 200 °C7) P00    • DN 65, PN 16 Q54   
for version with front-flush diaphragm Sanitary process connection to
Sanitary process connection to DRD NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange connection
EHEDG compliant
• DN 50, PN 40 M32   
• DN 2", PN 16 Q72   
Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1
• 2" M67    Form A
• 2½" M68    EHEDG compliant
• 3" M69    • DN 50, PN 25 N33   
SMS threaded socket • DN 65, PN 25 N34   
• 2" M73    • DN 80, PN 25 N35   
• 2½" M74    • DN 100, PN 25 N36   
• 3" M75    Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2
IDF socket with union nut ISO 2853 Form A
• 2" M82    EHEDG compliant
• 2½" M83    • DN 50, PN 16 N43   
• 3" M84    • DN 65, PN 16 N44   
• DN 80, PN 16 N45   
IDF threaded socket ISO 2853
• DN 100, PN 16 N46   
• 2" M92   
• 2½" M93    Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2
• 3" M94    Form A EHEDG compliant
Sanitary process connection to • DN 50, PN 16 N43 +   

NEUMO Bio-Connect screw connection P11
EHEDG compliant • DN 65, PN 16 N44 +   
• DN 50, PN 16 Q05    P11
• DN 65, PN 16 Q06    • DN 80, PN 16 N45 +   
P11
• DN 80, PN 16 Q07   
• DN 100, PN 16 N46 +   
• DN 100, PN 16 Q08    P11
• DN 2", PN 16 Q13   
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q14    Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3
FormA
• DN 3", PN 16 Q15   
EHEDG compliant
• DN 4", PN 16 Q16   
• DN 50, PN 25 N53   
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO • DN 65, PN 25 N54   
Bio-Connect flange connection • DN 80, PN 16 N55   
EHEDG compliant
• DN 100, PN 16 N56   
• DN 50, PN 16 Q23   
• DN 65, PN 16 Q24    1) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 con-
• DN 80, PN 16 Q25    figuration software in combination with S7-400H.
2) Cannot be ordered with remote seal.
• DN 100, PN 16 Q26   
3) Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the coun-
• DN 2", PN 16 Q31   
• DN 2½", PN 16 Q32    4) Special seal in Viton included in the scope of delivery.
• DN 3", PN 16 Q33    FKM; temperature range -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °C)
• DN 4", PN 16 Q34    5) Cannot be combined with Order codes P00 and P10. Can only be ordered
with silicone oil measuring cell filling.
6) The weldable socket can be ordered under accessories.
7) 3A and EHEDG compliant. The maximum permissible temperatures of the
medium depend on the respective cell fillings (see medium conditions).
8) 3A compliance ensured only when 3A compliant sealing rings are used.
1/136 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017

1
Additional data HART PA FF
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code(s) and plain text.
Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
tion)
Y15: ...........................................
able)
Y16: ...........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21   
units
Note:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 

3
Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m /h, m, USgpm, ...
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
Y25: .....................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
ordering example
B line: A22 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 1 ... 10 bar (14.5 ... 145 psi)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/137

© Siemens AG 2017
15 143 (5.6) 15 4
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) (0.6) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
5
H1 = approx. 130 (5.12)

Ø80 (3.15)
3 6
Space for rotation

2
50 (1.97)
of housing
H 2 = approx.
55 (2.17)
7
Temperature decoupler min. 90 (3.54) 2)
1
Electronic side, digital display 4 Protective cover over keys
2
Terminal side1) 6 Screw cover - safety bracket (only for type of protection
3
Electrical connection: "Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 7 Process connection: see flange tables
M12 conector
1)
2) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) thread length to permit unscrewing
SITRANS P pressure transmitters, DS III series for gauge pressure, with front-flush diaphragm, dimensions in mm (inch)
The diagram shows a SITRANS P DS III with an example of a flange. In this drawing the height is subdivided into H1 and H2.
H2 = Height of the flange up to this defined cross-section
1/138 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Flanges as per EN and ASME
Sanitary process screw connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect
1
Flange to EN Order DN PN D H2
EN 1092-1 code
Order DN PN D H2 Q05 50 16 82 mm (3.2") Approx.
H2
code Q06 65 16 105 mm (4.1") 52 mm (2")
Q07 80 16 115 mm (4.5")
H2
M11 25 40 115 mm (4.5") Approx.

52 mm (2") Q08 100 16 145 mm (5.7")
D
M13 40 40 150 mm (5.9")
D Q13 2" 16 82 mm (3.2")
M23 40 100 170 mm (6.7")
Q14 2½" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M04 50 16 165 mm (6.5")
Q15 3" 16 105 mm (4.1")
M14 50 40 165 mm (6.5")
Q16 4" 16 145 mm (5.7")
M06 80 16 200 mm (7.9")
M16 80 40 200 mm (7.9") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect flange
Flanges to ASME connection
ASME B16.5 Order DN PN D H2

code
Order DN PN D H2
H2
code Q23 50 16 110 mm (4.3") Approx.
Q24 65 16 140 mm (5.5") 52 mm (2")
H2
M40 1" 150 110 mm (4.3") Approx. D Q25 80 16 150 mm (5.9")

D M41 1½" 150 130 mm (5.1") 52 mm (2") Q26 100 16 175 mm (6.9")
M42 2" 150 150 mm (5.9") Q31 2" 16 100 mm (3.9")
M43 3" 150 190 mm (7.5") Q32 2½" 16 110 mm (4.3")
M44 4" 150 230 mm (9.1") Q33 3" 16 140 mm (5.5")
M46 1½" 300 155 mm (6.1") Q34 4" 16 175 mm (6.9")
M47 2" 300 165 mm (6.5")
M48 3" 300 210 mm (8.1") Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect clamp
M49 4" 300 255 mm (10.0") connection
NuG and pharmaceutical connections Order DN PN D H2
code
Connections to DIN
Q39 50 16 77.4 mm (3.0") Approx.
H2
DIN 11851 (milk pipe union with slotted union nut) Q40 65 10 90.9 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2")
Order DN PN D H2 Q41 80 10 106 mm (4.2")
code Q42 100 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
N04 50 25 92 mm (3.6") Approx. Q48 2½" 16 90.9 mm (3.6")
H2
2
N06 80 25 127 mm (5.0") 52 mm (2") Q49 3" 10 106 mm (4.2")
Q50 4" 10 119 mm (4.7")
D
Sanitary process connection to NEUMO Bio-Connect S flange

Tri-Clamp nach DIN 32676 connection
code code
H2
N14 50 16 64 mm (2.5") Approx. Q72 2" 16 125 mm (4.9") Approx.

H2
N15 65 10 91 mm (3.6") 52 mm (2") 52 mm (2")

D
D
Threaded connection G¾", G1" and G2" acc. to DIN 3852
Other connections Order DN PN D H2
code
Varivent connection
R01 ¾" 60 37 mm (1.5") Approx.
D
H2
Order DN PN H2
45 mm
code
(1.8")
N28 40 ... 125 40 84 mm Approx. D
R02 1" 60 48 mm (1.9") Approx.
H2
(3.3") 52 mm (2") 47 mm
(1.9")
D
R04 2" 60 78 mm (3.1") Approx.
52 mm (2")
Sanitary process connection to DRD
Order DN PN D H2
code
H2
M32 50 40 105 mm (4.1") Approx.

52 mm (2")
D
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/139

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Tank connection TG 52/50 and TG52/150 Aseptic threaded socket to DIN 11864-1 Form A
code code
R10 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N33 50 25 78 x 1/6" Approx.
H2
63 mm N34 65 25 95 x 1/6" 52 mm (2")
H2
(2.5") N35 80 25 110 x ¼"
R11 25 40 63 mm (2.5") Approx. N36 100 25 130 x ¼"
D 170 mm
(6.7") D

Order DN PN D H2 Aseptic flange with notch to DIN 11864-2 Form A
code
H2
M67 2" 25 84 mm (3.3") Approx.

52 mm (2")
H2
M68 2½" 25 100 mm (3.9") N43 50 16 94 Approx.
M69 3" 25 114 mm (4.5") N44 65 16 113 52 mm (2")
D N45 80 16 133
D
N46 100 16 159
SMS threaded socket
Aseptic flange with groove to DIN 11864-2 Form A
Order DN PN D H2
code
M73 2" 25 70 x 1/6 mm Approx.
H2
52 mm (2")
H2 N43 + 50 16 94 Approx.
M74 2½" 25 85 x 1/6 mm P11 52 mm (2")
M75 3" 25 98 x 1/6 mm
D
N44 + 65 16 113
D P11
N45 + 80 16 133
IDF socket with union nut P11
Order DN PN D H2 N46 + 100 16 159
code P11
H2
M82 2" 25 77 mm (3") Approx.

52 mm (2") Aseptic clamp with groove to DIN 11864-3 Form A
M83 2½" 25 91 mm (3.6")
M84 3" 25 106 mm (4.2") Order DN PN D H2
code
D N53 50 25 77.5 Approx.
H2
N54 65 25 91 52 mm (2")
IDF threaded socket N55 80 16 106
N56 100 16 130
Order DN PN D H2
D
code
M92 2" 25 64 mm (2.5") Approx.
H2
M93 2½" 25 77.5 mm (3.1") 52 mm (2")

M94 3" 25 91 mm (3.6")
D
1/140 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III for absolute pressure (from gauge pressure series)
1
SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
Input
8.3 ... 250 mbar a 250 mbar a 1.5 bar a 6 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 150 kPa a 600 kPa a
5,3 ... 160 bar a 160 bar a 167 bar a 250 bar a
0.53 ... 16 MPa a 16 MPa a 16,7 MPa a 25 MPa a
76.9 ... 2321 psia 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
13.3 ... 400 bar a 400 bar a 400 bar a 600 bar a
1.3 ... 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 40 MPa a 60 MPa a
23.3 ... 700 bar a 700 bar a 800 bar a 800 bar a
2.33 ... 70 MPa a 70 MPa a 80 MPa a 80 MPa a
338 ... 10153 psia 10153 psia 11603 psia 11603 psia
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psia
(-4 °F <  +140 °F)
(140 °F <  +212 °F (max. 185 °F for measuring cell 0.44 psi a + 0.29 psi a . (- 140 °F)/°F
435 psi))
(for oxygen measurement max. 100 bar/10 MPa/1450 psi and 60 °C (140 °F)
Load
tor)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/141

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
- r  10  0.1 %
- 10 < r  30  0.2 %
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psia  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psia  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
100 bar a/10 MPa a/1450 psia
Long-term stability (temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F))  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated conditions
-20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F) with 30 bar a measuring cell
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
1/142 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
1
Design
no. 1.4408
(140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psia)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/143

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P DS III series for absolute pressure (from the gauge pressure series)
DC
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
Pmax = 1 W
- Connection (Ex ic) To circuits with values: FISCO supply unit ic:
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
T4...T6;
1/144 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
126)
LCD
- Electrical damping, adjustable 0 to 100 s - Can be calibrated by applying Yes
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/145

© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 2 3 3 - Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 2 3 3 -
from gauge pressure series from gauge pressure series
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20x1.5  B
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT  C
cleaning • Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
Silicone oil normal  1 connector14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • M12 connectors (stainless steel) 15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2 Display
Measuring span (min. ... max.) • Without display  0
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.62 psia)  D • Without visible display (display concealed,  1
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.85 psia)  F setting: mA)
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psia)  G • With visible display (setting: mA)  6
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psia)  H • with customer-specific display (setting as  7
5,3 ... 160 bar a 2) (76.9 ... 2 321 psia)  L specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
13,3 ... 400 bar a 2) (192.9 ... 5 802 psia)  M  We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
23,3 ... 700 bar a 2) (338 ... 10 153 psia)  N the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/11 in the appendix.
Wetted parts materials Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Seal diaphragm Process connection A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
Stainless steel Stainless steel  A 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 2) Available soon
Hastelloy Hastelloy C 3) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (80 inH2O a).
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 4) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
with process connector "G½B connection here.If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
shank" 3) 4) 5) 6) 7)
Process connection 5) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1  0 mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
• Female thread ½-14 NPT  1 6) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
• Stainless steel oval flange with process must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
connection (Oval flange has no female thread) 7MF423.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 7) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 is silicone oil.
9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 10) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 11) Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 12) Only in connection with IP66.
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium  0 NEC 500/505.
14) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
• Housing stainless steel precision casting8) 3 15) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B, E or F.
Version 16) M12 delivered without cable socket

• International version, English plate inscription, } 2
• None  A
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure"  P
(Ex ia + Ex d)"10)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"11)  E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure  R
Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
(is + xp)"9)13)
1/146 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure
from gauge pressure series from gauge pressure series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • None A
cleaning • With ATEX, Type of protection:
Silicone oil normal 1 - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)" B
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"8) D
cleanliness level 2
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" P
Nominal measuring range (Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
250 mbar a (3.62 psia) D - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 10) E
1300 mbar a (18.85 psia) F - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
5 bar a (72.5 psia) G dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
30 bar a (435 psia) H Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11) (not for DS III FF)
160 bar a 2) (2 321 psia) L • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
400 bar a 2) (5 802 psia) M • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
700 bar a 2) (10 153 psia) N
Wetted parts materials - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
Seal diaphragm Process connection (is + xp)"8)12)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Electrical connection/cable entry
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with Y1 • M12 connectors (stainless steel)13) 14) F
process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT"
(recommended version) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Display
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction Y0 • Without display 0
with process connector • Without visible display 1
"G½B connection shank"" 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) (display concealed, setting: bar)
• With visible display (setting: bar) 6
Process connection
• with customer-specific display 7
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 required)
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connec-
tion (Oval flange has no female thread) A quick-start guide is included in the scope of delivery of the device.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2) Available soon
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3 3) Version 7MF4233-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psia).
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 4 4) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
• Male thread M20 x 1.5 5 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
• Male thread ½ -14 NPT 6 is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Non-wetted parts materials here.
• Housing stainless steel precision casting 3 respective remote seals.
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF423.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
setting for pressure unit: bar 7) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 is silicone oil.
setting for pressure unit: bar 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 10) Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
All versions include DVD with compact operating 11) Only in connection with IP66.
instructions in various EU languages. 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
NEC 500/505.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/147

© Siemens AG 2017
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting CRN approval Canada E224)   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- (Canadian Registration Number)
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U- Dual seal E24   
washer) made of:
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E254)   
• Steel  A01    to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Stainless steel 304  A02    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Stainless steel 316L  A03   
Plug according to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Han 7D (metal) A30  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E284)  
• Angled A32  (Ex ia + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
Cable sockets for M12 connectors A50    Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E454)   
(metal (CuZn)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Rating plate inscription (instead of Ger- Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E464)   
man) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• English  B11    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E554)   
• French  B12    NEPSI (China)
• Spanish  B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Italian  B14    Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E564)   
• Cyrillic (russian)  B16    to NEPSI (China)
English rating plate  B21    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E574)   
 C11 (China)
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
characteristic curve test) according to
IEC 60770-21) Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E584)   
2" to NEPSI (China)
Inspection certificate2)  C12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
"Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E704)   
Factory certificate  C14    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
(Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2)  C20 
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Devices suitable for use according to IEC
(Russia)
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor-
mity declaration Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
to EAC Ex (Russia)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C213) 
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Functional safety (SIL2/3)  C23 
Two coats of lacquer on casing and G10   
cover (PU on epoxy)
mity declaration Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protect.) J01   
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    Oval flange NAM (ASTAVA) J06   
mark Marine approvals
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  • Det Norske Veritas S10   
the output signal to 22.0 mA Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) • French marine classification society S12   
Bureau Veritas (BV)
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
Supplied with oval flange D37    • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in
thread of oval flange  We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
device (848699 + 810634) included 1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered
for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01    mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals.
(only together with type of protection The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter 2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1 is ordered for the transmitter with
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia) and IP65) mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
Oxygen application E10    respective remote seals.
3) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
(In the case of oxygen measurement and
configuration software in combination with S7-400H.
inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C 4) Cannot be ordered with remote seal.
(140 °F)) 5) Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the
Export approval Korea E11    country-specific approval.
1/148 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017

1
Measuring range to be set  Y01  1)
Y01: ... up to ... mbar a, bar a, kPaabs,
MPaabs, psia2)
Stainless steel tag plate and entry in  Y15   
description)
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device  Y16   
variable)
Y16: ...........................................
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pres-  Y21   
sure units
Note:
The following pressure units can be
selected:
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max.
5 characters)
Y25: .....................
(0 ... 100 s)
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
 = available
2) Only absolute pressure units selectable. Negative pressure values not per-
mitted.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/149

© Siemens AG 2017
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1 (1.1)
50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9
171 (6.7)
SW 36
68 (2.68)
8
120 (4.72)
approx. 40
72 (2.8)
(1.6)
Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B or Oval flange
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/150 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III for absolute pressure (from differential pressure series)
1
SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
Input
Span Nominal measuring Max. operating pressure MAWP (PS)
range
8.3 ... 250 mbar a 250 mbar a 32 bar a
0.83 ... 25 kPa a 25 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
3 ... 100 inH2O a 100 inH2O a 464 psia
43 ... 1300 mbar a 1300 mbar a 32 bar a
4.3 ... 130 kPa a 130 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
17 ... 525 inH2O a 525 inH2O a 464 psia
160 ... 5000 mbar a 5000 mbar a 32 bar a
16 ... 500 kPa a 500 kPa a 3.2 MPa a
2.32 ... 72.5 psia 72.5 psia 464 psia
1 ... 30 bar a 30 bar a 160 bar a
0.1 ... 3 MPa a 3 MPa a 16 MPa a
14.5 ... 435 psia 435 psia 2320 psia
5.3 ... 100 bar a 100 bar a 160 bar a
0.5 ... 10 MPa a 10 MPa a 16 MPa a
76.9 ... 1450 psia 1450 psia 2320 psia
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling 0 mbar a/0 kPa a/0 psia
(-4 °F <  +140 °F)
435 psi))
Load
tor)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/151

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
- r  10  0.1 %
- 10 < r  30  0.2 %
• 250 mbar a/25 kPa a/3.6 psia  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 1300 mbar a/130 kPa a/18.8 psia  (0.08  r + 0.16) %
Long-term stability  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F))
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
1/152 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
1
Design
Weight (without options)  4.5 kg ( 9.9 (lb)
no. 1.4408
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 or Monel, mat. no.
2.4360
(maximum value with oxigen measurement pressure 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60 °C
(140 °F))
Process connection ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/ -20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
16

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/153

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P, DS III for absolute pressure (from the differential pressure series)
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
H = 10.5 ... 45 V DC
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
T4...T6;
1/154 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
master class 2 (max.) - Electrical damping, adjustable 0 to 100 s
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/155

© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 3 3 3 - Pressure transmitters for absolute pressure 7MF 4 3 3 3 -
from differential pressure series, from differential pressure series,
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
cleaning • Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. D
Silicone oil normal 1 mating connector14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • M12 connectors (stainless steel) 15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2
Display
Measuring span (min. ... max.) • Without display 0
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.62 psia) D • Without visible display 1
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.85 psia) F (display concealed, setting: mA)
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psia) G • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psia) H • with customer-specific display 7
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psia) KE (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
required)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Included in delivery of the device:
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Quick-start guide
• Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
Tantalum Tantalum E 1) For oxygen applications, add Order code E10.
Monel Monel H 2) Version 7MF4333-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (2.9 psia).
Gold Gold L
Version for diaphragm seal2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Y is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Process connection phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection here.
• Sealing screw opposite process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 respective remote seals.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
(only for replacement requirement) 7MF433.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
• Vent on side of process flange 7)
is silicone oil.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 7) Not for span "5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psia)". Position of the top vent
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 8) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han7D plug".
(only for replacement requirement) 9) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
Non-wetted parts materials 10) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 13) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 NEC 500/505.
casting8) 14) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
Version
• International version, English plate inscription, } 2
setting for pressure unit: bar 
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)" 10)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"11) E
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
dust explosion protection (Ex ia+ Ex d +
Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
(is + xp)" 9)13)
1/156 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure
from differential pressure series from differential pressure series
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
cleaning
Silicone oil normal 1
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 Display
Nominal measuring range • Without display 0
250 mbar a (3.62 psia) D • Without visible display 1
1300 mbar a (18.85 psia) F (display concealed, setting: bar)
5 bar a (72.5 psia) G • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
30 bar a (435 psia) H • With customer-specific display (setting as 7
100 bar a (1450 psia) KE specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Wetted parts materials Included in delivery of the device:
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell • Quick-start guide
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Hastelloy Hastelloy C 2) Version 7MF4334-1DY... only up to max. span 200 mbar a (80 inH2O a).
Tantalum Tantalum E 3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Monel Monel H ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
Gold Gold L phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
Version as diaphragm seal 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Y here.
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
• Sealing screw opposite process connection 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7MF433.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
(only for replacement requirement) is silicone oil.
7) Not for nominal measuring range 100 bar a (1450 psia). Position of the top
• Vent on side of process flange 7)
vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 9) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 10) Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
(only for replacement requirement) 11) Only in connection with IP66.
Non-wetted parts materials 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
process flange screws Electronics housing NEC 500/505.
13) 11Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 14) M12 delivered without cable socket
casting
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)" 9)
Zone 1D/2D)"9) 11) (not for DS III FF)
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)" 8)12) NC
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/157

© Siemens AG 2017
Further designs HART PA FF Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. output signal to 22.0 mA
Pressure transmitter with mounting Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, (only together with seal diaphragm made of
2 x U-washer) made of: Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Steel A01    Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
• Stainless steel 304 A02    (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
• Stainless steel 316L A03   
O-rings for process flanges (1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
(instead of FPM (Viton)) of process flange
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    device (848699 + 810634) included
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22   
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F))
• NBR (Buna N) A23   
Plug
• Han 7D (metal) A30 
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31 
• Angled A32 
Sealing screw A40   
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges
Cable sockets for M12 connectors A50   
(metal (CuZn))
(instead of German)
• English B11   
• French B12   
• Spanish B13   
• Cyrillic (russian) B16   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi
acteristic curve test) according to
IEC 60770-21)
Inspection certificate2) C12   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
PMI test of parts in contact with medium
mity declaration
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23 
mity declaration
1/158 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01    Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
(only together with type of protection tion)
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter Chambered graphite gasket for process J02   
7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66) flange
Oxygen application E10    Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03   
(In the case of oxygen measurement and inert
liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C (140 °F)) EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
approval (WRC/WRAS)
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08   
CRN approval Canada E224)    flange welded-in (orientation: on right
(Canadian Registration Number) when viewing the display)7)
Dual seal E24    Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E255)    flange welded-in (orientation: on left when
INMETRO (Brazil) viewing the display)7)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) Process flange
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E265)    • Hastelloy K01   
ing to INMETRO (Brazil) • Monel K02   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..) • Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04   
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi),
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E285)   max. temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F)
Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil) For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..) the side in the middle of the process flange,
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E455)    vent valve not possible
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) Marine approvals
Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex d) E465)    • Det Norske Veritas S10   
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E555)    • French marine classification society S12   
to NEPSI (China) Bureau Veritas (BV)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..) • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E565)    • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
NEPSI (China) • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..) 1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E575)    ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..) is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E585)    here.
to NEPSI (China) 2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..) mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
"Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E705)    3) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 con-
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea) figuration software in combination with S7-400H
(only for transmitter 4) Cannot be ordered with remote seal.
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11) 5) Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the coun-
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80    6) Not suitable for connection of remote seals.
(Russia) 7) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81    required instead of a blanking plug.
(Russia)
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82   
EAC Ex (Russia)
Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover G10   
(PU on epoxy)
Interchanging of process connection side H01   
Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03   
differential pressure lines
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)6)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/159

© Siemens AG 2017
Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Y01: ... up to ... mbar a, bar a, kPaabs,
MPaabs, psia2)
tion)
Y15: ...........................................
able)
Y16: ...........................................
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
units
Note:
units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5 char-
acters)
Y25: .....................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
2) Only absolute pressure units selectable. Negative pressure values not per-
mitted.
1/160 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5
(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)
24
(1.14)
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3
166 (6.54)
7
2
8
min. 90 (3.54) 4)
262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of housing
134 (5.28)
10
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for absolute pressure, from the differential pressure series, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/161

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III for differential pressure and flow
SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
Input
range
1 ... 20 mbar 20 mbar 32 bar
0.1 ... 2 kPa 2 kPa 3.2 MPa
0.4 ... 8 inH2O 8 inH2O 464 psi
1 ... 60 mbar 60 mbar 160 bar
0.1 ... 6 kPa 6 kPa 16 MPa
0.4 ... 24 inH2O 24.1 inH2O 2320 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
0.6 ...60 kPa 60 kPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 420 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 42 MPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O 6091 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar (500 bar/50 MPa/7250 psi
0.6 ...60 kPa 60 kPa can be ordered optionally with Order
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O Code D56)
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psia
- for process temperature -20 °C <  +60 °C -100 % of max. span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
(-4 °F <  +140 °F) or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psia
435 psi))
1/162 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
optionally set to 22.0 mA (with order
code D05)
Load
tor)

- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  20 :  (0.0045  r + 0.071) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  60 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.065 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.0029  r + 0.071) %
10 < r  20 :  (0.0045  r + 0.071) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.075 %
5 < r  60 :  (0.005  r + 0.05) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.065 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi r5:  0.15 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.0058  r + 0.142) %
10 < r  20 :  (0.009  r + 0.142) %
- 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi r5:  0.015 %
5 < r  60 :  (0.01  r + 0.1) %
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.13 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.008  r + 0.09) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/163

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
Measuring accuracy (continued) Acc. IEC 60770-1
• 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  (0.15  r + 0.1) %
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.075  r + 0.1) %
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
(zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi (zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi  (0.2  r) % per 70 bar
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi (zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
• on the span
- 20 mbar/2 kPa/0.29 psi  0.2 % per 32 bar
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Long-term stability Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/ 1015 psi
• 60 mbar/6 kPa/0.87 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1/164 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Rated conditions
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F) -20 ... +100 °C (-4 ... +212 °F)
with 30 bar measuring cell
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
immunity
Design
no. 1.4408
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L or Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360, tantalum or gold
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 or Monel,
mat. no. 2.4360
(140 °F))

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/165

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P, DS III for differential pressure and flow
Classification according to PED 2014/68/EU • PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) for gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid
group 1; complies with requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engineering
practice)
• PN 420 (MAWP 6092) for gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1;
complies with basic safety requirements of Article 4, paragraph 1 (appendix 1);
assigned to category III, conformity evaluation module H by the TÜV Nord.
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Linear barrier:
Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
T4...T6;
1/166 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Software for PC SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/167

© Siemens AG 2017
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Explosion protection
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • None  A
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • With ATEX, Type of protection:
cleaning - "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)"  B
Silicone oil normal } 1 - "Explosion-proof (Ex d)"9)  D
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 - "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure"  P
cleanliness level 2 (Ex ia + Ex d)"10)
Measuring span (min. ... max.) - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)"11)  E
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi) - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure } R
1 ... 20 mbar2) (0.4015 ... 8.03 inH2O) } B Zone 1D/2D)"10)12)
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)13) F
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4015 ... 24.09 inH2O) } C • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + S
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) } D Zone 1D/2D10)12)13)
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) } E • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) } F - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof  NC
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) } G (is + xp)"9)13)
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) } H Electrical connection/cable entry
Wetted parts materials • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 } B
(stainless steel process flanges) • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT  C
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell • Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating D
connector14)15)
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A • M12 connectors (stainless steel)16)17) F
Display
• Without display  0
Tantalum3) Tantalum E
• Without visible display } 1
Monel3) Monel H (display concealed, setting: mA)
Gold3) Gold L • With visible display (setting: mA)  6
Version for diaphragm seal4) 5) 6) 7) Y • with customer-specific display  7
Process connection (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection required)
• Sealing screw opposite process connection } Available ex stock
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to } 2  We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/11 in the appendix.
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213  0
(only for replacement requirement) Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
• Vent on side of process flange 2) Included in delivery of the device:
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 • Quick-start guide
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
(only for replacement requirement)
2) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
Non-wetted parts materials the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
process flange screws Electronics housing 3) Not in conjunction with max. span 20 and 60 mbar (8.03 and 24.09 inH2O))
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum } 2 4) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
casting 8) is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Version here.
• Standard version, German plate inscription,  1 5) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
setting for pressure unit: bar mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
• International version, English plate inscription, } 2 respective remote seals.
setting for pressure unit: bar 6) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
• Chinese version, English plate inscription,  3 must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
7) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
ing instructions in various EU languages. is silicone oil.
10) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug
NEC 500/505.
14) Only in connection with Ex apporval A, B or E.
1/168 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure Pressure transmitters for differential pressure
and flow PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) and flow PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi)
cleanliness level 2
PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi) - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 10) E
20 mbar 2) (8.03 inH2O) B - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) Zone 1D/2D)"9)11)(not for DS III FF)
60 mbar (24.09 inH2O) C • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)12) F
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D • FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)+ S
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G - "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof NC
30 bar (435 psi) H (is + xp)"8)12)
Wetted parts materials Electrical connection/cable entry
(stainless steel process flanges) • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • M12 connectors (stainless steel)13) 14) F
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Display
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Without display 0
Tantalum 3) Tantalum E • Without visible display 1
Monel3) Monel H (display concealed, setting: bar)
Gold 3) Gold L • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
Version as diaphragm seal 4) 5) 6) 7) Y • With customer-specific display 7
(setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required)
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Included in delivery of the device:
• Sealing screw opposite process connection • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 2) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in
(only for replacement requirement) the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
3) Not in conjunction with max. span 20 and 60 mbar (8.03 and 24.09 inH O))
• Venting on side of process flanges2) 2
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
(only for replacement requirement) here.
process flange screws Electronics housing respective remote seals.
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2
must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
casting 7) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
Version is silicone oil.
• International version, English label inscriptions, 2 10) Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
documentation in 5 languages on DVD 11) Only in connection with IP66.
(no Order code selectable)
Version NEC 500/505.
• Standard version, German plate inscription, 1 13) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
setting for pressure unit: bar 14) M12 delivered without cable socket

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/169

© Siemens AG 2017
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, the output signal to 22.0 mA
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut,
2 x U-washer) made of:
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• Steel  A01    (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Stainless steel 304  A02    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Stainless steel 316L  A03   
O-rings for process flanges (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Process flange screws made of Monel D34   
• PTFE (Teflon)  A20    (max. nominal pressure PN20)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21   
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22    Supplied with oval flange set D37   
for measured medium temperatures (2 items), PTFE packings and screws in
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) thread of process flanges
• NBR (Buna N) A23    Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
plug device (848699 + 810634) included
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  (only together with type of protection
• Angled A32  "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
• Han 8D (metal) A33  7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
Sealing screws (2 units)  A40    Overfilling safety device for flammable E08 
and non-flammable liquids
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process
flanges (max. PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi), basic device
with type of protection "Intrinsic safety
Cable sockets for M12 connectors A50    (Ex ia)", to WHG and VbF, not together with
(metal (CuZn)) measuring cell filling "inert liquid")
Rating plate inscription Oxygen application E10   
(instead of German) (In the case of oxygen measurement and
• English  B11    inert liquid max. 100 bar (1450 psi) at 60°C
• French  B12    (140 °F))
• Spanish  B13    Export approval Korea E11   
• Italian  B14    CRN approval Canada E224)   
• Cyrillic (russian)  B16    (Canadian Registration Number)
English rating plate  B21    Dual seal E24   
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) E255)   
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point  C11    to INMETRO (Brazil)
characteristic curve test) according to (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
IEC 60770-21)
Inspection certificate2) to EN 10204-3.1  C12    according to INMETRO (Brazil)
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2  C14    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia E285)  
PMI test of parts in contact with medium + Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
Functional safety (SIL2)  C20 
Devices suitable for use according to Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E455)   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
conformity declaration
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Functional safety (SIL2/3)  C23  Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E555)   
Devices suitable for use according to NEPSI (China)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E565)   
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    to NEPSI (China)
mark (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E575)   
(China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E585)   
2" to NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
(only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
1/170 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80    Measuring range to be set
(Russia) Specify in plain text:
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81    • in the case of linear characteristic curve  Y01  1)
(Russia) (max. 5 characters):
Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82    Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
to EAC Ex (Russia) • in the case of square rooted characteristic  Y02 
Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83    Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Two coats of lacquer on casing and G10    device variable (measuring point
cover (PU on epoxy) description)
Interchanging of process connection side H01    Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Vent on side for gas measurements H02    Y15: ...........................................
Stainless steel process flanges for H03    Measuring point text (entry in device  Y16   
vertical differential pressure lines variable)
Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16:
(not together with K01, K02 and K046) .......
Transient protector 6 kV J01     Y17
(lightning protection) Entry of HART address (TAG) 
Chambered graphite gasket for J02   
process flange Setting of pressure indicator in  Y21   
pressure units
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03   
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
approval (WRC/WRAS) Note: The following pressure units can be
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    selected:
flange welded-in (orientation: on right bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
when viewing the display)7) mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09    kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
flange welded-in (orientation: on left *) ref. temperature 20 °C
when viewing the display)7) Setting of pressure indicator in non-  Y223) 
Process flange pressure units2) +
Specify in plain text: Y01 or
• Hastelloy K01    Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
• Monel K02    (specification of measuring range in pres-
• Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04    sure units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi), with max. 5 characters)
max. temperature of medium 90 °C
(194 °F) Preset bus address Y25  
For ½-14 NPT inner process connection possible between 1 and 126
on the side in the middle of the process Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
flange, vent valve not possible
Marine approvals (0 ... 100 s)
• Det Norske Veritas S10   
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)  We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with
• French marine classification society S12   
Bureau Veritas (BV) Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories.
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17     = available
 We can offer shorter delivery times for configurations designated with 1) Measuring accuracies for PROFIBUS PA transmitters with Option Y01 are
the Quick Ship Symbol . For details see page 10/11 in the appendix. calculated in the same way as for HART devices.
Factory mounting of valve manifolds, see accessories. 3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
 = available flammable liquids (Order code "E08")
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered

for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The
measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
3) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1
configuration software in combination with S7-400H
country-specific approval.
6) Not suitable for connection of remote seal.
7) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
required instead of a blanking plug.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/171

© Siemens AG 2017
77777 - 7777 77777 - 7777
PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. • Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
cleaning • Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating con- D
Silicone oil normal 1 nector13)14)
Inert liquid1) grease-free to 3 • M12 connectors (stainless steel)15) 16) F
cleanliness level 2
Display
Measuring span (min. ... max.) • Without display 0
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) D • Without visible display 1
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) E (display concealed, setting: mA)
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) F • With visible display (setting: mA) 6
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) G • with customer-specific display 7
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22"
required)
(stainless steel process flanges) Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual is
Stainless steel Stainless steel A extra ordering item)
Hastelloy Stainless steel B 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
Gold2) Gold L 2) Not in conjunction with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
Version for diaphragm seal 3) 4) 5) 6) Y 3) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
Process connection is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
• Sealing screw opposite process connection here.
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1 5) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and
(only for replacement requirement) must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of 7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
vent valve at top of process flanges (see dimen- 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
sional drawing) is silicone oil.
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 7 7) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han7D plug".
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 8) Without cable gland, with blanking plug
(only for replacement requirement) 10) Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
Non-wetted parts materials 12) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to
process flange screws Electronics housing NEC 500/505.
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 15) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
casting7) 16) M12 delivered without cable socket.
Version
setting for pressure unit: bar)
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)"9)
Zone 1D/2D)"9)11)
Zone 1D/2D9)11)12)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
(is + xp)" 8)12), max PN 360
1/172 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure Pressure transmitters for differential pressure
and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
cleanliness level 2
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D - "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 9) E
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E - "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and R
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F dust explosion protection (Ex ia + Ex d +
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G Zone 1D/2D)"8) 10) (not for DS III FF)
30 bar (435 psi) H • FM + CSA intrinsic safe (is)11) F
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX)+ S
Wetted parts materials Zone 1D/2D9)10)11)
(stainless steel process flanges) • With FM + CSA, Type of protection:
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell - "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof NC
Stainless steel Stainless steel A (is + xp)"7)11), max PN 360
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Electrical connection/cable entry
Gold 2) Gold L • Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 B
Version for diaphragm seal 3) 4) 5) 6) Y • Screwed gland ½-14 NPT C
Process connection • M12 connectors (stainless steel) 12) 13) F
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection Display
• Sealing screw opposite process connection • Without (display hidden) 0
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 3 • Without visible display 1
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 (display concealed, setting: bar)
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 1 • With visible display (setting: bar) 6
(only for replacement requirement) • With customer-specific display (setting as 7
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of specified, Order code "Y21" required)
vent valve at top of process flanges (see dimen-
sional drawing). Included in delivery of the device:
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 7 • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread M12 to DIN 19213 5 1) For oxygen application, add Order code E10.
(only for replacement requirement) 2) Not in conjunction with max. span 600 mbar (240.9 inH2O)
Process flange screws Electronics housing is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum 2 phragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified
here.
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision 3 4) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
casting mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the
Version respective remote seals.
setting for pressure unit: bar must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
• International version, English plate inscription, 2 6) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y)
setting for pressure unit: bar is silicone oil.
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, 3 7) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
setting for pressure unit: Pascal 8) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
All versions include DVD with compact operating 9) Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
instructions in various EU languages. 10) Only in connection with IP66.
NEC 500/505.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/173

© Siemens AG 2017
Further designs HART PA FF Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05 
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. output signal to 22.0\ mA
Pressure transmitter with mounting bracket Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07   
(1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer or 1 x (MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U-washer) made of: (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Steel A01    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
• Stainless steel 304 A02    Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12   
• Stainless steel 316L A03    (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
O-rings for process flanges Nom. press. rating PN 500 (MAWP 7250 psi) D56 
(Only for measuring cell 600 mbar ... 30 bar
(instead of FPM (Viton)) (240 inH2O ... 435 psi), SIL- and Ex-options not
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    possible))2)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22    device (848699 + 810634) included
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01   
• NBR (Buna N) A23    (only together with type of protection
"Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
Plug 7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Export approval Korea E11   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31 
CRN approval Canada E223)   
• Angled A32  (Canadian Registration Number)
Dual seal E24   
Sealing screws (2 units) A40   
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E254)   
INMETRO (Brazil)
Cable sockets for M12 connection A50    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(metal (CuZn))
"Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E264)   
Rating plate inscription (instead of German) ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
• English B11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
• French B12   
• Spanish B13    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + Ex E284)  
d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16   
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11   
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E554)   
Inspection certificate C12    to NEPSI (China)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Factory certificate C14    Ex prot. "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI (China) E564)   
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574)   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Devices suitable for use according to Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" to E584)   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- NEPSI (China)
mity declaration (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C211)  "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E704)   
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  (only for transmitter
Devices suitable for use according to 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- Ex-protection Ex ia acc. to EAC Ex (Russia) E80   
mity declaration
Ex-protection Ex d acc. to EAC Ex (Russia) E81   
EAC Ex (Russia)
1/174 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Two coats of lacquer on casing and cover G10    Order code(s) and plain text.
(PU on epoxy) Measuring range to be set
Interchanging of process connection side H01    Specify in plain text:
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03    • in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
differential pressure lines (max. 5 characters):
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protection) J01    • in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
Chambered graphite gasket for process flange J02    (max. 5 characters):
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05    Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
approval (WRC/WRAS) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    device variable (measuring point descrip-
flange welded-in (orientation: on right when tion)
viewing the display)5) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
flange welded-in (orientation: on left when Measuring point text (entry in device vari- Y16   
viewing the display)5) able)
Marine approvals Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16: .......
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
• French marine classification society S12    units
Bureau Veritas (BV) Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Note:
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    The following pressure units can be selected:
1) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 con- mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
figuration software in combination with S7-400H kg/cm2, Torr, ATM or %
2) Tested according to IEC 61010. Only for measuring materials of the group *) ref. temperature 20 °C
of fluids 2 in accordance with PED permissible. Not for use with dangerous
media suitable. Setting of pressure indication in Y22 + 
3) Cannot be ordered with remote seal. non-pressure units2) Y01 or
4) Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the coun- Specify in plain text: Y02
3
5) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is (specification of measuring range in pressure
required instead of a blanking plug. units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset.
 = available
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/175

© Siemens AG 2017
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5
(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)
24
(1.14)
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3
166 (6.54)
7
2
8
min. 90 (3.54) 4)
262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of housing
134 (5.28)
10
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/176 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
15 143 (5.6) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 53 (2.1) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3 4 3 7
approx. 217 (8.54) 7)

2
min. 90 (3.54) 4) 8
Space for rotation

of housing
approx. 85 (3.35) 6)
8
60 (2.36) 5) approx. 87 (3.43)

65 (2.56)

4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
SITRANS P DS III pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/177

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III for level
Input
Measured variable Level
range
25 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar See "Mounting flange"
2.5 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa
10 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O
25 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
2.5 ...60 kPa 60 kPa
10 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
53 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
5.3 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
21 ... 640 inH2O 642 inH2O
160 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
16 ...500 kPa 500 kPa
2.32 ... 72.5 psi 72.5 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. span or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psia
depending on mounting flange
• Measuring cell with inert filling liquid -100 % of max. span or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psia
depending on mounting flange

Load
tor)
1/178 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi r5:  0.125 %
5 < r  10 :  (0.007  r + 0.09) %
- 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi r5:  0.125 %
5 < r  25 :  (0.007  r + 0.09) %
- 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi r5:  0.125 %
5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi 5 < r  30 :  (0.007  r + 0.09) %
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.4  r + 0.16) %
• 600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi  (0.24  r + 0.16) %
• 1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi  (0.2  r + 0.16) %
5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.6 psi  (0.3  r) % per nominal pressure
5 bar/500 kPa/72.5 psi
• on the span  (0.1  r) % per nominal pressure
Long-term stability  (0.25  r)% in 5 years
(temperature change ± 30 °C (± 54 °F)) static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
Effect of mounting position Depending on filling liquid of mounting flange
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
Rated conditions
Degree of protection to IEC 60529 IP66 (optional IP66/IP68), NEMA 4X
Temperature of medium Note: Always take into account assignment of max. permissible operating tempera-
ture to max. permissible operating pressure of the respective flange connection!
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -40 ... +1001) °C (-40 ... +2121) °F)
- High-pressure side pabs  1 bar: -40 ... +175 °C (-40 ... +347 °F)
pabs < 1 bar: -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
- Low-pressure side -40 ... +100 °C (-40 ... +212 °F)
-20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F) in conjunction with dust explosion protection
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- -Display readable -30 ... +85 °C (-22 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
- Condensation Relative humidity 0 ... 100 %, condensation permissible, suitable for use in the trop-
ics
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/179

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P DS III for level
Design
Weight (without options)
• To EN (pressure transmitter with mounting flange,  11 ... 13 kg ( 24.2 ... 28.7 (lb)
without tube)
• To ASME (pressure transmitter with mounting flange,  11 ... 18 kg ( 24.2 ... 39.7 lb)
without tube)
Enclosure material Low-copper die-cast aluminum, GD-AlSi12 or stainless steel precision casting,
mat. no. 1.4408
High-pressure side
• Seal diaphragm of mounting flange • Stainless steel, W.-Nr. 1.4404/316L
- coated with PFA
- coated with PTFE
- coated with ECTFE
- gold plated
• Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360
• Hastelloy C276, mat. no 2.4619
• Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
• Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602
• Tantalum
• Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035
• Nickel 201
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange to EN and ASME
• Low-pressure side Female thread ¼-18 NPT and flange connection with mounting thread M10 to

Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
1/180 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC UH = 9 ... 32 V DC
- Connection To circuits with values: To circuits with values: UH = 9 ... 32 V
UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W DC; Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
T4...T6;
1) This value may be increased if the process connection is sufficiently insulated.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/181

© Siemens AG 2017
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
The address can be set using Configuration tool or local - Simulation function Output/input (can be locked
operation (standard setting within the device with a bridge)
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
- Simulation function Input/Output
respectively Mounting flange
• Register (totalizer) Can be reset, preset, optional Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
direction of counting, simulation • Acc. to EN 1092-1
- DN 80 PN 40
with last good value, continuous - DN100 PN16, PN40
incorrect value) • To ASME B16.5
- Limit monitoring One upper and lower warning - 3 inch class 150, class 300
limit and one alarm limit respec- - 4 inch class 150, class 300
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
1/182 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ordering information
1
Pressure transmitter for level, 7MF 4 6 3 3 - 1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4633-...
SITRANS P DS III with HART 2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-3...
77 Y 77 - 7777
ordering example
Click on the Article No. for the online configu-
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Item line 1: 7MF4633-1EY20-1AA1-Z
B line: Y01
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell C line: Y01: 80 to 143 mbar (1.16 to 2.1 psi)
cleaning Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
Silicone oil normal 1 Power supply units see Chap. 7 "Supplementary Components".
Measuring span (min. ... max.) Included in delivery of the device:
25 ... 250 mbar (10 ... 100 inH2O) D • Quick-start guide
25 ... 600 mbar (10 ... 240 inH2O) E • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
53 ... 1600 mbar (21 ... 642 inH2O) F 1) Not in conjunction with Electrical connection "Han7D plug".
0.16 ... 5 bar (64.3 ... 2000 inH2O) G 2) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
Process connection of low-pressure side 3) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
NEC 500/505.
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 7)
(only for replacement requirement) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B or E.
Non-wetted parts materials 9) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
casting1)
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)"3)
- "Ex nA/ic (Zone 2)" 4) E
Zone 1D/2D)"3)5)
Zone 1D/2D3)5)6)
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. D
mating connector7)
• M12 connectors (stainless steel) 8) 9) F
Display
• Without display 0
• Without visible display 1
(display concealed, setting: mA)
• With visible display (setting mA) 6
• With customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/183

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ordering information
Pressure transmitters for level 1st order item: Pressure transmitter 7MF4634-...
2nd order item: Mounting flange 7MF4912-...
SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF 4 6 3 4 -
ordering example
SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF 4 6 3 5 -
Item line 1: 7MF4634-1EY20-1AA1
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 7 Y 77 - 7777 Item line 2: 7MF4912-3GE01
Nominal measuring range • Quick-start guide
250 mbar (100 inH2O) D • Sealing plug(s) or sealing screw(s) for the process flanges(s)
600 mbar (240 inH2O) E 1) Without cable gland, with blanking plug.
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F 2) With enclosed cable gland Ex ia and blanking plug.
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G 3) Configurations with HAN and M12 connectors are only available in Ex ic.
Process connection of low-pressure side
NEC 500/505.
• Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 6) M12 delivered without cable socket
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7) Only in connection with Ex approval A, B, E or F.
• Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
(only for replacement requirement)
casting
Version
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d)"2)
Zone 1D/2D)"2)4) (not for DS III FF)
Zone 1D/2D2)4)5)
Display
• Without visible display 1
(display concealed, setting: bar)
• With customer-specific display (setting as 7
specified, Order code "Y21" required)
1/184 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
O-rings for process flanges on Use on zone 1D / 2D E01   
low-pressure side (only together with type of protection
(instead of FPM (Viton)) "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    Overfilling safety device for flammable and E08 
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22    non-flammable liquids
for measured medium temperatures (max. PN 32 (MAWP 464 psi), basic device
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) with type of protection "Intrinsic safety (Ex ia)",
• NBR (Buna N) A23    to WHG and VbF, not together with measuring
cell filling "inert liquid")
Plug
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Export approval Korea E11   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  Dual seal E24   
• Angled A32 
Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia) to E252)   
• Han 8D (metal) A33  INMETRO (Brazil)
Sealing screw (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges A40    "Flameproof" explosion protection accord- E262)   
Cable sockets for M12 connectors A50    ing to INMETRO (Brazil)
(metal (CuZn)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Rating plate inscription Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" (Ex ia + E282)  
(instead of German) Ex d) to INMETRO (Brazil)
• English B11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.P..)
• French B12    Ex Approval IEC Ex (Ex ia) E452)   
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Cyrillic (russian) B16    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
English rating plate B21    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E552)   
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi to NEPSI (China)
Quality Inspection Certificate C11    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(5-point characteristic curve test) Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" to E562)   
according to IEC 60770-2
NEPSI (China)
Inspection certificate C12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E572)   
Factory certificate C14    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E582)   
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    to NEPSI (China)
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Functional safety (SIL2) C20  "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E702)   
Devices suitable for use according to IEC explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL confor- (only for transmitter
mity declaration 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Functional safety (PROFIsafe) C211)  Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
Certificate and PROFIsafe protocol (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
(Russia)
mity declaration Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according to E82   
EAC Ex (Russia)
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05  according to EAC Ex (Russia)
output signal to 22.0 mA
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    (PU on epoxy)
Replacement of process connection side H01   
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in thread
of process flange
device (848699 + 810634) included
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/185

© Siemens AG 2017
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code. Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
tion) Measuring range to be set Y01  1)
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    Specify in plain text (max. 5 characters):
flange welded-in (orientation: on right Y01: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
when viewing the display)3) Stainless steel tag plate and entry in Y15   
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09    device variable (measuring point descrip-
flange welded-in (orientation: on left when tion)
viewing the display) 3) Max. 16 characters, specify in plain text:
Y15: ...........................................
1) Profisafe transmitters can only be operated with the S7 F Systems V6.1 con-
figuration software in combination with S7-400H
2) able)
Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the coun-
try-specific approval. Max. 27 characters, specify in plain text:
3) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is Y16: ...........................................
required instead of a blanking plug. Entry of HART address (TAG) Y17 
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indicator in pressure Y21   
units
Note:
Setting of pressure indicator in Y223) 

non-pressure units2) + Y01
units "Y01" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
Y25: ...........................................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
flammable liquids (Order code "E08")
1/186 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order
1
code code
Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2 Mounting flange 7MF 4 9 1 2
Directly mounted on the SITRANS P pressure 3 7777 777 Directly mounted on the SITRANS P pressure 3 7777 777
transmitter (converter part) for level, for DS III transmitter (converter part) for level, for DS III
series series
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Customer-specific tubus length
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see
Connection to EN 1092-1 Order Code
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A Range Standard length
PN 100 B 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1
DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2
DN 100 PN 10/16 G 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3
PN 25/40 H 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
Connection to ASME B16.5
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
with ECTFE
2 inch class 150 L
Range Standard length
class 300 M
class 400/600 N 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
class 900/1500 P 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
3 inch class 150 Q 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
class 300 R 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
4 inch class 150 T 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
class 300 U • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated with
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z J1Y PFA
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal press.: ... Range Standard length
Wetted parts materials 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1
• Stainless steel 316L A 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
- Coated with PFA D 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
- Coated with PTFE E0 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
- Coated with ECTFE1) F 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
• Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360 G • Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
• Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819 J Range Standard length
• Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 U
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
• Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602 V0
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
• Tantalum K
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
• Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C (302 °F)) L0
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Q • Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R Range Standard length
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J1
thickness approx. 25 m 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J2
Tube length 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J3
• without tube 0 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J4
Other version: add Order code and plain text: Z8 K1Y • Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
material of parts in contact with medium: ........,
tubus length: ........
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
Filling liquid
• Silicone oil M5 1
• High-temperature oil 3
• Halocarbon oil (for O2-measurement)2) 4
• Food oil (FDA-listed) 7
Other version, add 9 M1 Y
Order code and plain text:
filling liquid: ...
1) For vacuum on request
2) Oil and grease-free cleaning according to DIN 25410, level 2,
and packaging included in scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs"
C10 and E10.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/187

© Siemens AG 2017
Customer-specific tubus length Y44    Flanges according to EN 1092-1,
Select range, sealing surface B1
enter desired length in plain text (only in combination with „Z" at data
(No entry = standard length) position 9)
DN 25, PN 10/16/25/40 J0A   
Spark arrester A01   
DN 25, PN 63/100/160 J0B   
For mounting on zone 0 (incl. documentation)
DN 40, PN 10/16/25/40 J0C   
Remote seal nameplate B20    DN 40, PN 63/100 J0D   
attached out of stainless steel, contains Arti- DN 40, PN 160 J0E   
cle No. and order number of the remote seal
supplier Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11   
(Stainless steel diaphragm)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10    previously DIN 2501, form E
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
sion, not for oxygen application, only in con- Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14   
junction with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 parts made of stainless steel 316L)
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point char- C11    Sealing surface with spring according to
acteristic curve test) according to EN 1092-1, form F, (previously DIN 2512,
IEC 60770-2 form F) in stainless steel 316L
Inspection certificate C12    DN 25 J30   
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 DN 40 J31   
DN 50 J32   
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17   
DN 80 J33   
Only in conjunction with filling liquid "Food oil" DN 100 J34   
(FDA listed)"
DN 125 J35   
"Functional safety (SIL2)" certificate C20  
to IEC 61508 Sealing surface with male face according
to EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512,
(only for conjunction with the Order code "C20" form V13) in stainless steel 316L
in the case of SITRANS P DS III transmitter)
DN 25 J40   
"Functional safety (SIL2/3)" certificate C23   DN 40 J41   
to IEC 61508
DN 50 J42   
(only for conjunction with the Order code "C23"
DN 80 J43   
in the case of SITRANS P DS III transmitter)
DN 100 J44   
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07    DN 125 J45   
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 acc. to
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- Sealing surface with female face according
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) to EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512,
form R13) in stainless steel 316L
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08    DN 25 J50   
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 acc. to DN 40 J51   
EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain-
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) DN 50 J52   
DN 80 J53   
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10    DN 100 J54   
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- DN 125 J55   
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C Flange according to ASME B16.5 RF
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only 125 ... 250 AA
in connection with halocarbon oil, certified by (only in combination with „Z" at data
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 position 9)
Epoxy painting E15    1", class 150 J6A   
Not possible with negative pressure service 1", class 300 J6B   
1", class 400/600 J6C   
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting 1", class 900/1500 J6D   
tube, process connection of the transmitter. 1½", class 150 J6E   
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only 1½", class 300 J6F   
possible with process connection G½B 1½", class 400/600 J6G   
according to EN 837-1. 1½", class 900/1500 J6H   
One sided-mounting, sealing surface below H20
Sealing surface B1 or J12   
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF
(only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
and for nominal sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
Sealing surface RJF (groove) ASME B16.5 J24   
instead of sealing surface ASME B16.5 RF
125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted parts made of
stainless steel 316L)
1/188 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Further designs HART PA FF
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Flange acc. to JIS, sealing surface RF
(only in combination with „Z" at data
position 9)
JIS DN 50, 10 K 316L J7A   
JIS DN 50, 20 K 316L J7B   
JIS DN 80, 10 K 316L J7C   
JIS DN 80, 20 K 316L J7D   
Elongated pipe, 150 mm instead of 100 mm, R15   
max. medium temperature 250 °C, observe
the maximum permissible media temperature
of the filling liquid.
Elongated pipe, 200 mm instead of 100 mm, R20   
max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe
the maximum permissible media temperature
of the filling liquid.
Negative pressure service
for use in the low-pressure measuring range for V04   
transmitter for level
Note: suffix "Y01" required with pressure trans-
mitter
Extended negative pressure service
for use in the low-pressure measuring range for V54   
transmitter for level
Note: suffix "Y01" required with pressure trans-
mitter
 = available
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/189

© Siemens AG 2017
29 (1.14) 177 (6.97) 143 (5.6) 15
84 (3.31) 53 (2.1) 74 (2.9) (0.6)
2
3 5 6
1 4
166 (6.54)
min. 90
100 (3.93) 5)
(3.54) 4)
Ød 5
Ød4
ØD
Øk
9
54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
17 (0.67) Space for rotation

approx. 96 (3.78) of housing
7
n x d2
b f
L
1 8
1 Electrical connection:
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
3 Blanking plug
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
5 Terminal side1)
6 Electronic side, digital display
(longer overall length for cover with window)1)
8 Harting adapter
9 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
150 (5.9) with Order Code R15, 200 (7.87) with Order Code R20
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for level, including mounting flange, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/190 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
29 (1.14) 4) 15 143 (5.6)
84 (3.31) (0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1)
2
3 6 5
166 (6.54)
4
111 (4.37) 7)
9
100 (3.94) 6)
67 (2.64) 5)
54 (2.1)
n x d2 7
b
L
f
17 (0.67) approx. 96 (3.78)

Ød 5
Ød4
Øk
ØD
8 1
1 Electrical connection:
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or
3 Blanking plug
"Explosion-proof enclosure", not shown in the drawing)
5 Terminal side1)
6 Electronic side, digital display
(longer overall length for cover with window)1)
8 Harting adapter
9 Process connection of low pressure side ¼-18 NPT (IEC 61518)
1)
2)
3)
4)
For Pg 13,5 with adapter approx. 45 mm (1.77 inch)
5)
6)
7)
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for level, including mounting flange, one sided-mounting, sealing surface below (order code H20),
dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/191

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Connection to EN 1092-1
Nominal Nominal b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 20 165 90 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4 0, 50, 100,
25/40 150 or 200
PN 100 28 195 90 26 102 48.3 451) 2 145 8
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 24 200 90 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8
25/40
PN 100 32 230 90 26 138 76 722) 2 180 8
DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 25/40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
lb./sq.in inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
2 inch 150 0.77 (19.5) 5.91 (150) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.08 (2) 4.74 (120.5) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or 7.87
300 0.89 (22.7) 6.5 (165) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.08 (2) 5 (127) 8 (0, 50, 100,
400/600 1.28 (32.4) 6.5 (165) 0.79 (20) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.28 (7) 5 (127) 8 150 or 200)
900/1500 1.78 (45.1) 8.46 (215) 1.02 (26) 5 (127) 1.9 (48.3) 1.771) (45) 0.28 (7) 6.5 (165) 8
3 inch 150 0.96 (24.3) 7.48 (190) 0.79 (20) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.08 (2) 6 (152.5) 4
300 1.14 (29) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.08 (2) 6.63 (168.5) 8
600 1.53 (38.8) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22) 5 (127) 3 (76) 2.832) (72) 0.28 (7) 6.63 (168.5) 8
4 inch 150 0.96 (24.3) 9.06 (230) 0.79 (20) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.08 (2) 7.5 (190.5) 8
300 1.27 (32.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.08 (2) 7.87 (200) 8
400 1.65 (42) 10.04 (255) 1.02 (26) 6.22 (158) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.28 (7) 7.87 (200) 8
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690

dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L=0.
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L=0.
1/192 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III Accessories/Spare Parts
1
Replacement measuring cell for pressure 7MF 4 9 9 0 - Replacement measuring cell for absolute 7MF 4 9 9 2 -
for SITRANS P DS III pressure for SITRANS P DS III (from the
7777 0 - 0 DB 0 7777 0 - 0 DB 0
pressure series)
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1 Silicone oil Normal 1
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 cleanliness level 2
Measured span (min. ... max.) Measured span (min. ... max.)
8.3 ... 250 mbar (0.12 ... 3.6 psi) A 8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.62 psia) D
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) B 43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.85 psia) F
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.6 ... 58 psi) C 0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psia) G
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) D 1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psia) H
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) E Wetted parts materials
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2 320 psi) F Seal diaphragm Process connection
4.0 ... 400 bar (58.0 ... 5 802 psi) G
7.0 ... 700 bar (102.0 ... 10 153 psi) J Stainless steel Stainless steel A
Wetted parts materials Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Seal diaphragm Process connection
Process connection
Stainless steel Stainless steel A • Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
Hastelloy Stainless steel B • Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
Hastelloy Hastelloy C • Oval flange made of stainless steel,
Process connection max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Oval flange made of stainless steel, - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 3
max. span 160 bar (2320 psi) Further designs Order code
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify
Order code.
Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1
Order code.
to EN 10204-3.1
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/193

© Siemens AG 2017
Replacement measuring cell for absolute pres- 7MF 4 9 9 3 - Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 4 -
sure (from the differential pressure series) for pressure and PN 32/160 (MAWP 464/2320 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0 77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series
Click on the Article No. for the online configura- Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. tion in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1 Silicone oil Normal 1
Inert liquid grease-free to 3 Inert liquid grease-free to 3
cleanliness level 2 cleanliness level 2
Measured span (min. ... max.)
8.3 ... 250 mbar a (0.12 ... 3.62 psia) D
1 ... 20 mbar1) (0.4 ... 8 inH2O) B
43 ... 1300 mbar a (0.62 ... 18.85 psia) F
0.16 ... 5 bar a (2.32 ... 72.5 psia) G
1 ... 60 mbar (0.4 ... 24 inH2O) C
1 ... 30 bar a (14.5 ... 435 psia) H
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1 ... 100 inH2O) D
5.3 ... 100 bar a (76.9 ... 1450 psia) KE
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
Wetted parts materials 16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell 50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
Stainless steel Stainless steel A 0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Hastelloy Stainless steel B Wetted parts materials
Hastelloy Hastelloy C (stainless steel process flanges)
Tantalum Tantalum E Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Monel Monel H
Gold Gold L Hastelloy Stainless steel B
Process connection Hastelloy Hastelloy C
Tantalum 2) Tantalum E
Monel2) Monel H
• Sealing screw opposite process connection Gold 2) Gold L
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0 Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2 Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange connection
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Vent on side of process flange1) - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 0
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4 - Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 2
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to 6 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 • Vent on side of process flange
Non-wetted parts materials - Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 4
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2 IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Further designs Order code Non-wetted parts materials
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Stainless steel process flange screws 2
Order code.
O-rings for process flanges Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
(instead of FPM (Viton)) O-rings for process flanges
• PTFE (Teflon) A20 (instead of FPM (Viton))
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21 • PTFE (Teflon) A20
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), for measured me- A22 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
dium temperatures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), for measured me- A22
• NBR (Buna N) A23 dium temperatures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)
Inspection certificate C12 • NBR (Buna N) A23
to EN 10204-3.1 Inspection certificate C12
to EN 10204-3.1
Process connection G½B D16
Remote seal flanges D20
Remote seal flanges D20 (not together with K01, K02 and K04)
(not together with K01, K02 and K04) Vent on side for gas measurements H02
Vent on side for gas measurements H02 Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
Process flanges
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)
• without K00
Process flanges
• with process flange made of
• without K00
- Hastelloy K01
• with process flange made of
- Monel K02
- Hastelloy K01
- Stainless steel with PVDF insert K04
max. PN 10 (MAWP 145 psi) - Monel K02
max.temperature of medium 90 °C (194 °F) - Stainless steel with PVDF insert, max. PN 10 K04
For ½-14 NPT inner process connection on the (MAWP 145 psi), max. temperature of medium
side in the middle of the process flange, vent 90 °C (194 °F). For ½-14 NPT inner process con-
valve not possible nection on the side in the middle of the process
flange, vent valve not possible
1) Not for span 5.3 ... 100 bar (76.9 ... 1450 psi)
1) Not suitable for connection of remote seal
2) Only together with max. spans 250, 1600, 5000 and 30000 mbar
(100 inH2O, 642 inH2O, 2000 inH2O and 435 psi).
1/194 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No.

1
Replacement measuring cell for differential 7MF 4 9 9 5 -
pressure and PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi) for
77777 - 0 DC 0
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus series
Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell cleaning
Silicone oil Normal 1
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1 ... 100 inH2O) D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
(stainless steel process flanges)
Seal diaphragm Parts of measuring cell
Gold1) Gold L
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT with flange
connection
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Vent on side of process flange
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
• Stainless steel process flange screws 2
code.
O-rings for process flanges
(instead of FPM (Viton))
• PTFE (Teflon) A20
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), for measured me- A22
dium temperatures -15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F)
• NBR (Buna N) A23
to EN 10204-3.1
Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03
without process flanges K00
1) Not together with max. span 600 mbar (240 inH2O)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/195

© Siemens AG 2017
Spare parts/Accessories Digital indicator 7MF4997-1BR
Including mounting material for SITRANS P
Mounting bracket and fastening parts DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS PA and
for pressure transmitters DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Measuring point label
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF403.-.....-..C.) • without inscription (5 units) 7MF4997-1CA
For absolute pressure transmitters • Printed (1 unit) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and Y..: ......................
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")
Fieldbus (7MF423.-.....-..C.) Mounting screws
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AH For measuring point label, grounding and con- 7MF4997-1CD
nection terminals or for display
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AP (50 units)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts Sealing screws
for pressure transmitters (1 set = 2 units) for process flange
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
Fieldbus (7MF403-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.) • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
For absolute pressure transmitters Sealing screws with vent valve
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Complete (1 set = 2 units)
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1CP
Fieldbus 7MF423-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.)
• made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AC
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 } 7MF4997-1AJ Application electronics
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AQ • for SITRANS P DS III with HART 7MF4997-1DK
• for SITRANS P DS III with PROFIBUS PA 7MF4997-1DL
• for SITRANS P DS III with FOUNDATION 7MF4997-1DM
For differential pressure transmitters with Fieldbus
flange thread M10
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with Connection board
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • for SITRANS P DS III 7MF4997-1DN
Fieldbus (7MF433.-... and 7MF443.-...) • for SITRANS P DS III PROFIBUS PA and 7MF4997-1DP
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 } 7MF4997-1AK
• FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
Mounting and fastening brackets • PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
For differential pressure transmitters with • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
flange thread M12 • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) 7MF4997-2DD
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION • NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
Fieldbus (7MF453.-...) Sealing ring for process connection see "Fittings"
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE
Weldable sockets for PMC connection
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AL
• PMC Style Standard: Thread 1½" 7MF4997-2HA
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AS
• PMC Style Minibolt: front-flush 1" 7MF4997-2HB
Gaskets for PMC connection
For differential and absolute pressure transmit- (packing unit = 5 units)
ters with flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
• PTFE seal for PMC Style Standard: 7MF4997-2HC
SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
Thread 1½"
Fieldbus • Gasket made of Viton for PMC Style Minibolt: 7MF4997-2HD
(7MF433.-..., 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...) front-flush 1"
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF Weldable socket for TG52/50 and TG52/150
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AM connection
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AT • TG52/50 connection 7MF4997-2HE
• TG52/150 connection 7MF4997-2HF
Cover
Seals for TG 52/50 and TG 52/150 made of 7MF4997-2HG
Made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket,
silicone (FDA compliant)
for SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Seals for flange connection with front-flush
Fieldbus. diaphragm
Compatible for Ex and non-Ex transmitters M;aterial FKM (Viton); temperature range:
• without window 7MF4997-1BB -20 ... +200 °C (-4 ... +392 °F), 10 units
• with window } 7MF4997-1BE • DN 25, PN 40 (M11) 7MF4997-2HH
• 1", class 150 (M40) 7MF4997-2HK
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket, } Available ex stock
for SITRANS P DS III with HART, DS III with
Fieldbus.
1/196 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Documentation
The entire documentation is available for
download free-of-charge in various languages
mentation/documentation
SITRANS P DS III/P410
• English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434626
Dutch
Certificates (order only via SAP)
HART modem
with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/197

© Siemens AG 2017
60
30
12,5
25 25
Ø9
30
R30
60
3
12,5
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P DS III, SITRANS P410 and SITRANS P280 gauge and absolute pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm
38 27
20,65
20,65
27
R30
41,3
54
R6,5 3
Ø20 41,3
54
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P DS III and SITRANS P410 differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm
1/198 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III - Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
■ Overview The 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds are sealed with PTFE sealing 1
tape between the transmitter and the valve manifold.
SITRANS P transmitters The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds are
• DS III for relative and absolute pressure (both designs) and sealed with PTFE sealing rings between the transmitter and the
• DS III for differential pressure valve manifold.
can be delivered factory-fitted with the following valve manifolds: Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for
leaks (compressed air 6 bar (87 psi)) and is certified leak-proof
• 7MF9011-4EA and 7MF9011-4FA valve manifolds for gauge with a test report to EN 10204 - 2.2.
pressure and absolute pressure transmitters
All valve manifolds should preferably be secured with the re-
• 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA valve manifolds for abso-
spective mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on
lute pressure and differential pressure transmitters
the valve manifold and not on the unit itself.
■ Design If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac-
tory mounting of valve manifolds", you will receive a mounting
The 7MF9011-4EA valve manifolds are sealed with gaskets bracket for the valve manifold instead of a bracket for mounting
made of PTFE between transmitter and the valve manifold as the transmitter.
standard. Soft iron, stainless steel and copper gaskets are also
If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 when
available for sealing purposes if preferred.
choosing the option "Factory mounting of valve manifolds", a
separate certificate is provided for the transmitters and the valve
manifolds respectively.
■ Selection and Ordering data

7MF9411-5AA 7MF9411-5AA
valve manifold for relative and absolute pressure transmitters valve manifold for relative and absolute pressure transmitters
Add „-Z" to the Article No. of the transmit- Order Add „-Z" to the Article No. of the transmit- Order
ter and add order codes. code ter and add order codes. code
SITRANS P DSIII T05 SITRANS P DSIII T06
7MF403.-...2.-..., 7MF423.-...2.-... , 7MF403.-...2.-..., 7MF423.-...2.-... ,
7MF403.-...3.-..., 7MF423.-...3.-... , 7MF403.-...3.-..., 7MF423.-...3.-... ,
7MF403.-...4.-..., 7MF423.-...4.-... 7MF403.-...4.-..., 7MF423.-...4.-...
With process connection oval flange with With process connection oval flange with
PTFE gasket and steel mounting screws. PTFE gasket and stainless steel mounting
Delivery including high-presure test certi- screws.
fied by factory certificate according to Delivery including high-presure test certi-
EN 10204-2.2 fied by factory certificate according to
EN 10204-2.2
Additional versions:
Additional versions:
mounting clips made of stainless steel Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied mounting clips made of stainless steel
with the transmitter) (instead of the mounting bracket supplied
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
mounted valve manifold EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and
With manufacturer declaration according D07
to NACE, MR-0175 With manufacturer declaration according D07
to NACE, MR-0175
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/199

© Siemens AG 2017
1 7MF9011-4FA 7MF9411-5BA
valve manifold on relative and absolute pressure transmitters valve manifold on absolute and differential pressure transmitters
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
and add Order codes code and add Order codes code
SITRANS P DSIII T03 SITRANS P DSIII
7MF403.-...1.-..., 7MF423.-...1.-... 7MF433.-…, 7MF443.-… and
With process connection 7MF453.-… 1)
female thread ½-14 NPT mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
in-sealed with PTFE sealing tape screws made of
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified • chromized steel U01
by test report to EN 10204-2.2 • made of stainless steel U02
Further designs:
mounting clips made of stainless steel Further designs:
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied Delivery includes mounting bracket and
with the transmitter) mounting clips made of
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12 • Steel A01
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and • Stainless steel A02
mounted valve manifold (instead of the mounting bracket supplied
With manufacturer declaration according D07 with the transmitter)
to NACE, MR-0175 Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
7MF9011-4EA EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters and
valve manifold on relative and absolute pressure transmitters
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order to NACE, MR-0175
and add Order codes code
7MF9411-5CA
SITRANS P DSIII T02 valve manifold on differential pressure transmitters
7MF403.-...0.-..., 7MF423.-...0.-...
with process connection Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmitter Order
collar G1/2 A to EN 837-1 and add Order codes code
with gasket made of PTFE between valve SITRANS P DSIII
manifold and transmitter 7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-…1 1)
Alternative sealing material: mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
• Soft iron A70 screws made of
• Stainless steel, Mat. No. 14571 A71 • chromized steel U03
• copper A72 • Stainless steel U04
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified by test report to EN 10204-2.2
Further designs:
Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting bracket and
Delivery includes mounting brackets and A02 mounting clips made of
mounting clips made of stainless steel
(instead of the mounting bracket supplied • Steel A01
with the transmitter) • Stainless steel A02
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12 with the transmitter)
EN 10204- 3.1 for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters and
With manufacturer declaration according D07 mounted valve manifold
to NACE, MR-0175
to NACE, MR-0175
1) For 7MF453.-... transmitters, you require a 7/10-20 UNF connection thread
in the process flange
1/200 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Valve manifolds mounted on SITRANS P DS III
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
lute pressure transmitters pressure transmitters
118 (4.65) 118 (4.65)

84 (3.31) 158 (6.2) 84 (3.31) 158 (6.2)
approx. 293 (11.54)

approx. 285 (11.2)
149 (5.87) 176 (6.93)

approx. 150 (5.91) 190 (7.5)
192 (7.56)
7MF9011-4EA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and abso- 7MF9011-4FA valve manifold with mounted gauge pressure and absolute
lute pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch) pressure transmitters, dimensions in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/201

© Siemens AG 2017
1
7MF9411-5BA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure trans- 7MF9411-5CA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure trans-
mitter mitter
192 (7.56)
244 (9.61)
215 (8.46)
7MF9411-5BA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
190 (7.48)
245 (9.65)
256 (10.08)
7MF9411-5CA valve manifold with mounted differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/202 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Overview ■ Application
1
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters can be used in industrial
areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads. Electro-
magnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz makes the
P410 suitable for locations with high electromagnetic emissions.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Flameproof enclo-
sure" may be installed in hazardous areas (zone 1) or in zone 0.
The pressure transmitters are provided with an EC type exam-
ination certificate and comply with the corresponding harmo-
nized European standards (ATEX).
for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
The pressure transmitter can be operated locally over 3 input
buttons or programmed externally over HART or over PROFIBUS
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters are digital pressure trans- PA or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
mitters with a high level of operating convenience. Technically, Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
they are based on the SITRANS P DS III but offer an increased
measuring accuracy of 0.04%. This means the SITRANS P 410 Measured variable: Gauge pressure of aggressive and non-ag-
is perfectly suited for measuring tasks with increased accuracy gressive gases, vapors and liquids.
requirements. The parameterization is performed using input
buttons or via HART or via PROFIBUS PA or FOUNDATION Field-
for P410 with HART: 0.01 bar to 160 bar (0.15 psi to 2321 psi)
bus interface.
The comprehensive functionality makes for precise adjustment
for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
of the pressure transmitter to the requirements of the plant. Op-
1 bar to 160 bar (14.5 psi to 2321 psi)
eration is very simple, despite the variety of setting options.
Pressure transmitters with type of protection "Intrinsic safety" and Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow
"Explosion-proof" may be installed in hazardous areas (zone 1) Measured variables:
or in zone 0. The transmitters are provided with an EC type ex- • Differential pressure
amination certificate and comply with the respective harmonized
European standards (ATEX). • Small positive or negative pressure
The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re- • Flow q ~ p (together with a primary differential pressure de-
mote seals for special applications such as the measurement of vice (see Chapter "Flow Meters"))
highly viscous substances. Span (infinitely adjustable)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters are available in various ver- for P410 with HART: 1 mbar ... 30 bar (0.0145 ... 435 psi)
sions for measuring: Nominal measuring range
• Gauge pressure for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION Fieldbus:
20 mbar ... 30 bar (0.29 ... 435 psi)
• Volume flow
• Mass flow
■ Benefits
• Extensive diagnostics and simulation functions
• Minimal conformity error
• Wetted parts made of high-grade materials (e.g., stainless
steel, Hastelloy)
• Infinitely adjustable spans from 0.01 bar to 160 bar (0.15 psi
to 2321 psi) for P410 with HART interface
• Nominal measuring ranges from 1 bar to 160 bar (14.5 psi to
2321 psi) for P410 with PROFIBUS PA and FOUNDATION
Fieldbus interface
• Parameterization over input buttons and HART, PROFIBUS PA
or FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/203

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Design
1 Plastic cover as access to

the input keys
2 Screw cover with
viewing pane 3
3 Digital display
4 Locking screw 7
6 Screw cover with
viewing pane 6
7 Rating plate
5
Front view
The transmitter consists of various components depending on
the order. The possible versions are listed in the ordering infor-
transmitters.
The rating plate (7, Figure "Front view") with the Article No. is located
on the side of the housing. The specified number together with the
ordering information provide details on the optional design details
and on the possible measuring range (physical properties of built-in
sensor element).
The approval label is located on the opposite side.
The housing is made of die-cast aluminium or stainless steel pre-
rear of the housing. The front cover can be fitted with a viewing
display. The inlet (8) for the electrical connection is located either
on the left or right side. The unused opening on the opposite side
is sealed by a blanking plug. The protective earth connection is
The electrical connections for the power supply and screen are
(5). The measuring cell is prevented from rotating by a locking
screw (4). As the result of this modular design, the measuring
cell and the electronics can be replaced separately from each
At the top of the housing is a plastic cover (1), which hides the
input keys.
Example for an attached measuring point label
Y01 or Y02
= max. 27 char. .... to .... mbar
Y15 = max. 16 char.
Y99 = max. 10 char. 1234
1/204 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Function
1
Operation of electronics with HART communication Operation of electronics with PROFIBUS PA communication
9 9
8 8
0.0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0.0
M M
00 00
10
2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 7
μC IA, UH PA
μC
interface
Power supply
PROFIBUS-PA
7
10
HART interface
PROFIBUS DP
Power
EEPROM supply
6 unit
EEPROM Coup-
6
ler
11
1 6 Bus-
1 6 12 Master
EEPROM
EEPROM
Sensor Sensor
pe Measuring cell pe
Measuring cell

2 Instrument amplifier 1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
3 Analog-to-digital converter 2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
4 Microcontroller 3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
5 Digital-to-analog converter 4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply
6 One non-volatile memory each in the measuring cell and 5 Electrical isolation 11 DP/PA coupler or link
electronics 6 One non-volatile memory 12 Bus master
7 HART interface each in the measuring cell
8 Three input keys (local operation) and electronics pe Input variable
9 Digital display 7 PROFIBUS-PA interface
10 Diode circuit and connection for external ammeter
IA Output current
UH Power supply
Pe Input variable The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea-
Function diagram of electronics verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in the microcon-
troller, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure provided on the PROFIBUS PA through an electrically isolated
"Function diagram of the electronics") is amplified by the mea- PA interface (7).
verter (3). The digital information is evaluated in a microcontrol- The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and
ler, its linearity and temperature response corrected, and the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories
converted in a digital-to-analog converter (5) into an output cur- (6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other
rent of 4 to 20 mA. to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec-
The diode circuit (10) protects against incorrect polarity. each other.
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres-
the parameter data are stored in the two non-volatile memories sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but-
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- messages and the operating modes on the display (9).
each other. The results with status values and diagnostic values are trans-
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the PROFIBUS PA. Param-
Using the 3 input keys (8) you can parameterize the pressure eterization data and error messages are transferred by acyclic
transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input buttons can data transmission. Special software such as SIMATIC PDM is re-
also be used to control the view of the results, the error mes- quired for this.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/205

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Operation of electronics with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Mode of operation of the measuring cells
communication
Measuring cell for gauge pressure
9
8
0.0.0.0.0
M
00
5
2 3 4 5 7 4
FF
μC interface 3
Foundation Fieldbus
1 1 Measuring cell
Power supply
10
3 Seal diaphragm
Power
supply 4 Filling liquid
EEPROM
6 unit 5 Silicon pressure sensor
Coup-
ler
2
Electronics
pe
1 6
EEPROM

Sensor
Figure "Measuring cell for gauge pressure, function diagram) to
pe the measuring cell (1). This pressure is subsequently transmitted
Measuring cell further through the seal diaphragm (3) and the filling liquid (4) to
1 Measuring cell sensor 8 Three input keys
2 Instrument amplifier (local operation)
3 Analog-to-digital converter 9 Digital display
sistance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
4 Microcontroller 10 Power supply differential pressure.
5 Electrical isolation Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow
6 One non-volatile memory pe Input variable
each in the measuring cell
and electronics 2 3 4
7 FF interface
1 Seal diaphragm
2 O-ring
3 Overload diaphragm
The bridge output voltage created by the sensor (1, Figure 1 4 Silicon pressure sensor
1 - +
"Function diagram of electronics") is amplified by the measuring 5 Process flange
5
amplifier (2) and digitized in the analog-to-digital converter (3). 6 Body of measuring cell
The digital information is evaluated in the microcontroller, its lin- 7 Filling liquid
earity and temperature response corrected, and provided on the
7 6
FOUNDATION Fieldbus through an electrically isolated
FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface (7).
The data specific to the measuring cell, the electronics data, and Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
(6). The one memory is coupled to the measuring cell, the other The differential pressure is transmitted through the seal dia-
to the electronics. As the result of this modular design, the elec- phragms (1, Figure "Measuring cell for differential pressure and
tronics and the measuring cell can be replaced separately from flow, function diagram") and the filling liquid (7) to the silicon
each other. pressure sensor (4).
Using the three input buttons (8) you can parameterize the pres- The measuring diaphragm is flexed by the applied differential
sure transmitter directly at the measuring point. The input but- pressure. This changes the resistance of the four piezo-resistors
tons can also be used to control the view of the results, the error fitted in the diaphragm in a bridge circuit. This change in resis-
messages and the operating modes on the display (9). tance results in a bridge output voltage proportional to the
differential pressure.
ferred by cyclic data transmission on the FOUNDATION An overload diaphragm is installed to provide protection from
Fieldbus. Parameterization data and error messages are trans- overloads. If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload di-
ferred by acyclic data transmission. Special software such as aphragm (3) is flexed until the seal diaphragm rests on the body
National Instruments Configurator is required for this. of the measuring cell (6), thus protecting the silicon pressure
1/206 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Parameterization SITRANS P410 Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P410 with HART 1
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for pa- • Zero correction display
rameterizing the pressure transmitter and for setting or scanning • Event counter
the parameters. • Limit transmitter
Parameterization using the input buttons (local operation) • Saturation alarm
With the input buttons you can easily set the most important pa- • Slave pointer
rameters without any additional equipment. • Simulation functions
Parameterization using HART • Maintenance timer
Parameterization using HART is performed with a HART Com- Available physical units of display for SITRANS P410 with HART
municator or a PC.
+ made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, inH2O, inH2O (4 °C),
mmH2O, ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg
230 ... 1100 Ω

Level (height data) m, cm, mm, ft, in
SITRANS P Power supply
transmitter Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, US gallon, lmp.
HART
communicator
ft3/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/s
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure transmitter Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min, kg/s,
g/d, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/h, lb/min, lb/s,
When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec- LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d, STon/h, STon/min
tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
Miscellaneous %, mA
+
- Parameterization through PROFIBUS PA interface
SITRANS P 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply Fully digital communication through PROFIBUS PA, profile 3.0, is
transmitter particularly user-friendly. Through the PROFIBUS the DS III with
PC or PROFIBUS PA is connected to a process control system, e. g.
HART laptop SIMATIC PSC 7. Communication is possible even in a potentially
modem explosive environment.
For parameterization through PROFIBUS you need suitable soft-
USB/RS 232
Parameterization through FOUNDATION Fieldbus interface
transmitter
Fully digital communication through FOUNDATION Fieldbus is
particularly user-friendly. Through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus
When parameterizing with a PC, the connection is made through the DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus is connected to a process
a HART modem. control system. Communication is possible even in a potentially
explosive environment.
The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
HART 5.x or 6.x protocols are superimposed on the output cur- For parameterization through the FOUNDATION Fieldbus you
rent using the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method. need suitable software, e.g. National Instruments Configurator.
Adjustable parameters, SITRANS P410 with HART Adjustable parameters for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA
and FOUNDATION Fieldbus
(DS III HART) communication
Start of scale x x Parameters Input PROFIBUS PA and
Full-scale value x x keys FOUNDATION Field-
Electrical damping x x bus interface
Start-of-scale value without applica- x x Electrical damping x x
Zero adjustment (correction of posi- x x
Full-scale value without application x x tion)
Zero adjustment x x Buttons and/or function disabling x x
current transmitter x x Source of measured-value display x x
Fault current x x
Physical dimension of display x x
Disabling of buttons, write protec- x x1)
tion Position of decimal point x x
Type of dimension and actual x x Bus address x x
dimension
Characteristic (linear / square- x2) x2) Adjustment of characteristic x x
rooted) Input of characteristic x
Diagnostic functions x Diagnostics functions x
1) Cancel apart from write protection
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/207

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Diagnostic functions for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA and
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• Event counter
• Slave pointer
Physical dimensions available for the display
Pressure (setting can also be MPa, kPa, Pa, bar, mbar, torr, atm, psi,
made in the factory) g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
inH2O, inH20 (4 °C), ftH2O (20 °C),
mmHg, inHg
volume flow m3/s, m3/min, m3/h, m3/d, l/s, l/min, l/h, l/
d, Ml/d, ft3/s, ft3/min, ft3/h, ft3/d, US gal-
lon/s, US gallon/min, US gallon/h, US gal-
lon/d, bbl/s, bbl/min, bbl/h, bbl/d
Mass flow g/s, g/min, g/h, g/d, kg/s, kg/min, kg/h,
kg/d, t/s, t/min, t/h, /t/d, lb/s, lb/min, lb/h,
Miscellaneous %
1/208 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Input
0.01 ... 1 bar 1 bar 4 bar 6 bar
1 ... 100 kPa 100 kPa 400 kPa 600 kPa
0.15 ... 14.5 psi 14.5 psi 58 psi 87 psi
0.04 ... 4 bar 4 bar 7 bar 10 bar
4 ... 400 kPa 400 kPa 0.7 MPa 1 MPa
0.58 ... 58 psi 58 psi 102 psi 145 psi
0.16 ... 16 bar 16 bar 21 bar 32 bar
16 ... 1600 kPa 1600 kPa 2.1 MPa 3.2 MPa
2.3 ... 232 psi 232 psi 305 psi 464 psi
0.63 ... 63 bar 63 bar 67 bar 100 bar
63 ... 6300 kPa 6300 kPa 6.7MPa 10 MPa
9.1 ... 914 psi 914 psi 972 psi 1450 psi
1.6 ... 160 bar 160 bar 167 bar 250 bar
0.16 ... 16 MPa 16 MPa 16.7 MPa 2.5 MPa
23 ... 2321 psi 2321 psi 2422 psi 3626 psi
Fieldbus signal
Load
tor)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/209

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P410 for gauge pressure
reproducibility
- 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi r5:  0.04 %
4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
• 1 bar/100 kPa/14.5 psi  (0.05  r + 0.1) %
• 4 bar/400 kPa/58 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
Long-term stability (temperature change  30 °C ( 54 °F))
160 bar/16 MPa/2321 psi
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1/210 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
immunity
Design
no. 1.4408
(140 °F))
Process connection Connection shank G½B to DIN EN 837-1, female thread ½ -14 NPT or oval flange
(PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)) to DIN 19213 with mounting thread M10 or 7/16-20 UNF
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/211

© Siemens AG 2017
1 SITRANS P410 for gauge pressure
Pi = 750 mW; Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 174 mA, Po = 1 W
DC
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
1/212 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/213

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, SITRANS P410 with HART 7MF4033- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Silicone oil normal } 1
0.01 ... 1 bar (0.15 ... 14.5 psi) } B
0.04 ... 4 bar (0.58 ... 58 psi) } C
0.16 ... 16 bar (2.32 ... 232 psi) } D
0.63 ... 63 bar (9.14 ... 914 psi) } E
1.6 ... 160 bar (23.2 ... 2320 psi) } F
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" Y1
(recommended version) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "G½B connection shank" 1) 2) 3) 4) Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 } 0
• Female thread ½-14 NPT 1
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread)
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 2
• Housing made of die-cast aluminium } 0
• Housing stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• Standard version, German plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar } 2
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: Pascal 3
All versions include DVD with compact operating instructions in various EU languages.
• None A
- "Intrinsic safety and flameproof enclosure" (Ex ia + Ex d)"7) P
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection } R
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7)9) (pending)
• FM + CSA (is + ep) + Ex ia + Ex d (ATEX) + Zone 1D/2D7)9)10) (pending) S
- "Intrinsic Safe and Explosion Proof (is + xp)"6)10) (pending) NC
• Screwed gland M20 x1 .5 } B
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating connector11) D
1/214 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order code
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure, SITRANS P410 with HART 7MF4033- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
• Without visible display } 1
(display concealed, setting: mA)
• With visible display (setting: mA) 6
• with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" or "Y22" required) 7
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom-
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the respective
remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
10) Explosion protection acc. to FM/CSA: suitable for installations according to NEC 500/505.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/215

© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA (PA) 7MF4034- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
SITRANS P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (FF) 7MF4035- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
1 bar (14.5 psi) B
4 bar (58 psi) C
16 bar (232 psi) D
63 bar (914 psi) E
160 bar (2320 psi) F
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "female thread ½-14 NPT" Y1
(recommended version) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Version for diaphragm seals in conjunction with process connector "G½B connection shank" 1) 2) 3) 4) Y0
Process connection
• Connection shank G½B to EN 837-1 0
• Stainless steel oval flange with process connection (Oval flange has no female thread) 5)
Version
• Standard version, German label inscription, setting of pressure unit: bar 1
• International version, English label inscription, setting of pressure unit: psi 2
• Chinese version, English label inscription, setting of pressure unit: kPa 3
• None A

- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection R
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7) 9) (not for P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus) (pending)
1/216 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitter for gauge pressure
77777 - 7777
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, 1
setting: bar)
• with customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included with the transmitter order number, for example
7MF403.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling of configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) M10 fastening thread: Max. span 160 bar (2320 psi)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/217

© Siemens AG 2017
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, (only together with type of protection
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
2 x U-washer) made of: 7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)" and IP66)
• Steel A01   
CRN approval Canada E223)   
• Stainless steel 304 A02    (Canadian Registration Number)
Plug
• Han 7D (metal) A30  Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E554)   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  NEPSI (China)
• Angled A32  (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E564)   
to NEPSI (China)
Cable sockets for M12 connectors A50   
(metal (CuZn)) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
Rating plate inscription Ex protection "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E574)   
(instead of German) (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• English B11    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and E584)   
• French B12    „Zone 2" to NEPSI (China)
• Spanish B13    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
English rating plate B21    explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Pressure units in inH20 and/or psi (pending)
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11    (only for transmitter
characteristic curve test) according to 7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
IEC 60770-21) Ex-protection Ex ia according to EAC Ex E80   
Inspection certificate2) C12    (Russia)
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
Factory certificate C14    (Russia)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
to EAC Ex (Russia)
PMI test of parts in contact with medium Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to Two coats of lacquer on casing and G10   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL cover (PU on epoxy)
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01   
Functional safety (SIL2/3) C23  tection)
Devices suitable for use according to
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL Oval flange NAM (ASTAVA) J06   
conformity declaration Marine approvals
Increased measuring accuracy C41    • Det Norske Veritas S10   
(mandatory specification for Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
SITRANS P410) • Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
PED for Russia with initial calibration C99    • French marine classification society S12   
mark Bureau Veritas (BV)
Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05  • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
the output signal to 22.0 mA • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for
(only for M20x1.5 and ½-14 NPT) SITRANS P DS III (page 1/199).
1)
Supplied with oval flange D37    When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be
(1 item), PTFE packing and screws in ordered for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it
thread of oval flange is recommended only to order this certificate exclusively with the dia-
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    here.
device (848699 + 810634) included 2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61   
1/218 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017

1
Measuring range to be set  Y01  1)
description)
Y15: ...........................................
Measuring point text (entry in device  Y16   
variable)
Y16: ...........................................
Y17: ...........................................
Setting of pressure indication in pres-  Y21   
sure units
Note:
The following pressure units can be
selected:
sure units "Y01" is essential, unit with max. 5
characters)
 = available
Ordering example
Item line: 7MF4033-1EA00-1AA7-Z C41
B line: A01 + Y01 + Y21
C line: Y01: 10 ... 20 bar (145 ... 290 psi)

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/219

© Siemens AG 2017
15 143 (5.6) 54 (2.13) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 74 (2.9) 53 (2.1) 27 approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1 (1.1)
50 (1.97)
2 6
Ø80 (3.15)
117 (4.61)
3 4 3 7
176 (6.93)
237 (9.33)
9
68 (2.68)
8
120 (4.72)
72 (2.8)
Space for rotation

of housing
min. 90 (3.54) 4) Ø50 ... 60 105 (4.13)
(1.97 ... 2.36)
123 (4.84)

2 Terminal side1)
Screwed gland M20 x 1,5 or Screwed gland ½-14 NPT or 8 Process connection: Connection shank G½B
4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for gauge pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/220 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Input
Directive) Fieldbus
range
2.5 ... 250 mbar 250 mbar 160 bar
0.2 ... 25 kPa 25 kPa 16 MPa
1 ... 100 inH2O 100 inH2O 2320 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 60 kPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ... 500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
6 ... 600 mbar 600 mbar 420 bar
0.6 ... 60 kPa 60 kPa 42 MPa
2.4 ... 240 inH2O 240 inH2O 6091 psi
16 ... 1600 mbar 1600 mbar
1.6 ...160 kPa 160 kPa
6.4 ... 642 inH2O 642 inH2O
50 ... 5000 mbar 5000 mbar
5 ... 500 kPa 500 kPa
20 ... 2000 inH2O 2000 inH2O
0.3 ... 30 bar 30 bar
0.03 ... 3 MPa 3 MPa
4.35 ... 435 psi 435 psi
• Measuring cell with silicone oil filling -100 % of max. span (-33 % with measuring cell 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi)
or 30 mbar a/3 kPa a/0.44 psi a
Load
tor)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/221

© Siemens AG 2017
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.04 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.04 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.004  r + 0.045) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
(flow > 25 ... 50 %)
- 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi r5:  0.08 %
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi 5 < r  100 :  (0.008  r + 0.09) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• 250 mbar/25 kPa/3.63 psi  (0.025  r + 0.125) %
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• on the zero point (PKN)
600 mbar/60 kPa/8.7 psi (zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
- 5 bar/500 kpa/72.5 psi  (0.2  r) % per 70 bar
30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi (zero-point correction is possible with position error adjustment)
• on the span (PKS)
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
Long-term stability Static pressure max. 70 bar/7 MPa/1015 psi
1600 mbar/160 kPa/23.21 psi
• 30 bar/3 MPa/435 psi  (0.25  r) % in 5 years
Effect of mounting position (in pressure per change in angle)  0.7 mbar/0.07 kPa/0.028 inH2O per 10° inclination
FOUNDATION Fieldbus
1/222 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Rated conditions
Ambient conditions
- Transmitter -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Climatic class
immunity
Design
no. 1.4408
• Process flanges and sealing screw Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4408, Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602
(140 °F))
Bus voltage
• Not Ex - 9 ... 32 V
Current consumption
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/223

© Siemens AG 2017
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; Linear barrier:
Ri = 300  Uo = 24 V, Io = 250 mA, Po = 1.2 W
DC
Pmax = 1 W
Ui = 45 V Uo = 17.5 V, Io = 570 mA
Linear barrier:
Uo = 32 V, Io = 132 mA, Po = 1 W
T4...T6;
1/224 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
communication
HART 230 ... 1100 
Software for PC SIMATIC PDM • Analog input
address 126)
LCD
two pressures
respectively
incorrect value)
tively
Transducer blocks 2
two pressures
characteristic with
sor temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/225

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
SITRANS P410 with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4433- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Silicone oil normal } 1
2.5 ... 250 mbar (1.004 ... 100.4 inH2O) } D
6 ... 600 mbar (2.409 ... 240.9 inH2O) } E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.424 ... 642.4 inH2O) } F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20.08 ... 2008 inH2O) } G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) } H
Stainless steel Stainless steel } A
Version for diaphragm seal1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 } 2
- Mounting thread M10 to DIN 19213 (only for replacement requirement) 0
• Vent on side of process flange5)
Stainless steel Die-cast aluminum } 2
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting6) 3
Version
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: Pascal } 3
• None A
- "Intrinsic safety, explosion-proof enclosure and dust explosion protection } R
(Ex ia+ Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"8)10) (pending)
1/226 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
1
SITRANS P410 with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4433- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
• Screwed gland M20 x 1.5 } B
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating connector12)13) D
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: mA) } 1
remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included wiht the transmitter order number, for example
7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
4) The standard measuring cell filling for configurations with remote seals (Y) is silicone oil.
5) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/227

© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Measuring cell filling Measuring cell
cleaning
250 mbar (100.4 inH2O) D
600 mbar (240.9 inH2O) E
1600 mbar (642.4 inH2O) F
5 bar (2008 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H
Version as diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
• Venting on side of process flanges 5)
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• Chinese version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: Pascal } 3
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7) 9)(not for DS III FF) (pending)
1/228 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: bar) 1
• With customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
remote seals.
7MF443.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1...-.B
5) Not suitable for connection of remote seal. Position of the top vent valve in the process flange (see dimensional drawing).
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/229

© Siemens AG 2017
code. code.
Pressure transmitter with mounting Setting of the upper saturation limit of D05 
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, the output signal to 22.0 mA
2 x U-washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut,
2 x U-washer) made of:
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009)
• Steel A01    (only together with seal diaphragm made of
• Stainless steel 304 A02    Hastelloy and stainless steel)
O-rings for process flanges (only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT)
(instead of FPM (Viton)) Supplied with oval flange set D37   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20    (2 items), PTFE packings and screws in
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21    thread of process flanges
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22   
for measured medium temperatures Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59   
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) device (848699 + 810634) included
• NBR (Buna N) A23    TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61   
Plug Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01   
• Han 7D (metal) A30  (only together with type of protection
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
• Angled A32  7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  Dual seal E24   
Sealing screws (2 units) A40    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" to E553)   
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process NEPSI (China)
flanges (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
Cable sockets for M12 connectors A50    Explosion protection "Explosion-proof" E563)   
(metal (CuZn)) to NEPSI (China)
Rating plate inscription (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.D..)
(instead of German) Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI E573)   
• English B11    (China)
• French B12    (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
• Spanish B13    Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone E583)   
• Italian B14    2" to NEPSI (China)
(only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
Pressure units in inH2O and/or psi "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E703)   
explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point C11    (pending)
characteristic curve test) according to
(only for transmitter
IEC 60770-21)
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Inspection certificate2) to EN 10204-3.1 C12   
Factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 C14    (Russia)
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1) C15    Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
PMI test of parts in contact with medium (Russia)
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20  Ex-protection Ex nA/ic (Zone 2) according E82   
Devices suitable for use according to to EAC Ex (Russia)
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL
conformity declaration Ex-protection Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D E83   
Devices suitable for use according to Two coats of lacquer on casing and G10   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL cover (PU on epoxy)
conformity declaration Interchanging of process connection H01   
Increased measuring accuracy C41    side
(mandatory specification for
Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
SITRANS P410)
Stainless steel process flanges for verti- H03   
Device passport Russia C99   
cal differential pressure lines
(not together with K01, K02 and K04)4)
1/230 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Transient protector 6 kV (lightning pro- J01    Measuring range to be set
tection) Specify in plain text:
Chambered graphite gasket for process J02    • in the case of linear characteristic curve  Y01  1)
flange (max. 5 characters):
Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03    • in the case of square rooted characteristic  Y02 
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05    (max. 5 characters):
approval (WRC/WRAS) Y02: ... up to ... mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi
Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08    Stainless steel tag plate and entry in  Y15   
flange welded-in (orientation: on right device variable (measuring point
when viewing the display)5) description)
Y15: ...........................................
flange welded-in (orientation: on left
when viewing the display)5) Measuring point text (entry in device  Y16   
Marine approvals variable)
• Det Norske Veritas S10    Max. 27 char., specify in plain text: Y16:
Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL) .......
• Lloyds Register (LR) S11    Entry of HART address (TAG)  Y17 
• French marine classification society S12    Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .......
Bureau Veritas (BV)  Y21
Setting of pressure indicator in   
• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14    pressure units
• Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16    Specify in plain text (standard setting: bar):
• Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17    Y21: mbar, bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending Note: The following pressure units can be
on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for selected:
SITRANS P DS III (page 1/199). bar, mbar, mm H2O*), inH2O*), ftH2O*),
 = available mmHG, inHG, psi, Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2,
1) When the manufacture’s certificate (calibration certificate) has to be ordered *) ref. temperature 20 °C
for transmitters with diaphragm seals according to IEC 60770-2, it is recom- Setting of pressure indicator in non-  Y223) 
mended only to order this certificate exclusively with the diaphragm seals. The pressure units2) +
measuring accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Specify in plain text: Y01 or
2) If the acceptance test certificate 3.1.is ordered for the transmitter with Y22: ..... up to ..... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ... Y02
mounted diaphragm seals this certificate must also be ordered with the (specification of measuring range in pres-
sure units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit
3) Option does not include ATEX approval, but instead includes only the with max. 5 characters)
4) Preset bus address Y25  
Not suitable for connection of remote seal.
5) possible between 1 and 126
Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
required instead of a blanking plug. Specify in plain text: Y25: .....................
(0 ... 100 s)
 = available
3) Not in conjunction with over-filling safety device for flammable and non-
flammable liquids (Order code "E08")
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/231

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4533- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41

6 ... 600 mbar (2.4 ... 240 inH2O) E
16 ... 1600 mbar (6.4 ... 642 inH2O) F
50 ... 5000 mbar (20 ... 2000 inH2O) G
0.3 ... 30 bar (4.35 ... 435 psi) H
Version for diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of vent valve at top of process flanges
(see dimensional drawing)
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting5) 3
Version
• International version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 2
• None A
(Ex ia+ Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"7)9) (pending)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof (is + xp)" 6)10), max PN 360 (pending) NC
• Screwed gland M20x1.5 B
• Han 7D plug (plastic housing) incl. mating connector11) 12) D
1/232 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
SITRANS P DS III with HART pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7MF4533- 7 7 7 7 7 - 7 7 7 7 -Z C41
Display
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: mA) 1
Scope of delivery: Pressure transmitter as ordered (Instruction Manual is extra ordering item)
remote seals.
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/233

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)

600 mbar (240 inH2O) E
1600 mbar (642 inH2O) F
5 bar (2000 inH2O) G
30 bar (435 psi) H
Version for diaphragm seal 1) 2) 3) 4) Y
Process connection
• Venting on side of process flanges, location of vent valve at top of process flanges
(see dimensional drawing).
Process flange screws Electronics housing
Stainless steel Stainless steel precision casting 3
Version
• International version, English plate inscription, setting for pressure unit: bar 2
• None A
(Ex ia + Ex d + Zone 1D/2D)"6)8) (not for P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus) (pending)
- "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof (is + xp)"6)9), max PN 360 (pending) NC
• M12 connectors (stainless steel) 10) 11) F
1/234 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Order Code
1
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, PN 420 (MAWP 6092 psi)
1 7777 - 7777
Display
• Without (display hidden) 0
• Without visible display (display concealed, setting: bar) 1
• With customer-specific display (setting as specified, Order code "Y21" required) 7
remote seals.
3) The diaphragm seal is to be specified with a separate order number and must be included wiht the tranmitter order number, for example
7MF453.-..Y..-.... and 7MF4900-1....-.B
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/235

© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure transmitter with mounting Use in or on zone 1D/2D E01   
bracket (1x fixing angle, 2 x nut, 2 x U- (only together with type of protection
washer or 1 x bracket, 2 x nut, 2 x U- "Intrinsic safety" (transmitter
washer) made of: 7MF4...-.....-.B.. Ex ia)"and IP66)
• Steel A01   
• Stainless steel 304 A02   
• Stainless steel 316L A03    Explosion-proof "Intrinsic safety" E551)   
to NEPSI (China)
O-rings for process flanges (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.B..)
(instead of FPM (Viton))
Ex prot. "Explosion-proof" to NEPSI (China) E561)   
• PTFE (Teflon) A20   
• FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) A21   
• FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079), A22    Explosion-proof "Zone 2" to NEPSI (China) E571)   
for measured medium temperatures (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.E..)
-15 ... 100 °C (5 ... 212 °F) Ex protection „Ex ia", „Ex d" and „Zone 2" E581)   
• NBR (Buna N) A23    to NEPSI (China)
Plug (only for transmitter 7MF4...-.....-.R..)
• Han 7D (metal) A30  "Intrinsic safety" and "Explosion-proof" E701)   
• Han 8D (instead of Han 7D) A31  explosion protection acc. to Kosha (Korea)
• Angled A32  (pending)
• Han 8D (metal) A33  (only for transmitter
7MF4...-.....-.[B, D]..-Z + E11)
Sealing screws (2 units) A40   
¼-18 NPT, with valve in mat. of process flanges
(Russia)
Cable sockets for M12 connection A50   
Ex-protection Ex d according to EAC Ex E81   
(metal (CuZn))
(Russia)
Rating plate inscription (instead of German)
• English B11    EAC Ex (Russia)
• French B12   
• Spanish B13    according to EAC Ex (Russia)
English rating plate B21    (PU on epoxy)
Interchanging of process connection side H01   
acteristic curve test) according to Vent on side for gas measurements H02   
IEC 60770-2 Stainless steel process flanges for vertical H03   
Inspection certificate C12    differential pressure lines
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1 Transient protector 6 kV (lightning protec- J01   
tion)
Acc. to EN 10204-2.2 Chambered graphite gasket for process J02   
flange
Functional safety (SIL2) (pending) C20 
Devices suitable for use according to Chambered PTFE graphite gasket J03   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con-
EPDM O-rings for process flange with J05   
formity declaration
approval (WRC/WRAS)
Devices suitable for use according to Vent valve or blanking plug of process J08   
IEC 61508 and IEC 61511. Includes SIL con- flange welded-in (orientation: on right
formity declaration when viewing the display)2)
Increased measuring accuracy C41    Vent valve or blanking plug of process J09   
(mandatory specification for SITRANS P410) flange welded-in (orientation: on left when
viewing the display)3)
Device passport Russia C99   
Marine approvals
Setting of the upper saturation limit of the D05  • Det Norske Veritas S10   
output signal to 22.0 mA Germanischer Lloyd (DNV-GL)
Manufacturer's declaration acc. to NACE D07    • Lloyds Register (LR) S11   
(MR 0103-2012 and MR 0175-2009) • French marine classification society S12   
(only together with seal diaphragm made of Bureau Veritas (BV)
Hastelloy and stainless steel) • American Bureau of Shipping (ABS) S14   
Degree of protection IP66/IP68 D12    • Russian Maritime Register (RMR) S16   
(only for M20 x 1.5 and ½-14 NPT) • Korean Register of Shipping (KR) S17   
Capri cable gland 4F CrNi and clamping D59    Factor valve block mounting for SITRANS P410 is possible. Depending
device (848699 + 810634) included on the available P410 variants, please see the configuration options for
TAG plate empty (no inscription) D61    SITRANS P DS III (page 1/199).
2) Blanking plug is standard configuration. Order option A40 if a vent valve is
required instead of a blanking plug.
1/236 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017

1
• in the case of linear characteristic curve Y01  1)
• in the case of square rooted characteristic Y02 
tion)
Y15: ...........................................
able)
Max. 8 char., specify in plain text: Y17: .........
Setting of pressure indication in pressure Y21   
units
Note:
non-pressure units2) Y01 or
Specify in plain text: Y02
3
units "Y01" or "Y02" is essential, unit with
max. 5 characters)
(0 ... 100 s)
Only Y01, Y15, Y16, Y17, Y21, Y22, Y25 and D05 can be factory preset.
 = available
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/237

© Siemens AG 2017
15 143 (5.6)
(0.6) 69 (2.7) 5
(0.94)
53 (2.1) 29 84 (3.31)
24
(1.14)
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3
166 (6.54)
7
2
8
min. 90 (3.54) 4)
262 (10.3)
12 9
Space for rotation
of housing
134 (5.28)
10
96 (3.8)
11
52 (2.05)
approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67)
3 4
72 (2.83) 68 (2.7)
105 (4.1) 120 (4.7)

4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/238 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
15 143 (5.6) 5
(0.94)
(0.6) 53 (2.1) approx. 96 (3.78) 17 (0.67) 29 (1.14) 84 (3.31)
24
1
50 (1.97)
6
Ø80 (3.15)
128 (5.04)
3 4 3 7
approx. 217 (8.54) 7)

2
min. 90 (3.54) 4) 8
Space for rotation

of housing
approx. 85 (3.35) 6)
8
60 (2.36) 5) approx. 87 (3.43)

65 (2.56)

4 Harting adapter
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, with process covers for vertical differential pressure lines, optional "H03" ,
SITRANS P410 pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow,

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/239

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P410 - Accessories/Spare parts
Accessories/Spare parts Mounting screws
Mounting bracket and fastening parts For measuring point label, grounding and con- 7MF4997-1CD
for pressure transmitters nection terminals or for display (50 units)
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with Sealing screws
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION (1 set = 2 units) for process flange
Fieldbus (7MF403.-.....-..C.) • made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AB • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AH
Sealing screws with vent valve
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AP Complete (1 set = 2 units)
Mounting bracket and fastening parts • made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1CP
for pressure transmitters • made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
PROFIBUS PA and P10with FOUNDATION Connection board
Fieldbus (7MF403-.....-..A., -..B., ..D. and ..F.) • for SITRANS P410 7MF4997-1DN
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AC • for SITRANS P410 with PROFIBUS PA and 7MF4997-1DP
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 } 7MF4997-1AJ P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AQ O-rings for process flanges made of:
Mounting and fastening brackets • FPM (Viton) 7MF4997-2DA
For differential pressure transmitters with • PTFE (Teflon) 7MF4997-2DB
flange thread M10 • FEP (with silicone core, approved for food) 7MF4997-2DC
SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with • FFPM (Kalrez, compound 4079) 7MF4997-2DD
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION • NBR (Buna N) 7MF4997-2DE
Fieldbus (7MF443.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AD Sealing ring for process connection see "Fittings"
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 } 7MF4997-1AK } Available ex stock
flange thread M12
PROFIBUS PA and P410 with FOUNDATION
Fieldbus (7MF453.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AE
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AL
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AS
flange thread 7/16 -20 UNF
Fieldbus (7MF443.-... and 7MF453.-...)
• made of steel 7MF4997-1AF
• made of stainless steel 304/1.4301 7MF4997-1AM
• made of stainless steel 316L/1.4404 7MF4997-1AT
Cover
Made of die-cast aluminum, including gasket,
for SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
Fieldbus.
• without window 7MF4997-1BB
• with window } 7MF4997-1BE
Cover
Made of stainless steel, including gasket,
or SITRANS P410 with HART, P410 with
Fieldbus.
Digital indicator 7MF4997-1BR
Including mounting material, for SITRANS
P410 with HART, P410 with PROFIBUS PA and
P410 with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
• without inscription (5 units) 7MF4997-1CA
• Printed (1 unit) 7MF4997-1CB-Z
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15, Y16 and Y..: ......................
Y99 (see "Pressure transmitters")
1/240 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Documentation
The entire documentation is available for
download free-of-charge in various languages
mentation/documentation
SITRANS P DS III/P410
• English, German, Spanish, French, Italian, A5E03434626
Dutch
Certificates (order only via SAP)
HART modem
with USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/241

© Siemens AG 2017
60
30
12,5
25 25
Ø9
30
R30
60
3
12,5
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P410 gauge pressure-transmitters, dimensions in mm

38 27
20,65
20,65
27
R30
41,3
54
R6,5 3
Ø20 41,3
54
134
105
21
Ø11
120
115
72
R30
3
52,5
16,5
72
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P410 differential pressure transmitter, dimensions in mm

1/242 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Transmitters for applications with highest requirements (Premium)
■ Overview
1
SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters are digital pressure trans- • Infinitely adjustable spans of 1 mbar to 32 bar (0.0145 to
mitters featuring extensive user-friendliness and which fulfil the 465 psi; 0.4 to 12860 inH2O)
most stringent demands of accuracy, long-term stability, speed • Extremely good total performance and conformity error
and lots more. values with no loss of performance up to a turndown of 10
Extensive functionality allows you to set the pressure transmitter guaranteed.
specifically to your own requirements. Despite their many set- • Additional integrated sensor for static pressure
tings options, local set-up is easy. A multi-lingual menu with clear • Parameterization via on-site control keys or HART
text instructions guides you through the process. There are also
help texts available. • Short process flanges nable space-saving installation.
The innovative EDD with integrated QuickStart assistance is also
quick and easy to configure by computer using the HART proto- ■ Application
col. The SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters can be used in indus-
Extensive diagnostic functions, e.g. min/max pointer for pres- trial areas with extreme chemical and mechanical loads. Electro-
sure and temperature, or limit value indicator, make sure you al- magnetic compatibility in the range 10 kHz to 1 GHz makes them
ways have the process under control. You can also display ad- suitable for locations with high electromagnetic emissions.
ditional process values such as temperature or static pressure. Pressure transmitters with ratings "Intrinsic safety" and "Explo-
The simultaneous display of mass, resulting from a volume, is sion-proof" may be installed within potentially explosive atmo-
also easy. spheres (zone 1) or in zone 0. The pressure transmitter comes
The SITRANS P500 pressure transmitters can be configured to with a CE-declaration of conformity and fulfils the corresponding
measure: unified European directives (ATEX).
• Differential pressure Pressure transmitters with the type of protection "Intrinsic safety"
• Level for use in zone 0 may be operated with power supply units of cat-
• Volume
With newly designed measuring cell, it is possible to work with
• Mass
process temperatures of -40 to 125 °C (-40 to +257 °F)) without
• Volume flow having to use a remote seal.
• Mass flow The transmitters can be equipped with various designs of re-
■ Benefits highly viscous fluids.
• High measuring accuracy The pressure transmitter can be fully parameterized locally via
• Very fast response time the three operating keys and externally via HART.
• Extremely good long-term stability
loads
• Extensive diagnosis and simulation functions which can be
used both on site as well as via HART.
• Optional separate replacement of measuring cell and elec-
tronics without recalibration.
• Extremely low conformity error values
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/243

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow • Nominal diameter of the mounting flange
• Measured variables: - DN 50 / PN 40
- Differential pressure - DN 80 / PN 40
- Small positive or negative pressure - DN 100/ PN 16, PN 40
- Flow q ~ p (together with a primary element - 2 inch/class 150, class 300
(see Chapter "Flow Meters")) - 3 inch/class 150, class 300
- 4 inch/ class 150, class 300
• Span (freely adjustable) - customized special version
for SITRANS P500: 1 mbar to 32 bar (0.0145 to 465 psi; 0.4 to
12860 inH2O) In the case of level measurements in open vessels, the low-pres-
sure connection of the measuring cell remains open (measure-
Pressure transmitters for level ment "compared to atmospheric").
• Measured variable: Level of aggressive and non-aggressive In the case of measurements in closed vessels, the lower-pres-
liquids in open and closed vessels. sure connection has to be connected to the vessel in order to
• Span (freely adjustable) compensate the static pressure.
for SITRANS P500: 1.25 to 6250 mbar (0.5 to 2509 inH2O)
The wetted parts are made from a variety of materials, depend-
ing on the degree of corrosion resistance required.
■ Design
10
1
8
14
7 2
11
3
13
4
6
12
1 Cover for the pushbuttons 9 Blanking plug

2 Cover, optionally with window 10 Terminal compartment
3 Display (optional) 11 Cover for terminal compartment
4 TAG plate 12 PE/ground terminal
5 Process flange with process connection 13 Nameplate
6 Lock screws (on two sides) for the measuring cell 14 Cable inlet, optionally with cable gland or plug-in connection
7 Approval plate
8 Safety catch
View of transmitter
• The electronics housing is made of coated die-cast aluminum. • Access to the terminal compartment for auxiliary power and
• The casing has round screwed covers front and back. shielding by unscrewing the cover.
• Depending on the design the front cover is fitted with an in- • Beneath the electronic housing is the measuring cell with its
spection window. You can read off the measured value directly process flanges at which the process connections are avail-
from the optional display through the window. able. The modular design of the pressure transmitter lets you
replace the measuring cell, electronics and connection board
• The inlet to the terminal compartment is located either on the as required.
left or right side. The unused opening in each case is sealed
by a blanking plug. • On the top of the housing you can see the screwed cover of
the three local pushbuttons of the transmitter.
• The PE/ground terminal is on the back of the housing.
1/244 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Function
1
Operation of electronics with HART communication Mode of operation of the measuring cells
Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow

SIEMENS
EEPROM

Ia 9 1
A μC μC D
D A UH R T 2
8
3
HART modem
EEPROM
EEPROM

Sensor
Sensor Electronics
7 6 5 4

Measuring cell electronics Application electronics 1 Input pressure P-

2 Process flange with process connection
1 Sensor of the measuring cell 3 O-Ring
2 Measuring amplifier 4 Measuring cell body
3 Analog-to-digital converter 5 Silicon pressure sensor
4 Microcontroller 6 Overload diaphragm
5 Digital-to-analog converter 7 Filling liquid
6 One EEPROM each in the measuring cell and in the electronics 8 Seal diaphragm
7 HART modem 9 Input pressure P+
8 Keys (local operation)
9 Digital display
IA Output current Measuring cell for differential pressure and flow, function diagram
UH Auxiliary power • The differential pressure is transmitted via the seal diaphragm
and the filling liquid to the silicon pressure sensor.
• If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm
• The input pressure is converted into an electrical signal by the flexes until the seal diaphragm touches the body of the mea-
sensor. suring cell. This protects the sensor module from overload.
• This signal is amplified by the measuring amplifier and digi- • The differential pressure causes the measuring diaphragm of
talized in an analog-to-digital converter. the silicon pressure sensor to flex.
• The digital signal is analyzed in a microcontroller and cor- • The displacement changes the resistance value of the 4 piezo
rected according to linearity and thermal characteristics. resistors in the measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
• In a digital-to-analog converter it is then converted into the • The change in the resistance causes a bridge output voltage
output current of 4 to 20 mA. When connected to supply lines, proportional to the input pressure.
a diode circuit provides reverse polarity protection.
• The measuring cell-specific data, the electronic data and the
parameterization data is held in two EEPROMs. One EEPROM
is incorporated into the measuring cell electronics, the other is
incorporated into the application electronics.
Operation
• The three local pushbuttons enable you both to navigate and
carry out configuration and to visually track messages and
process values, provided a display is available.
• If you have a device without a display, you can carry out zero
adjustment using the three local pushbuttons. It is possible to
retrofit a display at any time.
• You can also carry out settings by computer via a HART mo-
dem.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/245

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Measuring cell for level Configuration using HART
Parameterization using HART is carried out using a HART Com-
1 2 3 4 municator or a PC in conjunction with a HART modem.
SITRANS P500 230 ... 1100 Ω Power supply

transmitter
HART
communicator
5
Communication between a HART Communicator and a pressure trans-
mitter
9 When parameterizing with the HART Communicator, the connec-
8 7
6 tion is made directly to the 2-wire cable.
+
1 Process flange with process connection -
2 O-Ring
3 Measuring cell body SITRANS P500 230 ... 500 Ω Power supply
4 Silicon pressure sensor transmitter
5 Overload diaphragm PC or
6 Filling liquid of the measuring cell HART laptop
7 Capillary tube with filling liquid of the mounting flange modem
8 Flange with optional tube
9 Seal diaphragm for mounting flange USB/RS 232
Measuring cell for level, function diagram HART communication between a PC communicator and a pressure
• The input pressure (hydrostatic pressure) acts hydraulically transmitter
on the measuring cell via the seal diaphragm on the mounting For configuring via PC a HART modem is used which connects
flange. the transmitter to the PC.
• The differential pressure applied to the measuring cell is trans-
mitted via the seal diaphragm and the filling liquid to the sili- The signals needed for communication in conformity with the
con pressure sensor. HART 6.0 protocols are superimposed on the output current us-
ing the Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) method.
• If the measuring limits are exceeded, the overload diaphragm
flexes until the seal diaphragm touches the body of the mea- The necessary device files are available for download on the In-
suring cell. This protects the sensor module from overload. ternet.
• The differential pressure causes the measuring diaphragm of SITRANS P500 configuration options
the silicon pressure sensor to flex.
The transmission offers you full configuring options both via
• The displacement changes the resistance value of the 4 piezo HART as well as in situ provided the optional display is available.
resistors in the measuring diaphragm in a bridge circuit.
• The change in the resistance causes a differential pressure For simple parameterizing we also offer the easy to understand
proportional to the input pressure. QuickStart function with guided commissioning.
SITRANS P500 diagnostic functions
Configuration of SITRANS P500 HART
Depending on the version, there are a range of options for con-
figuring the pressure transmitter and for setting or reading the • Min/Max pointer (both resetable and non-resetable)
parameters. - Pressure (incl. time and temperature stamp)
- Static pressure (incl. time and temperature stamp)
Configuration using the pushbuttons (local operation) - Sensor temperature (incl. time stamp)
- Electronic temperature (incl. time stamp)
You can configure the transmitter in situ using the three keys pro-
vided a display is available. If you have no display, you can only • Limit monitor block
carry out zero adjustment. • Diagnostic warning
It is possible to retrofit a display. See accessories. • Diagnostic alarm
• Display of trends and histograms
• Operating hours meter
1/246 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Physical dimensions available for the SITRANS P500 HART 1
display
Pressure (setting can also be made Pa, MPa, kPa, bar, mbar, torr, atm,
in the factory) psi, g/cm2, kg/cm2, mmH2O
(4 °C), inH2O (4 °C), inH2O
(20 °C), mmH2O, mmH2O (4 °C),
ftH2O (20 °C), inHg, mmHg, hPA
Level m, cm, mm, ft, in
Volume m3, dm3, hl, yd3, ft3, in3, gallon,
liquid, I; Norm (standard) I; Norm
(standard) m3, Norm (standard)
feet3
Mass g, kg, t (metric), lb, Ston, Lton, oz
Volume flow m3/d, m3/h, m3/s, l/min, l/s, ft3/d,
ft3/min, ft3/s, US gallon/min,
gallon/s, l/h, milL/d, gallon/d, gal-
lon/h, milgallon/d, lmp.gallon/s,
Imp.gallon/m, Imp.gallon/h,
lmp.gallon/d, Norm (standard)
m3/h, Norm (standard) l/h, Norm
(standard) ft3/h, Norm (standard)
ft3/m, barrel liquid/s, barrel liq-
uid/m, barrel liquid/h
Mass flow t/d, t/h, t/min, kg/d, kg/h, kg/min,
kg/s, g/h, g/min, g/s, lb/d, lb/min,
lb/s, LTon/d, LTon/h, STon/d,
STon/h, STon/min
Miscellaneous %, mA
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/247

© Siemens AG 2017
Input Measuring accuracy
Measured variable Differential pressure and flow Reference conditions (in accor- • Rising characteristic curve
dance with IEC 60770-1) • Start of scale 0 bar
Span (infinitely adjustable) Span (min. ... max.) Maximum
operating All error information always • Stainless steel seal diaphragm
pressure refers to the set span.
(static • Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
pressure) • Room temperature (25 °C (77 °F))
1.00 ... 50 mbar Error in measurement at limit
(0.4 ... 20 inH2O) setting incl. hysteresis and
reproducibility
1.25 ... 250 mbar
(0.5 ... 100 inH2O) r: Span ratio
160 bar (r: Span ratio (r = max. span /
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2320 psi) set span))
(2.5 ... 502 inH2O)
Linear characteristic r  10 r  10
31.25 ... 6250 mbar
(12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) • 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.06 % (0.006 . r) %
0.16 ... 32 bar • 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.03 % (0.003 . r) %
(2.33 ... 465 psi) 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
Lower range limit 32 bar (465 psi)
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -100 % of max. span and/or Square-rooted characteristic
filling 30 mbar a (0.44 psia)
• Flow > 50 % r  10 r  10
Upper range limit 100 % of max. span
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.06 % (0.006. r) %
Start of scale Between measuring limits (freely
adjustable) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.03 % (0.003 . r) %
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
Output 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
Output current signal 4 ... 20 mA 32 bar (465 psi)
• Lower current limit 3.55 mA, factory setting 3.8 mA • Flow 25 % … 50 % r  10 r  10

(freely adjustable) - 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.12 % (0.012 . r) %
• Upper current limit 23 mA, factory setting 20.5 mA - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.06 % (0.006 . r) %
(freely adjustable) 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
• Ripple (without HART Ipp  0.4 % of max. output current 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
communication) 32 bar (465 psi)
• adjustable damping 0... 100 s in steps of 0.1 s, Influence of ambient tempera-

factory-seting: 2 s ture per 28 °C (50 °F)
• current transmitter 3.55 ... 23 mA • 50 mbar (20 inH2O) (0.04 . r + 0.05) %
• Failure signal adjustable within limits:: • 250 mbar (100 inH2O) (0.025 . r + 0.014) %
• Bottom: 3.55 … 3.7 mA • 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) (0.006 . r + 0.03) %
(default value: 3.6 mA) 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi)
• Top: 21.0 … 23 mA
(default value: 22.8 mA) Influence of static pressure
Load • At the start of scale value
(PKN)
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in ,
UH : Power supply in V - 50 mbar (20 inH2O) (0.1 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi) cor-
rection via zero point correction
• With HART communication
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) (0.035 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
- HART Communicator RB = 230 ... 1100  correction via zero point correction
- HART modem RB = 230 ... 500  - 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) (0.007 . r) % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
Characteristic curve Linearly rising, linearly falling, square 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) correction via zero point correction
rooted characteristic rising, bidirec- 32 bar (465 psi)
tional square rooted characteristic • On the span (PKS)
and user-specific
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O)  0.13 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
- 32 bar (465 psi)  0.05 % per 70 bar (1015 psi)
1/248 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Total Performance1) Design
1
• Linear characteristic r5 5 < r  10 Weight (without options) Approx. 3.3 kg (7.3 lb)
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.27 % 0.46 % Material of parts in contact with
the medium
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.14 % 0.27 %
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L,
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) 0.09 % 0.14 % Hastelloy C276, Monel 400
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
32 bar (465 psi) • Process connection and seal- PN 160: stainless steel, mat.-No.
ing screw 1.4404/316L
Square rooted characteristic
• Sealing material in the pro-
• Flow > 50 % r5 5 < r  10 cess connections
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.27 % 0.46 % - O-Ring • Standard:
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.14 % 0.27 % Viton (FKM (FPM))
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) 0.09 % 0.14 % • Optional:
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) NBR
32 bar (465 psi) PTFE (virginal)
PTFE (glass fiber-reinforced)
• Flow 25 % … 50 % r5 5 < r  10 FFPM (Kalrez)2)
Graphite
- 50 mbar (20 inH2O) 0.54 % 0.92 %
Material of parts not in contact
- 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.28 % 0.54 % with media
- 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) 0.18 % 0.28 % Die-cast aluminum housing • Low copper die-cast aluminum
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) AC-AlSi12 (Fe) or AC-AlSi 10 Mg (Fe)
32 bar (465 psi) to DIN EN 1706
Step response time T63 without • Lacquer on polyurethane base, op-
electrical damping tional epoxy-based primer
• 50 mbar (20 inH2O)  140 ms, contains a dead time of • Stainless steel name plates
 45 ms (mat. no. 1.4404/316L)
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O)  88 ms, contains a dead time of Stainless steel precision Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)  45 ms cast housing
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) Process connection screws Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
32 bar (465 psi)
Mounting bracket Steel or stainless steel
Long-term stability  (0.05 . r) % per 5 years mat. no. 1.4301
 (0.08 . r) % per 10 years
Influence of power supply  0.005 %/1 V
Process connection ¼-18 NPT female thread and flange
Rated conditions connection with M10 to DIN 19213 or
7/16-20 UNF mounting thread to
Mounting position Any IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
Ambient conditions Electrical connection • Screw terminals
• Ambient temperature • Cable entry via the following
(Note: Observe the tempera- screwed glands:
ture class in areas subject to - M20 x 1.5
explosion hazard.) - ½-14 NPT
- Total device -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Han 7D/Han 8D connector
- Readable display -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F) - M12 plug
- Storage temperature -50 ... +90 °C (-58 ... +194 °F) Displays and controls
Climatic class Pushbuttons 3 for local programming directly on
transmitter
• Condensation Relative humidity 0 … 100 %
(condensation permissible) Display • With or without integrated display
Degree of protection IP66/IP 68 and NEMA 4X (with corre- • Cover with or without window
(to IEC 60529) sponding cable gland) Auxiliary power supply
Electromagnetic Compatibility Terminal voltage on transmitter • DC 10.6 ... 44 V
• Emitted interference and inter- Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21 • With intrinsically-safe operation
ference immunity DC 10.6 ... 30 V
Permissible pressures According to 2014/68/EU pressure
equipment directive
filling
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/249

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Certificates and approvals Explosion protection for USA
Classification according to PED (to FM)
2014/68/EU Certificate of Compliance No. 3033013
• PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids • Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) XP CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCDEFG T4 / T6
of fluid group 1; complies with DIP CL II, III, DIV1, GP EFG T4/T6
requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 IS CL I, II, III, DIV1, GP ABCDEFG T4
(sound engineering practice)
CL I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4
Explosion protection CL I, Zone 1, AEx ib IIC T4
Explosion protection for Europe - Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
(to ATEX) perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
• Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C
(-40 ... +140 °F)
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) - Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
perature A5E02189134N
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits Um = 30 V, Im = 100 mA,
with peak values: Pi = 750 mW, Li = 400µH , Ci = 6 nF
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW; • Marking (NI/NO) NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
Ri = 300  NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH S CL II, III, GPFG T4/T6
tance: NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6, NIFW
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6, NIFW
NI CLII, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6, NIFW
• Explosion-proof "d" BVS 09 ATEX E 027
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
- Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex db ia IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C
perature temperature class T4; (-40 ... +140 °F)
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6 - (NI/S) parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
- Connection To circuits with values: Um = 45 V, Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF,
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
Explosion protection for
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027 Canada (to CCSAUS )
zone 20
- Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta ia IIIC T120°C Da Certificate of Compliance No. 2280963
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F) • Marking (XP/DIP) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 /T6;
perature CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG T4/T6
- Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F) - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits perature Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, - Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300  A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH
tance: • Marking (ia/ib) CL I, Ex ia/Ex ib IIC, T4
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF CL II, III, Ex ia/Ex ib, GP EFG, T4
CL I, AEx ia/AEx ib IIC, T4
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027 CL II, III, AEx ia/ AEx ib, GP EFG, T4
zone 21/22
- Marking - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C
Ex II 2D Ex tb ia IIIC T120°C Db perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
Um = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W - Entity parameters Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW,
Ri = 300  , Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF
• Marking (NI/n) CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
- Marking Ex II 3 G Ex nA II T4/T6 CL II, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/nL IIC T4/T6 Ex nA IIC T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/ic IIC T4/T6 AEx nA IIC T4/T6
- "nA" connection Um = 45 V DC Ex nL IIC T4/T6
- "nL, ic" connection Ui = 45 V AEx nL IIC T4/T6
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH - Permissible ambient tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
tance: perature Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
- NI/nA parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
Um = 45 V
- nL parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N
Ui = 45 V, Ii = 100 mA, Li = 400 µH,
Ci = 6 nF
1/250 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Explosion protection for China
1
(acc. to NEPSI)
• Intrinsic safety "i" GYJ111111X
- Marking Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4
- Perm. ambient temperature 40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
with maximum values:
Ui = 30 V Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW
- Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH
- Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
• Explosion-proof "d" GYJ111112
- Marking Ex dia IIC T4/T6
- Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
perature temperature class T4;
-40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
• Dust explosion protection for GYJ111112
zone 21/22
- Marking DIP A21 TA,T120 °C IP68 D21
Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
• Type of protection "n" (zone 2) GYJ111111X
- Marking Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T6
Ex nA II T4/T6
- Connection Ui = 45 V DC
1) The total performance includes the errors caused by temperature effects,
static pressure effects and conformity error, including hysteresis and
repeatability.
2) Not in combination wiht span "G".
HART communication
Load with connection of
• HART communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 
• HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 
Cable 2 wire shielded:  3.0 km
(1.86 miles),
multiwire shielded:  1.5 km
(0.93 miles)
Protocol HART Version 6.0
PC/laptop requirements IBM compatible, RAM > 32 MByte,
hard disk > 70 MByte, depending
on modem type: RS 232-interface
or USB connection,
VGA graphics
Software for computer SIMATIC PDM 6.0
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/251

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure and flow, 7 MF 5 4 77 - 7777 0
SITRANS P500 HART, PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi)
Enclosure Thread for cable gland1)
Die-cast aluminum, dual compartment M20x1.5 0
Die-cast aluminum, dual compartment ½-14 NPT 1
Stainless steel precision casting, two-chamber housing M20x1.5 2
Stainless steel precision casting, two-chamber housing ½-14 NPT 3
Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART 3
Measuring span
1.00 ... 50 mbar (0.4 ... 20 inH2O) C
1.25 ... 250 mbar (0.5 ... 100.4 inH2O) D
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2.5 ... 502 inH2O) E
31.25 ... 6250 mbar (12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) F
0.16 ... 32 bar (2.33 ... 465 psi) G

Seal diaphragm Process flange
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L Stainless steel 1.4404/316L A
Hastelloy C2762) Stainless steel 1.4404/316L B
Monel 4002) Stainless steel 1.4404/316L C
Process connection
Female thread ¼-18 NPT
- Mounting thread 7/16 - 20 UNF according to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 0
• Vent on side of process flange3)
1) Cable glands must be ordered separately from "Further designs" (add "-Z" to Article No. and specify order code).
2) Not together with Measuring span "C".
2) Not in conjunction with remote seals (option V00).
1/252 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Attachments Degree of protection approvals: Ex ia/ib (intrinsic safety)
Mounting bracket made of steel A01 Ex ia/ib protection (ATEX) (T4) E00
Ex IS protection (FM) (T4) E01
Mounting bracket made of stainless steel 304 A02
Ex IS protection (CCSAUS) (T4) E02
Mounting bracket made of stainless steel 316L A03
Ex ia/ib protection (NEPSI) (T4) E06
Display
(Standard: no display, cover closed) Degree of protection approvals: Ex d (flameproof)
Ex d explosion-proof (ATEX)(T4/T6) E20
With display and blanking cover A10
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (FM)(T4/T6) E21
With display and glass cover A11
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (CCSAUS)(T4/T6) E22
Special casing / cover version Ex d explosion-proof (NEPSI)(T4/T6) E26
Two coats of lacquer on casing, cover (PU on epoxy) A20
Degree of protection approvals: n/NI
Electrical connection and cable entry Zone 2 (nA, nL, ic) (ATEX) (T4/T6) E40
(Standard: no cable gland, only dust protection
caps) Div2 NI, Div2 NI-field wiring (FM) (T4/T6) E41
Zone 2 (nA, nL), Div2 NI (CCSAUS) (T4/T6) E42
Cable gland made of plastic (IP66/68)4) A50
Zone 2 (nA, nL) (NEPSI) (T4/T6) E46
Cable glands made of metal (IP66/68) A51
Degree of protection approvals: Dust Zone 20/21/22
Cable glands made of stainless steel (IP66/68) A52
Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex tD) (ATEX) Ex tb E60
M12 connectors without cable socket (IP66/67)4) A60 Use in Zone 20/21/22 (Ex iaD) (ATEX) Ex ta E61
M12 connectors complete with cable socket (IP66/67)4) A61 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex DIP) (NEPSI) E66
Han 7D connectors, plastic, straight A71 Degree of protection approvals: Combinations
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)
IS protection and XP and DIP (FM) E71
Han 7D connectors, plastic, angled A72 IS protection and XP and DIP (CCSAUS) E72
IS protection and XP and DIP (FM/CCSAUS) E73
Han 7D connectors, metal enclosure, straight A73
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) Supplementary approvals/degree of protection
Han 7D connectors, metal enclosure, angled A74 Dual Seal approval5) E85
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) Export approval Korea E86
Han 8D connectors, plastic, straight A75 Special process connection versions (diff. pressure)
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)8)
Side vents for gas measurements7) L32
Han 8D connectors, plastic, angled A76 Swap process connection: high-pressure side at front L33
Mosquito protection
Han 8D connectors, metal enclosure, straight A77
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)8) 4 pcs. for ¼-18 NPT thread L36
Han 8D connectors, metal enclosure, angled A78 Process flanges, O-rings, special material
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)8) Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM)
PG 13.5 adapters4) A82 Process conn. sealing rings made of PTFE (Teflon), virginal L60
Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE (Teflon), L61
Language for labels, quick-start guide, menu language
glass fiber-reinforced
default 9)
(instead of English as standard) Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM (Kalrez)10) L62
German B10 Process connection sealing rings made of NBR L63
French B12 Process connection sealing rings made of graphite L64
Spanish B13 Drain/Vent valve (1 set = 2 units)
Italian B14 2 ventilation valves ¼- 18 NPT, in material of process flanges) L80
Chinese B15 Remote seals
Russian B16 Transmitters with connection of remote seal6) V00
Japanese B17 (For premounted valve manifolds see page 1/268)
English with units psi/inH2O/°F B21 1) Enclosed in print or as DVD: see page 1/266.
2) When also ordering the quality inspection certificate (factory calibration)
Special version: Supplementary menu languages
(Standard: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian) according to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Order this certificate only together with the remote seals. The measuring
Asia language package B80 accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
(in addition: Chinese, Japanese, Russian) 3) When also ordering the acceptance test certificate according to EN 10204-
Certificates 3.1 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order this certificate as
well in addition to the respective remote seals.
(available online for downloading)1) 4) Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof", "Ex nA" and
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point characteristic curve C11 "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
test) according to IEC 60770-22) 5) Only in conjunction with FM and/or CSA
C US
6) Please select a remote seal separately. Also refer to the information under
Acceptance test certificate according to EN 10204-3.13) C12
footnote 2). Remote seals see page 1/199.
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1); C15 7) Only in conjunction with process connection "Vent on side".
PMI test of parts in contact with medium 8) The Han 8D plug is identical with the former Han 8U version.
Functional Safety (SIL2) C20 9) For option B15, B16 and B17 the menu language default is english. Other-
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and wise the Option B80 (Asia language package) is necessary.
IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration 10) Not together with Measuring span "G".
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/253

© Siemens AG 2017
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
• In the case of linear characteristic curve Y01
• In the case of square rooted characteristic Y02
Measuring point number and measuring point identifier
(only standard ASCII character set)
Measuring point number (TAG No.), max. 16 characters Y15
Y15: .........................................
Measuring point text (max. 27 char.) Y16
Y16: .........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG), max. 32 characters Y17
Y17: .........................................
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mbar)
Y21: bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units are selectable:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), in H2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG, psi,
Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM, % or mA
*) Reference temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure units1) Y22 +
Specify in plain text: Y01 or Y02
Y22: ... up to ... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is
essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Customer-specific settings
Damping setting (range: 0 ... 100 s) Y30
(Standard setting: 2 s)
1/254 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
139
(5.48)
87 approx. 30
58 (3.4)
(2.29) (approx. 1.2)
(0.92)
23
(1.8)
45
(Ø3.24)
Ø81
FIELD TERMINALS
125

(5)
(6.1)
157
1) 1)
(approx.10.1)

approx. 259
65
(2.6)

(5.36)
134
102
(4)
43
(1.68)
approx. 98
(approx. 3.82)
67
(2.6)
72 119
(2.83) (4.6)
104
(4.16)
1 Terminal side 7 Electrical connection:

2 Process connection: ¼-18 NPT (EN 61518) - Han 7D/Han 8D connector/socket2)3)
3 Electronics side, digital display 8 Vent valve (optional)
4 Protective cover for the pushbuttons 9 Safety catch
5 Cable entry: 10 Blanking plug
- Screwed gland M20 x 1.53)
1)
- Screwed gland ½-14 NPT Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) additional thread length
- Han 7D/Han 8D connector2)3) 2)
Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
3)
- M12 connector Not with type of protection "FM + CCSAUS [IS + XP]"
6 Mounting bracket (optional)
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/255

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P500 for level
Input Long-term stability  (0.05 . r) % per 5 years
Measured variable Level  (0.08 . r) % per 10 years
Span (infinitely adjustable) Span (min. ... max.) Maximum Influence of ambient tempera-
operating ture per 28 °C (50 °F)1)
pressure
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O) (0.025 . r + 0.014) %
1.25 ... 250 mbar
(0.5 … 100 inH2O) • 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) (0.006 . r + 0.03) %
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
6.25 ... 1250 mbar
See "Mounting Influence of static pressure
(2.5 ... 500 inH2O)
flange"
31.25 ... 6250 mbar • At the start of scale value
(12.54 ... (PKN)1) 2)
2509 inH2O) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O) (0.035 . r) % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
Lower range limit correction via zero point correction
• Measuring cell with silicone oil -100 % of max. span or 500 mbar a - 1250 mbar (502 inH2O) (0.007 . r) % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
filling (7.25 psia) vacuum resistance 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O) correction via zero point correction
Also available as vacuum-resistant • On the span (PKS)1)
remote seal: 30 mbar a (0.44 psia) - 250 mbar (100 inH2O)  0.03 % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
Upper range limit 100% of max. span 1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
Start of scale Between measuring limits (freely - 6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)  0.09 % je 70 bar (1015 psi)
adjustable) Influence of power supply  0.005 %/1 V
Output Rated conditions
Output current signal 4 ... 20 mA Mounting position Defined by flange
• Lower current limit 3.55 mA, factory setting 3.8 mA Ambient conditions
(freely adjustable)
• Upper current limit 23 mA, factory setting 20.5 mA (Note: Observe the tempera-
(freely adjustable) ture class in areas subject to
• Ripple (without HART commu- Ipp  0.4 of max. output current explosion hazard.)
nication) - total device -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
• adjustable damping 0... 100 s in steps of 0.1 s, factory set- - Readable display -20 ... +85 °C (-4 ... +185 °F)
ting 2 s - Storage temperature -50 ... +90 °C (-58 ... +194 °F)
• current transmitter 3.55 ... 23 mA Climatic class
• Failure signal Adjustable within limits: • Condensation Relative humidity 0 … 100 %
(condensation permissible)
• Lower: 3.55 … 3.7 mA (factory set-
ting 3.6 mA) Degree of protection IP66/IP68 and NEMA 4X (with corre-
• Upper: 21.0 … 23 mA (factory set- to IEC 60529 sponding cable gland)
ting 22.8 mA) Electromagnetic Compatibility
Load • Emitted interference and inter- Acc. to IEC 61326 and NAMUR NE 21
• Without HART communication RB  (UH - 10.5 V)/0.023 A in , ference immunity
UH : Power supply in V Permissible pressures According to 2014/68/EU pressure
• With HART communication equipment directive
- HART Communicator RB = 230 ... 1100  Medium temperature of high-

pressure side
- HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 
Characteristic curve Linearly rising or linearly falling and filling
user-specific
- pabs  1 bar -40 ... +1753) °C (-40 ... +3473) °F)
Measuring accuracy
- pabs  1 bar -40 ... +80 °C (-40 ... +176 °F)
Reference conditions • Rising characteristic curve
(in accordance with Design
• Start of scale 0 bar
IEC 60770-1) Weight
All error information always • To EN (pressure transmitter approx. 9.8 … 11.8 kg
refers to the set span. • Measuring cell with silicone oil filling
with mounting flange, without (21.6… 26.0 (lb)
• Room temperature (25 °C (77 °F)) tube)
Error in measurement at limit • To ASME (pressure transmitter approx. 9.8 … 16.8 kg
setting incl. hysteresis and with mounting flange, without (21.6 … 37.0 lb)
reproducibility tube)
r: Span ratio
(r = max. span / set span)
Linear characteristic r  10 r  10
• 250 mbar (100 inH2O) 0.03 % (0.003 . r) %
1250 mbar (502 inH2O)
6250 mbar (2509 inH2O)
1/256 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Material of wetted parts at the Auxiliary power supply
1
high-pressure side
Terminal voltage on transmitter • DC 10.6 ... 44 V
• Seal diaphragm of mounting Stainless steel 1.4404/316L, • With intrinsically-safe operation
flange Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819, DC 10.6 ... 30 V
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360, Tantal,
PFA auf Edelstahl 1.4404/316L, Certificates and approvals
PTFE auf Edelstahl 1.4404/316L
Classification according to
• Sealing face Smooth to EN 1092-1, Form B1 and/or PED 2014/68/EU
ASME B16.5 RF 125 … 250 AA for
stainless steel316L, EN 1092-1 Form • PN 160 (MAWP 2320 psi) For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids
B2 and/or ASME B16.5 RFSF in the of fluid group 1; complies with
case of other materials requirements of article 4, paragraph 3
(sound engineering practice)
• Sealing material in the pro-
cess connection Explosion protection
- O-Ring • Standard: Explosion protection for Europe
Viton (FKM (FPM)) (to ATEX)
• Optional: • Intrinsic safety "i" PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
NBR
PTFE (virginal) - Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex ia/ib IIC T4
PTFE (glas fiber-reinforced) - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
FFPM (Kalrez) perature
Graphite
- For vacuum application of Copper - Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
mounting flange with peak values:
Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW;
Material of wetted parts at the Ri = 300 
low-pressure side
- Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH
• Seal diaphragm Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L, tance:
Hastelloy C276, Monel 400
- Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
• Process connection and seal- • Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L
ing screw • Explosion-proof "d" BVS 09 ATEX E 027
• Sealing material in the pro- - Marking Ex II 1/2 G Ex db ia IIC T4/T6 Ga/Gb
cess connection - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
- O-Ring • Standard: perature temperature class T4;
Viton (FKM (FPM)) -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
temperature class T6
• Optional:
NBR - Connection To circuits with values:
PTFE (virginal) Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
PTFE (glas fiber-reinforced)
• Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027
FFPM (Kalrez)
zone 20
Graphite
Material of parts not in contact - Marking Ex II 1 D Ex ta ia IIIC T120°C Da
with media - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
Die-cast aluminum housing • Low copper die-cast aluminum perature
AC-AlSi12 (Fe) or AC-AlSi 10 Mg (Fe) - Max. surface temperature 120 °C (248 °F)
to DIN EN 1706
- Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
• Lacquer on polyurethane base, op- with peak values:
tional epoxy-based primer Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA,
• Stainless steel serial plate Pi = 750 mW, Ri = 300 
Stainless steel precision Stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4404/316L - Effective internal induc- Li = 400 µH
cast housing tance:
Process connection screws Stainless steel - Effective inner capacitance: Ci = 6 nF
Measuring cell filling Silicone oil • Dust explosion protection for BVS 09 ATEX E 027
zone 21/22
• Liquid mounting flange Silicone oil or other material
- Marking Ex II 2 D Ex tb ia IIIC T120°C Db
Process connection
• High-pressure side Flange to EN and ASME UH = 10.5 ... 45 V DC; Pmax = 1.2 W
• Low-pressure side ¼-18 NPT female thread and flange • Type of protection "n" PTB 09 ATEX 2004 X
connection with M10 to DIN 19213 or (zone 2)
7/16-20 UNF mounting thread to
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 - Marking Ex II 3 G Ex nA II T4/T6
Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/nL IIC T4/T6
Electrical connection • Screw terminals Ex II 2/3 G Ex ib/ic IIC T4/T6
• Cable entry via the following
screwed glands: - "nA" connection Um = 45 V DC
- M20 x 1.5 - "nL, ic" connection Ui = 45 V
- ½-14 NPT
- Han 7D/Han 8D connector - Effective internal inductance Li = 400 µH
- M12 plug - Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
Displays and controls
Push buttons 3; for operation directly on the device
Display • With or without integrated display
• Cover with or without window
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/257

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Explosion protection for USA Explosion protection for China
(to FM) (acc. to NEPSI)
Certificate of Compliance No. 3033013 • Intrinsic safety "i" GYJ111111X
• Identification (XP/DIP) or (IS) XP CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCDEFG T4 / T6 - Marking Ex ia/ib IIB/IIC T4
DIP CL II, III, DIV1, GP EFG T4/T6 - Permissible ambient tem- 40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
IS CL I, II, III, DIV1, GP ABCDEFG T4 perature
CL I, Zone 0, AEx ia IIC T4 - Connection To certified intrinsically-safe circuits
CL I, Zone 1, AEX ib IIC T4 with maximum values:
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C Ui = 30 V Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C - Effective internal inductance Li = 400 mH
(-40 ... +140 °F) - Effective inner capacitance Ci = 6 nF
- Entity parameters According to "control drawing": • Explosion-proof "d" GYJ111112
A5E02189134N
- Marking Ex dia IIC T4/T6
Um = 30 V, Im = 100 mA,
Pi = 750 mW, Li = 400 µH , Ci = 6 nF - Permissible ambient tem- -40 ... +85 °C (-40 ... +185 °F)
perature temperature class T4;
• Marking (NI/NO) NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6
NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6 -40 ... +60 °C (-40 ... +140 °F)
S CL II, III, GPFG T4/T6 temperature class T6
NI CL I, DIV 2, GP ABCD T4/T6, NIFW - Connection To circuits with values:
NI CL I, Zone 2, GP IIC T4/T6, NIFW Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
NI CLII, III, DIV 2, GP FG T4/T6, NIFW
• Dust explosion protection for GYJ111112
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C zone 21/22
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C - Marking DIP A21 TA,T120 °C IP68 D21
(-40 ... +140 °F) - Connection To circuits with values:
- (NI/S) parameters According to "control drawing": Um = DC 10.5 ... 45 V
A5E02189134N • Type of protection "n" (zone 2) GYJ111111X
Um = 45 V, Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF
- Marking Ex nL IIB/IIC T4/T6
Explosion protection for Ex nA II T4/T6
Canada
- Connection Ui = 45 V DC
(to CCSAUS )
Certificate of Compliance No. 2280963
• Marking (XP/DIP) CL I, DIV 1, GP ABCD T4 /T6;
1) Only relevant for the pressure transmitter. The temperature error of the
CL II, DIV 1, GP EFG T4/T6
remote seal must calculated separately.
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C 2) If the Type "D" measuring cell is used, the error should be increased by a
perature (-40 ... +185 °F) factor of 5. This error can be reduced to 0 by a means of a zero adjustment.
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C 3) This value may be increased if the process connection is sufficiently insu-
(-40 ... +140 °F) lated.
- Entity parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Um = 45 V
HART communication
• Marking (ia/ib) CL I, Ex ia/Ex ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, Ex ia/Ex ib, GP EFG, T4 Load with connection of
CL I, AEx ia/AEx ib IIC, T4
CL II, III, AEx ia/ AEx ib, GP EFG, T4 • HART Communicator RB = 230 ... 1100 
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C • HART modem RB = 230 ... 500 
perature (-40 ... +185 °F) Cable 2 wire shielded:
- Entity parameters Ui = 30 V, Ii = 100 mA, Pi = 750 mW,  3.0 km (1.86 miles),
Ri = 300  , Li = 400 µH, Ci = 6 nF multiwire shielded:
 1.5 km (0.93 miles)
• Marking (NI/n) CL I, DIV2, GP ABCD T4/T6
CL II, III, DIV2, GP FG T4/T6 Protocol HART Version 6.0
Ex nA IIC T4/T6 PC/laptop requirements IBM compatible, RAM > 32 MByte,
AEx nA IIC T4/T6 hard disk > 70 MByte,
Ex nL IIC T4/T6 depending on modem type:
AEx nL IIC T4/T6 RS 232-interface or
- Permissible Ambient Tem- Ta = T4: -40 ... +85 °C USB connection,
VGA graphics
perature (-40 ... +185 °F)
Ta = T6: -40 ... +60 °C Software for computer SIMATIC PDM 6.0
(-40 ... +140 °F)
- NI/nA parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Um = 45 V
- nL parameters According to "control drawing":
A5E02189134N, Ui = 45 V,
Ii = 100 mA, Li = 400 µH,
Ci = 6 nF
1/258 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017

1
Pressure transmitters for level, SITRANS P500 HART 7 MF 5 6 77 - 7777 0 - 7777 777
Enclosure Thread for cable gland9)
Die-cast aluminum, dual compartment M20x1.5 0
Die-cast aluminum, dual compartment ½-14 NPT 1
Stainless steel precision casting, two-chamber housing M20x1.5 2
Stainless steel precision casting, two-chamber housing ½-14 NPT 3
Output
4 ... 20 mA, HART 3
1.25 ... 250 mbar (0.5 ... 100 inH2O) D
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2.5 ... 500 inH2O) E
31.25 ... 6250 mbar (12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) F
Wetted parts of the low-pressure side
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L Stainless steel 1.4404/316L A
Hastelloy C276 Stainless steel 1.4404/316L B
Monel 400 Stainless steel 1.4404/316L C
Process connection of low-pressure side
Wetted parts materials (high-pressure side)
Stainless steel 1.4404/316L 0
Hastelloy C276 mat. no. 2.4819 1
Monel 400 mat. no. 2.4360 2
Tantalum 3
PFA coated on stainless steel 4
PTFE on stainless steel 1.4404/316L (not in combination with an extension) 6A
Other version 9Y N1Y
Add Order code and plain text:
Material: ... ; Extension length: ...
Process connection on high-pressure side: Extension length
None A
50 mm (1.97 inch) B
100 mm (3.94 inch) C
150 mm (5.90 inch) D
200 mm (7.87 inch) E
Other version: See option "9" for "Wetted parts materials"
Process connection on high-pressure side: Nominal diameter/Nominal pressure
DN 50, PN 406) B
DN 80, PN 40 D
DN 100, PN 16 G
DN 100, PN 40 H
2", class 1506) L
2", class 3006) M
3", class 150 Q
3", class 300 R
4", class 150 T
4", class 300 U
Other version, add Z Q1Y
Nominal diameter: ... ; Nominal pressure: ...
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/259

© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure transmitters for level, SITRANS P500 HART 7 MF 5 6 77 - 7777 0 - 7777 777
Process connection on high-pressure side: Filling liquid
Silicone oil M5 0
Silicone oil M50 1
High-temperature oil 2
Halocarbon (for oxygen measurement) 3
FDA compliant oil 4
Other version, add 9 R1Y
Filling liquid: ...
1/260 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Display Degree of protection approvals: Ex d (flameproof)
(Standard: no display, cover closed)
Ex d explosion-proof (ATEX)(T4/T6) E20
With display and blanking cover A10
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (FM)(T4/T6) E21
With display and glass cover A11
Ex XP explosion-proof and DIP (CCSAUS)(T4/T6) E22
Special version: cover/casing
Ex d explosion-proof (NEPSI)(T4/T6) E26
Two coats of lacquer on casing, cover (PU on epoxy) A20
Degree of protection approvals: n/NI
Electrical connection and cable entry
(Standard: no cable gland, only dust protection Zone 2 (nA, nL, ic) (ATEX) (T4/T6) E40
caps) Div2 NI, Div2 NI-field wiring (FM) (T4/T6) E41
Cable gland made of plastic (IP66/68)4) A50 Zone 2 (nA, nL), Div2 NI (CCSAUS) (T4/T6) E42
Cable glands made of metal (IP66/68) A51 Zone 2 (nA, nL) (NEPSI) (T4/T6) E46
Cable glands made of stainless steel (IP66/68) A52 Degree of protection approvals: Zone 20/21/22
M12 connectors without cable socket (IP66/67)4) A60 Use in Zone 21/22 (Ex tD) (ATEX) Ex tb E60
M12 connectors, cable socket (IP66/67)4) A61 Use in Zone 20/21/22 (Ex iaD) (ATEX) Ex ta E61
Han 7D connectors, plastic, straight A71 Use in Zone (Ex DIP) (ATEX) (NEPSI) E66
Degree of protection approvals: Combinations
Han 7D connectors, plastic, angled A72
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) IS protection and XP and DIP (FM) E71
Han 7D connectors, metal enclosure, straight A73 IS protection and XP and DIP (CCSAUS) E72
IS protection and XP and DIP (FM/CCSAUS) E73
Han 7D connectors, metal enclosure, angled A74
(with cable socket) (IP65)4) Supplementary approvals / degree of protection
Han 8D connectors, plastic, straight A75 Dual Seal approval5) E85
Export approval Korea E86
Han 8D connectors, plastic, angled A76
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Special process connection versions (diff. pressure)
Han 8D connectors, metal enclosure, straight A77 Swap process connection: high-pressure side at front L33
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Mosquito protection
Han 8D connectors, metal enclosure, angled A78 4 pcs. for ¼-18 NPT thread L36
(with cable socket) (IP65)4)7) Process flanges, O-rings, special material
PG 13.5 adapters4) A82 Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM)
Language for labels, quick-start guide and Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE (Teflon), L60
menu language default8) virginal
(instead of English as standard)
Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE (Teflon), L61
German B10 glass fiber-reinforced
French B12 Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM (Kalrez) L62
Spanish B13 Process connection sealing rings made of NBR L63
Italian B14 Process connection sealing rings made of graphite L64
Chinese B15 Drain/Vent valve
Russian B16 (1 set = 2 units)
Japanese B17 2 ventilation valves ¼- 18 NPT, in material of process L80
flange)
English with units: psi/inH2O B21
Vacuum-proof design
Special version: Supplementary menu languages
(Standard: English, German, French, Spanish, Italian) Vacuum service V04
Asia language package (in addition: Chinese, Japanese, B80 Spark arrester V05
Russian) For mounting on zone 0 (including documentation)
Certificates (available online for downloading)1) 1) Enclosed in print or as DVD: see page 1/266.
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point characteristic curve C11 2) When also ordering the quality inspection certificate (factory calibration)
test) according to IEC 60770-22) according to IEC 60770-2 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals:
Order this certificate only together with the remote seals. The measuring
Acceptance test certificate according to EN 10204-3.13) C12 accuracy of the total combination is certified here.
Acceptance certificate (EN 10204-3.1); C15 3) When also ordering the acceptance test certificate according to
PMI test of parts in contact with medium EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters with mounted diaphragm seals: Order this
certificate as well in addition to the respective remote seals.
Functional Safety (SIL2) C20 4)
Devices suitable for use according to IEC 61508 and Not together with types of protection "Explosion-proof", "Ex nA" and
IEC 61511. Includes SIL conformity declaration "Intrinsic safety and explosion-proof"
5) Only in conjunction with FM and/or CCSAUS
Degree of protection approvals: Ex ia/ib (intrinsic safety) 6) Not recommended for Measuring span "D"
Ex ia/ib protection (ATEX) (T4) E00 7) The Han 8D plug is identical with the former Han 8U version.
Ex IS protection (FM) (T4) E01 8) For option B15, B16 and B17 the menu language default is English. Other-
wise the Option B80 (Asia language package) is necessary.
Ex IS protection (CCSAUS) (T4) E02 9) Cable glands must be ordered separately from "Further designs"
Ex ia/ib protection (NEPSI) (T4) E06 (add "-Z" to Article No. and specify order code).
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/261

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and ordering data Order code
Additional data
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code(s)
and plain text.
Linear characteristic curve (max. 5 characters): Y01
Y01: ... up to ... mbar, kPa, MPa, psi
Measuring point number and measuring point identifier
(only standard ASCII character set)
Measuring point number (TAG No.), max. 16 characters Y15
Y15: .........................................
Measuring point text (max. 27 char.) Y16
Y16: .........................................
Entry of HART address (TAG), max. 32 characters Y17
Y17: .........................................
Specify in plain text (standard setting: mbar)
Y21: bar, kPa, MPa, psi, ...
Note: The following pressure units are selectable:
bar, mbar, mm H2O*), in H2O*), ftH2O*), mmHG, inHG, psi,
Pa, kPa, MPa, g/cm2, kg/cm2, Torr, ATM, % or mA
*) Reference temperature 20 °C
Setting of pressure indication in non-pressure units1) Y22 +
Specify in plain text: Y01
Y22: ... up to ... l/min, m3/h, m, USgpm, ...
(specification of measuring range in pressure units "Y01" is
essential, unit with max. 5 characters)
Customer-specific settings
Damping setting (range: 0 ... 100 s) Y30
(Standard setting: 2 s)
1/262 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
appr. 30 178 (7)
139 (5.48)
(appr. 1.18) 87 (3.43) 58 (2.29) 74 (2.92)
2
10
1 3
5
4
154 (6.2)
7
L
70 (2.75)
6
11
d5
d4
D
k
54 (2.1) 108 (4.25)
8
n d2
98 (3.81) 4 2
1 Electrical connection
- M20 x 1.53) or ½-14 NPT screwed gland
- Han 7D/Han 8D connector2)3) or M12
2 Cover for the push buttons
3 Dummy screwed gland
4 Terminal side 1)
5 Electronics side, display1)
6 Process connection low-pressure side, with valve (optional) or screwed gland
(optional)
7 Safety catch
(only for type of protection "Explosion-proof"; not shown in the diagram)
1)
8 Process connection: low-pressure side ¼-18NPT (IEC 61518) Allow approx. 20 mm (0.79 inch) additional thread length
2)
9 Electrical connection: Not with type of protection "Explosion-proof"
- Han 7D/Han 8D connector/socket2)3) 3)
Not with type of protection "FM + CCSAUS [IS + XP]"
10 Mounting flange according to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5
11 Clearance for turning the casing
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for filling level, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/263

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Connection to EN 1092-1
Nominal Nominal b D d d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
DN50 PN 40 20 165 61 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
DN 80 PN 40 24 200 90 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8 0, 50, 100,
150 or 200
DN 100 PN 16 20 220 115 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
PN 40 24 235 115 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Nominal Nominal b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n L
diameter pressure
lb/sq.in. inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm) inch (mm)
2 inch class 150 0.77 (19.5) 5.91 (150) 0.75 (19.0) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.77 (45)1) 0.079 (2.0) 4.75 (120.7) 4 0, 2, 3.94,
5.94 or
class 300 0.89 (22.7) 6.49 (165) 0.75 (19.0) 3.62 (92) 1.9 (48.3) 1.77 (45)1) 0.079 (2.0) 5.0 (127) 8 7.87
3 inch class 150 0.96 (24.3) 7.5 (190.5) 0.75 (19.0) 5 (127) 3.0 (76) 2.83 (72)2) 0.079 (2.0) 6 (152.4) 4 (0, 50,
100, 150
class 300 1.14 (29.0) 8.27 (210) 0.87 (22.2) 5 (127) 3.0 (76) 2.83 (72)2) 0.079 (2.0) 6.69 (168.3) 8 or 200)
4 inch class 150 0.96 (24.3) 9.06 (230) 0.75 (19.0) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.079 (2.0) 7.5 (190.5) 8
class 300 1.27 (32.2) 10.04 (255) 0.87 (22.2) 6.19 (157.2) 3.69 (94) 3.5 (89) 0.079 (2.0) 7.88 (200) 8
Explanations of tables:
d: Internal diameter of gasket to DIN 2690
d5: Diameter of extension
f: Milling edge
L: Extension length
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L=0.
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L=0.
1/264 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and ordering data Article No.

1
Replacement measuring cells for differential 7MF 5 9 9 4 -
pressure
7777 1
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for differential
pressure and flow, P500 HART PN 160 series
(MAWP 2320 psi)
Click on the Article No. for the online configura-
1.00 ... 50 mbar (0.4 ... 20 inH2O) C
1.25 ... 250 mbar (0.5 ... 100 inH2O) D
6.25 ... 1250 mbar (2.5 ... 502 inH2O) E
31.25 ... 6250 mbar (12.54 ... 2509 inH2O) F
0.16 ... 32 bar (2.33 ... 465 psi) G
1.4404/316L 1.4404/316L
Hastelloy C2761) Stainless B
steel1.4404/316L
Monel 4001) Stainless C
steel1.4404/316L
Process connection
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/ 0
DIN EN 61518
- Mounting thread 7/16-20 UNF to IEC 61518/ 4
DIN EN 61518
Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order code.
Acceptance test certificate C12
Acc. to EN 10204-3.1
Without process flanges K00
Vent on side for gas measurements2) L32
Process flanges, O-ring, special material
Standard: Viton (FKM (FPM))
Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE L60
(Teflon), virginal
Process connection sealing rings made of PTFE L61
(Teflon), glass fiber-reinforced
Process connection sealing rings made of FFPM L62
(Kalrez)2)
Process flanges, O-rings made of NBR L63
Process flanges, O-rings made of graphite L64
1) Not together with Measuring span "C".
2) Only in conjunction with process connection code 4 or 5.
2) Not together with Measuring span "G".
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/265

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Selection and Ordering data ■ Selection and Ordering data
Article No. Article No.
Mounting brackets Documentation
For differential pressure transmitters with The entire documentation is available for
flange thread M10 download free-of-charge in various lan-
(7MF54..-…10 and 7MF54..-…50) guages at: http://www.siemens.com/
• Made of steel 7MF5987-1AA processinstrumentation/documentation
• Made of stainless steel } 7MF5987-1AD
Mounting brackets
• German, Spanish, French, Italian, Dutch A5E02344532
for differential pressure transmitter with
flange thread 7/16-20 UNF • Estonian, Latviaan, Lithuanian, Polish, A5E02307339
(7MF54..-…00 and 7MF54..-…40) Romanian
• Made of steel 7MF5987-1AC • Bulgarian, Czech, Finnish, Slovakian, A5E02307340
• Made of stainless steel 7MF5987-1AF Slovenian
Cover • Danish, Greek, Portuguese, Swedish, A5E02307341
Hungarian
Made of die-cast aluminum, including O-ring
• Without window 7MF5987-1BE • Russian A5E02307338
• With window } 7MF5987-1BF HART modem
Digital indicator 7MF5987-1BR With USB interface } 7MF4997-1DB
Including mounting material
Certificates (order only via SAP) addi-
TAG plate (incl. fastening material) tional to internet download
Without inscription (5 pcs.) 7MF5987-1CA • Hard copy (to order) A5E03252406
Printed (1 pc.) 7MF5987-1CB-Z • On DVD (to order) A5E03252407
Data according to Y01 or Y02, Y15 and Y16 Y..: ......................
(see "SITRANS P transmitters") } Available ex stock.
Mounting screws For power supply units, see catalog FI01 "Supplementary Com-
For TAG plate, grounding and connection 7MF5987-1CC ponents".
terminals and securing and locking screws
(30 units)
Sealing plugs for process flange
(1 set = 2 units)
• Made of stainless steel 7MF4997-1CG
• Made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CH
Vent valve
Complete (1 set = 2 units)
• Made of stainless steel } 7MF4997-1CP
• Made of Hastelloy 7MF4997-1CQ
Electronics module
HART, intrinsically safe Ex ia 7MF5987-1DC
for installation in transmitter casing (observe
warranty conditions)
Connection board (incl. fastening mate-
rial)
HART, intrinsically safe Ex ia 7MF5987-1DM
for installation in transmitter casing (observe
warranty conditions)
• Viton (FKM (FPM)) (10 pcs.) 7MF5987-2DA
• NBR (Buna N) (10 pcs.) 7MF5987-2DE
Push buttons assembly (incl. fastening 7MF5987-2AF
material)
For replacement of operating keys for on-
site operation of the transmitter
Sealing ring for
• Process connection See catalog FI01,
"Fittings"
• NBR sealing ring for screw cover (10 pcs.) 7MF4997-2EA
• NBR sealing ring for interface measuring 7MF4997-2EB
cell/housing (10 pcs.)
1/266 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
33,15 (1.31) 33,35 (1.32)

20,65
(0.81)
27 (1.06)
(0.81)
20,65
41,3 (1.63)
54 (2.13)
8)
(1.1
R30
R6,56) 3 (0.12)
(0.2
Ø 20
(0.79)
41,3 (1.63)
54 (2.13)
134 (5.28)
105 (4.13)
21 (0.83)
120 (4.72)
115 (4.53)
Ø 11 (0.43)
72 (2.83)
R30 )
8
(1.1
3
52,5 (2.07)
(0.65)
16,5
72 (2.83)
Mounting bracket for SITRANS P pressure transmitter, P500 series, measurements in mm (inch)
Mounting bracket material: Sheet-steel Mat. No. 1.0330, chrome-plated, or stainless steel Mat. No. 1.4301 (304)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/267

© Siemens AG 2017
SITRANS P500 Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on transmitters
1 ■ Overview ■ Design
The SITRANS P500 transmitter can be delivered factory-fitted The 7MF9411-5BA and 7MF9411-5CA manifolds are sealed with
with the following manifolds: PTFE sealing rings between the transmitter and the manifold.
• Valve manifolds 7MF9411-5BA: Three valve manifold for differ- Once installed, the complete unit is checked under pressure for
ential pressure transmitter leaks (compressed air 6 bar (2411 inH2O)) and is certified leak-
• Valve manifolds 7MF9411-5CA: Three valve manifold for dif- proof with a test report to EN 10204 - 2.2.
ferential pressure transmitter All manifolds should preferably be secured with the respective
mounting brackets. The transmitters are mounted on the mani-
fold and not on the unit itself.
If you order a mounting bracket when choosing the option "Fac-
tory mounting of manifolds", you will receive a mounting bracket
for the manifold instead of a bracket for mounting the transmitter.
If you order an acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 when
choosing the option "Factory mounting of manifolds", a separate
certificate is provided for the transmitters and the manifolds re-
spectively.
■ Selection and ordering Data

Manifold 7MF9411-5BA on SITRANS P pressure transmitter P500 Manifold 7MF9411-5CA on SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for
for differential pressure and flow differential pressure and flow
Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmit- Order Add -Z to the Article No. of the transmit- Order
ter and add Order codes code ter and add Order codes code
SITRANS P500 7MF54..-... SITRANS P500 7MF54..-...
mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and mounted with gaskets made of PTFE and
screws made of screws made of
• Chromized steel U01 • Chromized steel U03
• Stainless steel U02 • Stainless steel U04
Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified Delivery incl. high-pressure test certified
by factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2 by factory certificate to EN 10204-2.2
Further designs: Further designs:
Delivery includes mounting bracket and Delivery includes mounting bracket and
mounting clips made of mounting clips made of
• Steel A01 • Steel A01
• Stainless steel A02 • Stainless steel A02
(instead of the mounting bracket sup- (instead of the mounting bracket sup-
plied with the transmitter) plied with the transmitter)
Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12 Supplied acceptance test certificate to C12
EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters and EN 10204-3.1 for transmitters and
mounted valve manifold mounted valve manifold
1/268 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Manifold 7MF9411-5BA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmit-

ter for differential pressure and flow (incl. mounting bracket)
160 (6.3)
0
R3 18)
.
(1
232 (9.13)
215 (8.46)
Manifold 7MF9411-5BA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, measurements in mm (inch)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/269

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Manifold 7MF9411-5CA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmit-

ter for differential pressure and flow (incl. mounting bracket)
256 (10.1)
158 (6.22)
(1 30
8)
R
.1
233 (9.17)
Manifold 7MF9411-5CA with attached SITRANS P500 pressure transmitter for differential pressure and flow, measurements in mm (inch)
1/270 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Technical description
■ Overview In many cases, a capillary has to be connected between the re- 1

mote seal and the pressure transmitter in order e.g. to minimize
In many cases the pressure transmitter and the measured me- temperature effects on the latter when hot media are involved.
dium have to be physically separated. It is then necessary to use However, the capillary influences the response time and the tem-
a remote seal. perature response of the complete remote seal system. Two
The remote seals can be used with the following SITRANS P capillaries of equal length must always be used to connect a re-
pressure transmitter series: mote seal to a pressure transmitter for differential pressure.
• Pressure (P300 with HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION The remote seal can be optionally equipped with a projecting
Fieldbus, P310 with HART, DS III with HART, PROFIBUS PA, diaphragm (tube).
FOUNDATION Fieldbus, P410 with HART, PROFIBUS PA,
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted with a dummy
FOUNDATION Fieldbus)
flange.
• Absolute pressure (P300, DS III with HART, DS III with
PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus) Designs
• Differential pressure and flow ((P310 with HART, DS III with Diaphragm seal
HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus, P410 with
HART, PROFIBUS PA, FOUNDATION Fieldbus, P500 with With diaphragm seals, the pressure is measured by means of a
HART) flat diaphragm which rests in a bed.
The following types of diaphragm seals exist:
Note
When configuring your remote seal, be sure to read the informa-
tion about transmission response, temperature error and re-
sponse time to be found in the sections "Function" and "Technical
data". Only then will the remote seal work to optimum effect.
■ Benefits
• No direct contact between the pressure transmitter and the
medium
• Individual configuration of the pressure transmitter for perfect
adaptation to the operating conditions
• Available in many versions
• Specially designed for difficult operating conditions Diaphragm seal of sandwich design without (left) and with a projecting
diaphragm (tube)
• Quick-release versions available for the food industry
• Sandwich design
■ Application • Sandwich design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
ASME which are secured using a dummy flange.
Remote seal systems should be used if a separation between
the measured medium and the measuring instrument is essential
or appropriate.
Examples of such cases:
• The temperature of the medium is outside the limits specified
for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is corrosive and requires diaphragm materials
which are not available for the pressure transmitter.
• The medium is highly viscous or contains solids which would
block the measuring chambers of the pressure transmitter.
• The medium may freeze in the measuring chambers or pulse
line.
Diaphragm seal of flange design without (left) and with a projecting dia-
• The medium is heterogeneous or fibrous. phragm (tube)
• The medium tends towards polymerization or crystallization. • Flange design
• The process requires quick-release remote seals, as neces- • Flange design with projecting diaphragm (tube) to DIN or
sary e.g. in the food industry for fast cleaning. ASME, secured using holes in the flange.
• The process requires cleaning of the measuring point, e.g. in
a batch process.
■ Design
A remote seal system consists of the following components.
• Pressure transmitter
• One or two remote seals
• Filling liquid
• Connection between pressure transmitter and remote seal
(direct mounting or by means of capillary)
The volume in contact with the measured medium is terminated
Quick-release diaphragm seal
by a flat elastic diaphragm lying in a bed. Between the dia-
phragm and the pressure transmitter is the filling liquid.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/271

© Siemens AG 2017
1 • Quick-release remote seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS standard,
■ Function
IDF standard, APV RJF standard, clamp connection, etc.
• Miniature diaphragm seal with male thread for screwing into The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the
tapped holes filling liquid and passes through the capillary to the measuring
• Remote seals with customer-specific process connections chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the dia-
phragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring cham-
ber of the transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Transmission response
The transmission response of a remote seal is characterized by
the following variables:
• Temperature error
• Adjustment time
Temperature error
Temperature errors are caused by the change of volume of the
filling liquid due to temperature variations. To select the right re-
mote seal you must calculate the temperature error.
Miniature diaphragm seal with diaphragm flush with front
Below you will find an overview of the factors which influence the
• Miniature diaphragm seals size of the temperature error, as well as information on how to
The quick-release remote seals are used above all in the food in- calculate the temperature error.
dustry. Their design means that the measured medium cannot The temperature error is dependent on the following variables:
accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp present
on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is possible for • Rigidity of the diaphragm used
cleaning. • Filling liquid used
Clamp-on seal • Influence of the filling liquid underneath the process flanges or
in the connection shank of the pressure transmitter
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam-
eter, the bigger the temperature error
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the bigger the
temperature error
Diaphragm rigidity
The rigidity of the diaphragm is of decisive importance. The big-
ger the diameter of the diaphragm, the softer the diaphragm and
the more sensitively it reacts to temperature-induced changes in
volume of the filling liquid.
The result is that small measuring ranges are only possible with
large diaphragm diameters.
Clamp-on seal with quick-release design (left) and for flange mounting
Other factors apart from diaphragm rigidity which also play a
With clamp-on seals, the pressure is first measured using a cy- role:
lindrical diaphragm positioned in a pipe, and then transmitted to
the pressure transmitter by means of the filling liquid. • Diaphragm thickness
• Diaphragm material
The clamp-on seal is a special design for flowing media. It con-
sists of a cylindrical pipe in which a cylindrical diaphragm is em- • Coatings if present
bedded. Since it is completely integrated in the process pipe, no Filling liquid
turbulences, dead volumes or other obstructions to the flow oc-
cur. Furthermore, the clamp-on seal can be cleaned by a pig. Every filling liquid reacts to temperature variations with a change
of volume. Temperature errors can be minimized by selecting a
The following types of clamp-on seals exist: suitable filling liquid, but the filling liquid must also be appropri-
• Quick-release clamp-on seals, e.g. to DIN 11851, SMS stan- ate for the temperature limits and operating pressure. Further-
dard, IDF standard, APV/RJF standard, clamp connection etc. more, the filling liquid must also be physiologically harmless.
The quick-release facility attached to the remote seal enables
the seal to be removed quickly for cleaning purposes. Since the filling liquid is present under the diaphragm, in the
capillary and under the process flange of the pressure transmit-
• Clamp-on seals for flanging to EN or ASME. ter (or in the connection shank), the temperature error must be
• Clamp-on seals with customer-specific process connections. calculated separately for each combination.
Note: Note:
The pressure data on the transmitter and the remote seal must A vacuum-resistant remote seal is recommended for continuous
be observed with regard to pressure/temperature behavior. low-pressure operation at 500 mbar a or below, including during
commissioning (see ordering data).
An example of a temperature error calculation can be found in
the section "Technical Specifications".
1/272 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Response time Negative pressure service 1
The response time is dependent on the following factors: Liquids, such as silicone oils, inert or those suitable for food, are
• Internal diameter of the capillary: The bigger the internal diam- used in remote seal systems for transmission of the process
eter, the shorter the response time pressure to the pressure transmitter.
• Viscosity of the filling liquid The greater the viscosity, the lon- In each liquid, particles have the tendency to leave the liquid
ger the response time compound with increasing temperature (transition from liquid to
• Length of the capillary: The longer the capillary, the longer the gaseous aggregate state). This means the vapor pressure in-
response time creases with increasing temperature and is dependent on the
substance or mixture being present.
• Pressure in the pressure measuring system: The higher the
pressure, the shorter the response time The higher the temperature and the lower the associated pro-
cess pressure in the liquid, the more difficult it gets to guarantee
Recommendations the desired transmission properties of the fill fluid and therefore
The following should be observed to obtain an optimum combi- the measuring arrangement.
nation of transmitter and remote seal: Plus the sealing elements at the transmitter must be designed so
• Choose the biggest possible diameter for the remote seal. The that a diffusion of molecules from the atmosphere into the remote
effective diameter of the seal diaphragm is then bigger and seal system is prevented due to the constantly occurring nega-
the temperature error smaller. tive pressure.
• Choose the shortest possible capillary. The response time is In addition to the influencing variables process pressure and
then shorter and the temperature error smaller process temperature, the vapor pressure curve of the fill fluid at
• Choose the filling liquid with the least viscosity and the small- the remote seal end and the stiffness of the remote seal mem-
est coefficient of expansion. Make sure, however, that the fill- brane impact the functionality of the remote seal in the negative
ing liquid meets the process requirements with regard to pres- pressure range.
sure, vacuum and temperature. And ensure that the filling This means you have to pay special attention to the physical
liquid and the medium are compatible with one another. properties of fill fluids with applications in the negative pressure
• Note the following points for use in the vacuum range: range.
- The pressure transmitter must always be positioned below
the lowest spigot. There are three stages for the negative pressure resistance:
- The operating range of some filling liquids is very limited with • Standard design of the remote seal without additional protec-
regard to the permissible temperature of the medium. tive measures, suitable for the overpressure range and low
- A vacuum-proof seal is necessary for continuous operation negative pressure range. This design is identified with (1) in
in the low-pressure range. the diagrams below in section 3.
• Recommendations for the minimum span can be found in the • Negative pressure service with suitable seals and treated fill
section "Technical data". fluid, identified with (2) in the diagrams below in section 3.
Here you select the order codes V01, V03 or V04, depending
Note on the mounting type.·
The remote seals listed here are a selection of the most common • Extended negative pressure service with more extended
designs. On account of the large variety of process connections, treatment of the fill fluid and the remote seals, identified in the
certain remote seals which are not listed here may be available diagrams below. Here you select the order codes V51, V53 or
nevertheless. V54, depending on the mounting type.
Other versions can be: There are two more areas in the diagrams. The area (4) identifies
• Other process connections, standards an area that has to be clarified with Technical Support prior to
placing the order. The area (5) describes the area in which the
• Aseptic or sterile connections remote seal fill fluid is permanently destroyed and the entire re-
• Other dimensions mote seal is therefore without function.
• Other nominal pressures
• Special diaphragm materials, including coatings
• Other sealing faces
• Other filling liquids
• Other capillary lengths
• Sheathing of capillaries with protective hose
• Calibration at higher/lower temperatures etc.
Please contact your local Siemens office for further informa-
tion.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/273

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Technical specifications of the remote seal filling liquids Note: For reasons of operational safety, the transmitter must not
exceed the height of the remote seal - with differential pressure
Filling liquid Num- Density Visco- Suitable Suitable
ber in at 20°C sity at for nega- for exten- applications, the height of the bottom remote seal - for measure-
the ments in the negative pressure range. The associated installa-
[kg/dm3] 20°C tive pres- ded nega-
tion types B, C1, C2 or H are described at the end of this section
Article [mm2/s] sure tive
No. service pressure under the topic "Measuring arrangements".
service
Selection of the required negative pressure service
Silicone oil M5 1 0,914 4 x -
The procedure for determining the required negative pressure
Silicone oil M50 2 0,966 50 x x service is described below using the silicone oil M5 as fill fluid.
High-tempera- 3 1,070 57 x x The minimum existing process pressure of a fictitious process is
ture oil 200 mbarabs (2.9 psi) (at a maximum process temperature of
Halocarbon oil 4 1,968 14 x - 150 °C (302 °F)). This intersection is identified by an "✖" in the
diagram below. This means the negative pressure service V01,
Food oil 7 0,920 10 x x V03 or V04 (depending on the application) is sufficient in this ex-
(FDA-listed) ample.
The suitable negative pressure service is specified with the pres- The suitable negative pressure resistance is determined this
sure/temperature curves of the respective liquids described be- way for all other fill fluids.
low.
Note:
Note the response times according to the table on page 1/283.
Silicone oil M5
Operating pressure [mbarabs]
1010
910
810
710
610
1
510
5
410
310
2
210 ✖
110
4
10
-100 -50 0 50 100 150
Operating temperature [°C]
1 Operating range of the standard remote seal design without special measures.
2 Operating range for which the negative pressure service V01, V03 or V04 is required.
Note: An extended negative pressure service is not possible for this fill fluid.
4 Please contact Technical Support for applications in this area.
Detailed information regarding application, process and ambient data are necessary.
5 Area in which you have to expect the destruction of the fill fluid.
A function of the remote seal is not specified here.
Permissible operating range:

Max. temperature limit: 160 °C
Min. temperature limit: -90 °C
Negative pressure applications with silicone oil M5
1/274 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Silicone oil M50
1010
910
810
1
710
610
2
510
5
410
310
3
210
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
3 Operating range for which the extended negative pressure service V51, V53 or V54 is required
Negative pressure applications with silicone oil M50
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/275

© Siemens AG 2017
1
High-temperature oil
1010
910
810
1
710
610
510
2
410
310
3 4 5
210
110
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Negative pressure applications with high-temperature oil
1/276 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Halocarbon oil (inert fill fluid)
1010
910
810
710
610
510
1
410
5
310
2
210
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Note: An extended negative pressure service is not possible for this fill fluid.

Oxygen application for operating temperature between 60 and 175 °C

and also for operating pressure > 50 bar not permissible.
Negative pressure applications with halocarbon oil (inert filling liquid)

A BAM approval for process temperatures up to 60 °C (140 °F) and system pressures up to 50 bar (725 psi) is available for the oxygen
application.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/277

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Food oil (FDA-listed)
1010
910
810
1
710
610
510
5
410
2
310
210
3
110
4
10
-100 0 100 200 300 400
Negative pressure applications with food oil (FDA listed)
1/278 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Temperature error Diaphragm seals
Temperature errors of diaphragm seals when connected to pressure transmitters for pressure, absolute pressure, differential pres-
sure (single-sided) and level
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature Temperature error of Temperature Recommended
design diameter error of remote capillary fCap error of process min. spans (guid-
seal fRS flange/connec- ance values,
tion spigot fPF observe temp.
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K  mCap) (10 K  mCap))) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 1.5 (0.022) 2 (0.029) 2 (0.029) 200 (2.90)
design or with 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 5 (0.073) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 500 (7.25)
flange to
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 0.2 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (1.015) 1 (1.015) 250 (3.63)
4 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.2 (0.003) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 0.4 (0.006) 100 (1.45)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.2 (0.003) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 25 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
with threaded
socket to DN 32 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
DIN 11851 DN 40 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
DN 50 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
DN 65 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 4 (0.058) 4 (0.058) 500 (7.25)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Clamp connec- 1½ inch 32 (1.26) 8 (0.116) 25 (0.363) 25 (0.363) 4000 (58)
tion
2 inch 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 3 (0.044) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 1 (0.015) 250 (3.63)
Miniature dia- G1B 25 (0.98) 20 (0.290) 60 (0.870) 60 (0.870) 6000 (87)
phragm seal
G1½B 40 (1.57) 4 (0.058) 10 (0.145) 10 (0.145) 2000 (29)
G2B 52 (2.05) 4 (0.058) 5 (0.073) 5 (0.073) 500 (7.25)
Remarks:
• Values apply for the filling liquids silicone oil M5, silicone oil M50, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil and food oil (FDA listed).
• Values apply to stainless steel as the diaphragm material.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/279

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Temperature errors of diaphragm seals with connection to differential pressure transmitters (double-sided)
Nominal diameter/ Diaphragm Temperature error Temperature error of Temperature error Recommended
design diameter of remote seal fRS capillary fCap of process min. spans
flange/connec- (guidance val-
tion spigot fPF ues, observe
temperature
error)
mm (inch) mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar/ (psi/ mbar (psi)
10 K 10 K) (10 K  mCap) (10 K  mCap)) 10 K 10 K)
Sandwich DN 50 without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design or with
flange to DN 50 with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
EN 1092-1 DN 80 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.0007) 50 (0.725)
DN 80 with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 100 with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
DN 125 without tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
DN 125 with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Sandwich 2 inch without tube 59 (2.32) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0043) 0.3 (0.0045) 250 (3.626)
design with
flange to 2 inch with tube 45 (1.89) 1.26 (0.018) 1.7 (0.025) 1.7 (0.025) 250 (3.626)
ASME B16.5 3 inch without tube 89 (3.50) 0.05 (0.001) 0.05 (0.0007) 0.05 (0.0007) 50 (0.725)
3 inch with tube 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.45)
4 inch with tube 89 (3.50) 0.1 (0.002) 0.07 (0.001) 0.07 (0.001) 50 (0.725)
5 inch with tube 124 (4.88) 0.05 (0.001) 0.03 (0.0004) 0.03 (0.0004) 20 (0.29)
Remote seal, DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
screwed gland
design
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with union nut to
DIN 11851 DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remote seal DN 50 52 (2.05) 1 (0.015) 0.83 (0.012) 0.83 (0.012) 250 (3.626)
with threaded
socket to DN 65 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
DIN 11851 DN 80 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Clamp connec- 2 inch 40 (1.57) 1 (0.015) 2.5 (0.036) 2.5 (0.036) 2000 (29.01)
tion
2½ inch 59 (2.32) 0.7 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 0.67 (0.010) 250 (3.626)
3 inch 72 (2.83) 0.24 (0.004) 0.17 (0.003) 0.17 (0.003) 100 (1.450)
Remarks:
1/280 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Temperature error Clamp-on seals 1
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals when connected to pressure transmitters for gauge pressure and absolute pressure, and with
single-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
design seal fRS capillary fCap cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
spigot fPF temperature error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 6.0 (0.0870) 8.5 (0.123) 8.5 (0.123) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 4.5 (0.065) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 4.0 (0.058) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 9.5 (0.138) 5.0 (0.073) 5.0 (0.073) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 8.0 (0.012) 3.0 (0.044) 3.0 (0.044) 100 (1.45)
Temperature errors of clamp-on seals with double-sided connection to pressure transmitters for differential pressure
Nominal diameter/ Temperature error of remote Temperature error of Temperature error of pro- Recommended min. spans
design seal fRS capillary fCap cess flange/connection (guidance values, observe
spigot fPF temperature error)
mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar/10 K (psi/10 K) mbar (psi)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.3 (0.033) 1.8 (0.026) 1.8 (0.026) 1000 (14.5)
DN 40 (1½ inch) 0.8 (0.012) 0.3 (0.004) 0.3 (0.004) 250 (3.63)
DN 50 (2 inch) 0.3 (0.004) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
DN 80 (3 inch) 3.0 (0.044) 0.5 (0.007) 0.5 (0.007) 100 (1.45)
DN 100 (4 inch) 1.0 (0.015) 0.1 (0.002) 0.1 (0.002) 100 (1.45)
Remarks:
• Half the values apply to glycerin/water mixture as the filling liquid.
• Diaphragm thickness 0.05 mm (0.002 inch) for DN 25/DN 40/DN 50 and 0.1 mm (0.004 inch) for DN 80/DN 100
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/281

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Calculation of the temperature error Dependence of temperature error on diaphragm material
The following equation is used to calculate the temperature error: The temperature errors listed in the previous table are based on
the use of stainless steel as the diaphragm material. If other dia-
dp = (RS – Cal)  fRS + (Cap – Cal)  lCap fCap + (TR – Cal)  fPF
phragm materials are used, the temperature errors change as
follows:
dp Additional temperature error (mbar)
Diaphragm material Change in temperature error of
RS Temperature on remote seal diaphragm (generally remote seal
corresponds to temperature of medium)
Increase in values by
Cal Calibration (reference) temperature (20 °C (68 °F))
Stainless steel, Duplex, ... See previous tables
fRS Temperature error of remote seal
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 50 %
Cap Ambient temperature on the capillaries
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 50 %
lCap Capillary length
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 60 %
fCap Temperature error of capillaries
Tantalum 50 %
TR Ambient temperature on pressure transmitter
Titanium 50 %
fPF Temperature error of the oil filling in the process
flanges of the pressure transmitter PTFE coating on stainless steel 80 %
diaphragm
Example of temperature error calculation
ECTFE coating or PFA coating on 100 %
Existing conditions: stainless steel diaphragm
SITRANS P pressure transmitter for fRS = 0.05 mbar/10 K Gold coating on stainless steel dia- 40 %
differential pressure, 250 mbar, set (0.039 inH2O/10 K) phragm
to 0 ... 100 mbar, with DN 100 Inconel 50 %
remote seal diaphragms without
tube, diaphragm made of stainless Incoloy 50 %
steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Maximum temperature of medium
Capillary length lCap = 6 m (19.7 ft)
The following maximum temperatures of the medium apply de-
Capillaries fitted on both sides fCap = 0.07 mbar/(10 K  mCap)
(0.028 inH2O/(10 K  mCap)) pending on the material of the wetted parts:
Filling liquid silicone oil M5 fPF = 0.07 mbar/10 K Material pabs < 1 bar pabs > 1 bar
(0.028 inH2O/10 K) (402 inH2O) (402 inH2O)
Process temperature RS = 100 °C (212 °F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
Temperature on the capillaries Cap = 50 °C (122 °F) Stainless steel, 316L 200 (392) 400 (662)
Temperature on pressure TR = 50 °C (122 °F) PTFE coating 200 (392) 260 (500)
transmitter ECTFE coating On request 150 (302)
Calibration temperature Cal = 20 °C (68 °F) PFA coating 200 (392) 260 (500)
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 200 (392) 260 (500)
Required:
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 200 (392) 400 (662)
Additional temperature error of remote seals: dp 2.4819
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 200 (392) 400 (662)
Calculation:
Tantalum 200 (392) 300 (572)
in mbar
Duplex, mat. No. 1.4462 200 (392) 300 (572)
dp = (100 °C – 20 °C)  0.05 mbar/10 K + (50 °C – 20 °C)  6 m 
0.07 mbar/(10 K  m) + (50 °C – 20 °C)  0.07 mbar/10 K Titanium 100 (212) 150 (302)
dp = 0.4 mbar + 1.26 mbar + 0.21 mbar Inconel 200 (392) 400 (752)
in inH2O Incoloy 200 (392) 400 (752)
dp = (212 °F - 68 °F) · 0.039 inH2O/10 K + (112 °F - 68 °F) · 19.7 ft · Gold coating 200 (392) 400 (752)
0.028 inH2O/(10 K · 3.28 ft) + (112 °F - 68 °F) · (0.028 inH2O/10 K)
dp = 0.16 inH2O + 0.51 inH2O + 0.08 inH2O Maximum capillary length for diaphragm seals
(guidance values)
Nom. diam. Max. length of capillary
Result: Diaphragm seal Clamp-on seal
dp = 1.87 mbar (0.75 inH2O) m (ft) m (ft)
(corresponds to 2.27% of set span)
DN 25 (1 inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
Note
DN 32 (1¼ inch) 2.5 (8.2) 2.5 (8.2)
The determined temperature error only applies to the error resulting
from connection of the remote seal. DN 40 (1½ inch) 4 (13.1) 6 (19.7)
The transmission response of the respective transmitter is not included DN 50 (2 inch) 6 (19.7) 10 (32.8)
in this consideration.
It must be calculated separately, and the resulting error added to the DN 65 (2½ inch) 8 (26.2) 10 (32.8)
error determined above from connection of the remote seal. DN 80 (3 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 100 (4 inch) 15 (49.1) 10 (32.8)
DN 125 (5 inch) 15 (49.1) - -
1/282 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Response times 1
The values listed in the following table are the response times (in The response times are independent of the set span within the
seconds per meter of capillary) for a change in pressure which range of the respective transmitter. The response times are of in-
corresponds to the set span. significant importance for spans above 10 bar (145 psi). The re-
sponse times of the pressure transmitters are not considered in
The listed values must be multiplied by the respective length of the table.
the capillary, or with transmitters for differential pressure and flow
by the total length of both capillaries.
Filling liquid Density Temperature Response time in s/m (s/ft) with max. span of pressure transmitter
on capillary
kg/dm3 (lb/in3) °C (°F) 250 mbar (101 inH2O) 600 mbar (241 inH2O) 1600 mbar (643 inH2O)
Silicone oil M5 0.914 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.11 (0.034) 0.02 (0.006) 0.02 (0.006)
- 20 (-4) 0.3 (0.091) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
Silicone oil M50 0.966 (0.035) +60 (140) 0.6 (0.183) 0.25 (0.076) 0.09 (0.027)
+20 (68) 0.61 (0.186) 0.26 (0.079) 0.1 (0.030)
- 20 (-4) 1.69 (0.515) 0.71 (0.216) 0.27 (0.082)
High-temperature oil 1.070 (0.039) +60 (140) 0.14 (0.043) 0.06 (0.018) 0.02 (0.006)
+20 (68) 0.65 (0.198) 0.27 (0.082) 0.1 (0.030)
-10 (14) 3.96 (1.207) 1.65 (0.503) 0.62 (0.189)
Halocarbon oil 1.968 (0.071) +60 (140) 0.07 (0.021) 0.03 (0.009) 0.01 (0.003)
+20 (68) 0.29 (0.088) 0.12 (0.037) 0.05 (0.015)
- 20 (-4) 2.88 (0.878) 1.2 (0.366) 0.45 (0.137)
Food oil (FDA listed) 0.920 (0.033) +60 (140) 0.75 (0.229) 0.33 (0.101) 0.17 (0.052)
+20 (68) 4 (1.220) 1.75 (0.534) 0.67 (0.204)
- 20 (-4) 20 (6.100) 8.5 (2.593) 3.25 (0.991)
Permissible data of filling liquids for pressure and temperature see diagrams on page 1/274 ff.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/283

© Siemens AG 2017
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design Sealing material in the process
flanges
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure
• For pressure transmitters, abso- Copper
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 400 lute pressure transmitters and
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 400 low-pressure applications
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 400 • For other applications Viton
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 400
• 2 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data of
the pressure transmitters
• 3 inch Class 150 ... class 2500
Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
• 4 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 available on request)
• 5 inch Class 150 ... class 2500 Capillary
Sealing face • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer lengths
on request
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA • Internal diameter max. 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
Materials
Silicone oil M50
• Main body Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L
High-temperature oil
• Wetted parts Stainless steel mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Without coating
Food oil (FDA listed)
• PTFE coating
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on re- mitter and the filling liquid of the
quest) remote seal
• PFA coating More information can be found in
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 "Technical data of filling liquid" in the
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 Technical description to the remote
seals
Hastelloy C22, mat. no. 2.4602
Tantalum Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Titanium, mat. no. 3.7035 Certificate and approvals
Nickel 201 Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
sure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies with
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 (DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4,
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, paragraph 3 (sound engineering
thickness approx. 25 m practice)
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of stain-
less steel, mat. No. 1.4301/304
1/284 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord.code
1
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary
connected to a SITRANS P transmitter connected to a SITRANS P transmitter
(order separately): (order separately):
for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 0 0 - for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 0 0 -
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" 7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01"
(Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); (Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1);
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 0 1 - for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 0 1 -
Scope of delivery (1 off) Scope of delivery (1 off)
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 0 3 - for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 0 3 -
7MF243.-...;7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...;7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
scope of delivery 2 off scope of delivery 2 off
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Customer-specific tubus length
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see
• DN 50 PN 16 ... 400 A Order Code
(recommended only for pressure transmitters • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
for pressure)
• DN 80 PN 16 ... 400 B
• DN 100 PN 16 ... 400 C 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1
• DN 125 PN 16 ... 400 D 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 E
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
(recommended only for pressure transmitters
for pressure) 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 H • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L with ECTFE
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N Range Standard length
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
Other version Z J1Y 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
Sealing face: see "Technical data" 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
Wetted parts materials • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
• Stainless steel 316L with PFA
- without coating A Range Standard length
- with PTFE coating2) E0 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1
- with ECTFE coating 2) 3) 4) 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
F
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
- with PFA coating 2) 4) D
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U0 • Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
• Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0 Range Standard length
• Tantalum K 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
• Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C L0 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
(302 °F)) 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Q
• Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0
thickness approx. 25 m 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J1
Tube length 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J2
• without tube 0 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J3
Other version: Z8 K1Y 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J4
Add Order code and plain text: • Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
Wetted parts materials: ..., Range Standard length
Tube length: ...
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/285

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord.code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Diaphragm seal Further designs
Sandwich-type design, with flexible capillary Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
connected to a SITRANS P transmitter code.
(order separately):
Customer-specific tubus length Y44
for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 0 0 -
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" Select range,
(Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); enter desired length in plain text
Scope of delivery (1 off) (No entry = standard length)
for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 0 1 - Spark arrestor

Scope of delivery (1 off) With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0
(including documentation)
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 0 3 -
7MF243.-...;7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; • Pressure and absolute pressure A01
scope of delivery 2 off • for differential pressure transmitters A02
1 7777 - 7B 777 Remote seal nameplate B20
Filling liquid Attached out of stainless steel, contains Article
• Silicone oil M5 1 No. and order number of the remote seal supplier
• Silicone oil M50 2 Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10
• High-temperature oil 3 Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)5) 4 sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
• Food oil (FDA listed)l 7 tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Other version 9 M1 Y
Add Order code and plain text: Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Filling liquid: ... teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Length of capillary6) Inspection certificate C12
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 to EN 10204, section 3.1
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 uid (FDA listed)"
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 IEC 61508
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8 (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
Special lengths for capillaries in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E IEC 61508
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1J in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07
only for 7MF4903-... Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
• 11.0 m (36.09 ft) 9 N1N stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
• 12.0 m (39.37 ft) 9 N1P
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08
• 13.0 m (42.65 ft) 9 N1Q
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
• 14.0 m (45.93 ft) 9 N1R ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
• 15.0 m (49.21 ft) 9 N1S stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order negative Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10
pressure service version. Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
2) Only possible up to max. PN 100. sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill
3) For vacuum on request fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C
4) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres. (140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in
5) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10. ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
6) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description". Epoxy painting E15
(not possible with vacuum-proof design and not
for 7MF4901-...)
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting
tube, process connection of the transmitter.
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only
possible with process connection G½B accord-
ing to EN 837-1
One-sided mounting on differential pressure
transmitters
(only for 7MF4900-...)
on high-pressure side H10
on low-pressure side H11
1/286 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. code.
Flanges according to EN 1092-1, PE protective tube
sealing surface B1 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(only in combination with „Z" at data position 9) (color: white)
DN 25, PN 10/16/25/40 J0A
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
DN 40, PN 10/16/25/40 J0C
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
previously DIN 2501, form E 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
Sealing surface B1 or J12 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
(only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
(2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
parts made of stainless steel 316L)
only for 7MF4903-...
Sealing surface RJF (groove) ASME B16.5 J24
instead of sealing surface 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N32
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N33
(only for wetted parts made of stainless steel 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N34
316L)
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N35
Sealing surface with spring according to 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N36
EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512,
form F) in stainless steel 316L PTFE protective tube
DN 25 J30 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
DN 40 J31 (color: transparent)
DN 50 J32 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
DN 80 J33 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
DN 100 J34 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
DN 125 J35
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
Sealing surface with male face according to 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512, form 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
V13) in stainless steel 316L
DN 25 J40 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
DN 40 J41 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
DN 50 J42 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
DN 80 J43 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
DN 100 J44 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
DN 125 J45 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
Sealing surface with female face according to only for 7MF4903-...
EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512, form
R13) in stainless steel 316L 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N52
DN 25 J50 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N53
DN 40 J51 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N54
DN 50 J52 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N55
DN 80 J53 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N56
DN 100 J54
DN 125 J55
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/287

© Siemens AG 2017
Further designs
code.
PVC protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N72
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N73
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N74
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N75
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N76
for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
re series
• differential pressure V03
re series
1/288 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
D D
b dM dM b
Ød 5
Ød 5
Ød 5
Handhold
Handhold Ø16 (6.3)
l
l
Ø16 (6.3)
R≥
(5. 150
9)
0
15
≥ 9)
R (5.
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design (without flange) with flexible capil-

lary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pres-
Diaphragm seals of sandwich design with flexible capillary for connection sure or differential pressure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1
Nom. Nom. press. b D d5 dM l
Nom. Nom. press. b D d5 dM l diam.
diam. mm mm mm mm mm
mm mm mm mm mm DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 400 20 102 48.3 451) 100
DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 400 20 102 48.3 451) 100 DN 80 20 138 76 722) 100
DN 80 20 138 76 722) 100 DN 100 20 158 94 89 100
DN 100 20 158 94 89 100 DN 125 22 188 125 124 100
DN 125 22 188 125 124 100
Nom. Nom. press. b D d5 dM I
Nom. Nom. press. b D d5 dM I diam.
diam. lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm
lb/sq.in. mm mm mm mm mm (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) 2 inch 150 ... 2500 20 100 48.3 451) 100
2 inch 150 .... 2500 20 100 48.3 451) 100 (0.79) (3.94) (1.9) (1.77) (3.94)
(0.79) (3.94) (1.9) (1.77) (3.94) 3 inch 20 134 72 722) 100
3 inch 20 134 72 722) 100 (0.79) (5.28) 3 (2.83) (3.94)
(0.79) (5.28) 3 (2.83) (3.94) 4 inch 20 158 94 89 100
4 inch 20 158 94 89 100 (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (2.32) (3.94)
(0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (2.32) (3.94) 5 inch 22 186 125 124 100
5 inch 22 186 125 124 100 (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (3.94)
(0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (3.94)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/ASME B16.5
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/ASME B16.5
dM: Effective diaphragm diameter 1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0
1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0 2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0
2) 89 mm = 3½ inch with tube length L = 0
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/289

© Siemens AG 2017
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of flange design
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
stainless steel, mat. no. 1.4301/304
Sealing material in the process
• DN 50 (recommendable only for PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 flanges
pressure transmitters for pressure)
• For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 pressure transmitters and low-
• DN 100 PN 10/16, PN 25/40 pressure applications
• DN 125 PN 16, PN 40 • For other applications Viton
• 2 inch (recommendable only for Class 150, class 300, Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
pressure transmitters for pressure) class 400/600, class 900/1500 of the pressure transmitter
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600 Tube length Without tube as standard (tube
available on request)
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300, class 400
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
Sealing face lengths on request
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
No. 1.4404/316L ASMR B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF Filling liquid
Materials (for remote seals of sandwich and Silicone oil M5
flange design)
• Main body Stainless steel
mat. no. 1.4404/316L Silicone oil M50
• Wetted parts Stainless steel High-temperature oil
mat. no. 1.4404/316L Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• Without coating Food oil (FDA listed)
• PTFE coating Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum mitter and the filling liquid of the
on request) remote seal
• PFA coating More information can be found in
the technical data of the pressure
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 transmitters and in the section
"Technical data of filling liquid" in
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
the Technical description to the
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 remote seals
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Tantalum Certificate and approvals
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Nickel 201 equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 paragraph 3 (sound engineering
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, practice)
thickness approx. 25 m
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
1/290 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Diaphragm seal Diaphragm seal
Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected
to a pressure transmitter to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately): SITRANS P (order separately):
for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 2 0 - for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 2 0 -
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" (Nega- 7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" (Nega-
tive pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); tive pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1);
scope of delivery: 1 off scope of delivery: 1 off
for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 2 1 - for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 2 1 -
7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 7777 - 7B 777 1 7777 - 7B 777
Tube length
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • without tube 0
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A Other version: Z8 K1Y
PN 100 B Add Order code and plain text:
(DN 50 recommended only for pressure Wetted parts materials: ...,
transmitters for pressure) Tube length: ...
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D Customer-specific tubus length
PN 100 E Specify customer-specific length with Y44, see
Order Code
• DN 100 PN 10/16 G
PN 25/40 H • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
• DN 125 Range Standard length
PN 10/16 J
PN 25/40 K 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2
• 2 inch Class 150 L 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3
Class 300 M 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
Class 400/600 N 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
Class 900/1500 P
(2 inch recommended only for pressure • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
transmitters for pressure) with ECTFE
• 3 inch Class 150 Q Range Standard length
Class 300 R 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
Class 600 S 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
• 4 inch Class 150 T 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
Class 300 U 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
Class 400 V 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
• 5 inch Class 150 W • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated

with PFA
Class 300 X
Class 400 Y
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1
to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
Other version Z J1Y 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
Add Order code and plain text: 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
Sealing face: See "Technical data"
• Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
Wetted parts materials Range Standard length
• Stainless steel 316L
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
- without coating A
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
- with PTFE coating E0
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
- with ECTFE coating2) 3) F 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
- with PFA coating 3) D
• Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J1
• Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J2
• Tantalum K0 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J3
• Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C L 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J4
(302 °F)) • Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0 Range Standard length
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Q0
• Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
thickness approx. 25 m 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/291

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Diaphragm seal Further designs
Flange design, with flexible capillary, connected code.
to a pressure transmitter
SITRANS P (order separately): Customer-specific tubus length Y44
for pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF 4 9 2 0 - Select range,
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" (Nega- enter desired length in plain text
tive pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); (No entry = standard length)
scope of delivery: 1 off
Spark arrestor
for absolute pressure 7MF433.-...; 7MF 4 9 2 1 - With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0
scope of delivery: 1 off (including documentation) for transmitters for
for differential pressure and flow 7MF 4 9 2 3 - • pressure and absolute pressure A01
7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
scope of delivery: 2 off • differential pressure A02
1 7777 - 7B 777 Remote seal nameplate B20

Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
Filling liquid and order number of the remote seal
• Silicone oil M5 1 Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10
• High-temperature oil 3 Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
• Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)4) 4
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7 certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Add Order code and plain text: Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Filling liquid: ... teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Length of capillary5) Inspection certificate C12
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 to EN 10204, section 3.1
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
uid (FDA listed)"
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8 IEC 61508
Special lengths for capillaries (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
IEC 61508
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
only for 7MF4923-... Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
• 11.0 m (36.09 ft) 9 N1N ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
• 12.0 m (39.37 ft) 9 N1P
• 13.0 m (42.65 ft) 9 N1Q Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08
• 14.0 m (45.93 ft) 9 N1R Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
• 15.0 m (49.21 ft) 9 N1S ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10
negative pressure service.
2) Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver-
For vacuum on request.
3) sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill
Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres.
4) fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C
Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging (140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in
included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
5) connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description". ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
Epoxy painting E15
(not possible with negative pressure service
and not for 7MF4921-...)
tube, process connection of the transmitter.
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only
ing to EN 837-1.
transmitters
(only for 7MF4920-...)
on high-pressure side H10
on low-pressure side H11
1/292 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
code. code.
Flanges according to EN 1092-1, Flange acc. to JIS, sealing surface RF
sealing surface B1 (only in combination with „Z" at data position 9)
(only in combination with „Z" at data position 9) JIS DN 50, 10 K 316L J7A
DN 25, PN 10/16/25/40 J0A JIS DN 50, 20 K 316L J7B
DN 25, PN 63/100/160 J0B JIS DN 80, 10 K 316L J7C
DN 40, PN 10/16/25/40 J0C JIS DN 80, 20 K 316L J7D
DN 40, PN 63/100 J0D
Radial capillary pipe outlet
DN 40, PN 160 J0E
for one-sided mounting K01
Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11 for two-sided mounting K03
previously DIN 2501, form E PE protective tube
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14 (color: white)
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
parts made of stainless steel 316L) 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
Sealing surface with spring according to 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512,
form F) in stainless steel 316L 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
DN 25 J30 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
DN 40 J31 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
DN 50 J32 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
DN 80 J33 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
DN 100 J34 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
DN 125 J35
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
Sealing surface with male face according to 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512, form
V13) in stainless steel 316L 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
DN 25 J40 only for 7MF4923-...
DN 40 J41 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N32
DN 50 J42 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N33
DN 80 J43 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N34
DN 100 J44
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N35
DN 125 J45
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N36
Sealing surface with female face according to
EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512, form PTFE protective tube
R13) in stainless steel 316L over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
DN 25 J50 (color: transparent)
DN 40 J51 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
DN 50 J52 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
DN 80 J53 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
DN 100 J54 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
DN 125 J55 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
Flange according to ASME B16.5 RF 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
125 ... 250 AA
(only in combination with „Z" at data position 9) 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
1", class 150 J6A 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
1", class 300 J6B 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
1", class 400/600 J6C 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
1", class 900/1500 J6D 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
1½", class 150 J6E 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
1½", class 300 J6F only for 7MF4923-...
1½", class 400/600 J6G
1½", class 900/1500 J6H 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N52
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N53
Sealing surface B1 or J12 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N54
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
instead of sealing surface B2 or RFSF 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N55
(only for wetted parts made of Hastelloy C276 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N56
(2.4819), tantalum and Duplex 2205 (1.4462)
instead of sealing surface
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/293

© Siemens AG 2017
PVC protective tube
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N72
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N73
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N74
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N75
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N76
re series
re series
1/294 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
b D
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
f dM diam. press. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
n x d2 DN 50 PN 10/1 20 165 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
6/
25/40
PN 100 28 195 26 102 48.3 451) 2 145 4
100 DN 80 PN 10/1 24 200 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8
(3.94)
Ød 5
Ød4
722)
Øk
PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 2 180 8

DN PN 10/1 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
Handhold 100
Ø16 (6.3) PN 25/4 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8
DN PN 16 22 250 18 188 125 124 2 210 8

125
PN 40 26 270 26 188 125 124 2 220 8

diam. press.
lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
sq.in.
(inch (inch) (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch
2 inch 150 19.5 150 20 92 48.3 451) 2 120.5 4

(0.77) (5.80) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.08) (4.74)
0
15 300 22.7 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
≥ 9)
R (5. (0.89) (6.50) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.08) (5)
400/ 32.4 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
600
(1.28) (6.50) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.08) (5)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to
SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pressure, dimensions in mm (inch) 900/ 45.1 215 26 92 48.3 451) 7 165 8
1500
(1.78) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77) (0.28) (6.5)
3 inch 150 24.3 190 20 127 76 722) 2 152.5 4
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6)
300 29 210 22 127 76 722) 2 168.5 8
(1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6.63)
600 38.8 210 22 127 76 722) 7 168.5 8
(1.53) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.28) (6.63)
4 inch 150 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
(0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
300 32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
(1.27) (10.04 (0.87) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)
400 42 255 26 158 94 89 7 200 8

(1.65) (10.04 (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)
5 inch 150 24.3 255 22 186 125 124 2 216 8

(0.96) (10.04 (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50)
300 35.8 280 22 186 125 124 2 235 8

(1.41) (11.02 (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)
400 45.1 280 26 186 125 124 7 235 8

(1.79) (11.02 (1.02) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5

1) 59 mm = 2.32 inch with tube length L = 0
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/295

© Siemens AG 2017
1
D b
dM f
n x d2
Handhold
100 100
Ø16 (6.3)
(3.94) (3.94)
Ød 5
Ød 5
Ød4
Øk
R≥
(5. 150 Handhold
9) Ø16 (6.3)
R≥
(5. 150
9)
Diaphragm seals of flange design with flexible capillary for connection to SITRANS P pressure transmitters for absolute pressure or for differential pres-
sure and flow, dimensions in mm (inch)
Connection to EN 1092-1 Connection to ASME B16.5
Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n Nom. Nom. b D d2 d4 d5 dM f k n
diam. press. mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm diam. press.
DN 80 PN 10/16 24 200 18 138 76 721) 2 160 8 lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
sq.in.
PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 721) 2 180 8 (inch (inch) (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch (inch
DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8 3 inch 24.3 190 20 127 76 721) 2 152.5 4
150
PN 25/40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8 (0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6)
DN 125 PN 16 22 250 18 188 125 124 2 210 8 29 210 22 127 76 721) 2 168.5 8
300
PN 40 26 270 26 188 125 124 2 220 8 (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.08) (6.63)
38.8 210 22 127 76 721) 7 168.5 8
600
(1.52) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83) (0.28) (6.63)
4 inch 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
150
(0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
300
(1.27) (10.04) (0.87) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)
42 255 26 158 94 89 7 200 8
400
(1.65) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)
5 inch 24.3 255 22 186 125 124 2 216 8
150
(0.96) (10.04) (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (8.50)
35.8 280 22 186 125 124 2 235 8
300
(1.41) (11.02) (0.87) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.08) (9.25)
45.1 280 26 186 125 124 7 235 8

400
(1.79) (11.02) (1.02) (7.32) (4.92) (4.88) (0.28) (9.25)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 / ASME B16.5

1/296 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Diaphragm seals of flange design directly fitted on transmitter
■ Overview
1
Diaphragm seals of flange design, directly fitted on a pressure transmitter

for pressure
Diaphragm seals (flange design) for pressure and absolute pres- Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
sure, directly fitted on a transmitter of the transmitter
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure Tube length • Without tube
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 • 50 mm (1.97 inch)
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 • 100 mm (3.94 inch)
• 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• DN 100 PN 10/16, PN 25/40
• 200 mm (7.87 inch)
• 2 inch Class 150, class 300,
class 400/600, class 900/1500 Capillary
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300, class 600 • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
• Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or ASME
1.4404/316L B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
• For the other materials Smooth to EN 1092-1, form B2 or • Silicone oil M50
ASME B16.5 RFSF • High-temperature oil
Materials • Halocarbon oil (for measuring
O2)
• Main body Stainless steel
• Food oil (FDA listed)
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
Max. recommended process 170 °C (338 °F)
• Wetted parts Stainless steel
temperature
mat. no. 1.4404/316L
• Without coating Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
• PTFE coating remote seal.
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum More information can be found in
on request) the technical data of the pressure
• PFA coating transmitters and in the section
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 the Technical description to the
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 remote seals.
Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Hastelloy C22, mat No. 2.4602 Certificate and approvals
Tantalum Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 pressure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
Nickel 201 paragraph 3 (sound engineering
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 practice)
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated,
• Capillary Stainless steel, 1.4571/316Ti
• Sealing material at the transmitter Copper
connection
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/297

© Siemens AG 2017
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 0 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 0 -
Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777 Directly fitted to a pressure transmitter 77777 777
SITRANS P for pressure 7MF2033-...; SITRANS P for pressure 7MF2033-...;
7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... together with Order 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... together with Order
code "V01" (Negative pressure service) and code "V01" (Negative pressure service) and
7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately 7MF802.-...1); must be ordered separately
Process connection Order Code
• Vertical (pressure transmitter upright) 0 • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
• Horizontal 2 Range Standard length
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2
PN 100 B 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
PN 100 E 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
• DN 100 PN 10/16 G • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated

with ECTFE
PN 25/40 H
• 2 inch Class 150 L
20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
Class 300 M
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
Class 400/600 N
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
Class 900/1500 P
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
• 3 inch Class 150 Q 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
Class 300 R
• Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated with
Class 600 S PFA
• 4 inch Class 150 T Range Standard length
Class 300 U 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1
Class 400 V 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
Smooth sealing face to DIN 1092-01, form B1 or 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
B2, or to ASME B16.5 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
Other version Z J1Y 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... • Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
• Stainless steel 316L 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") G1
- without coating A 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
- with PTFE coating E0 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
- with PFA coating 3) D • Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G Range Standard length
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J 1
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J 2
• Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J 3
• Tantalum K 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J 4
• Titanium, mat. No. (max. 150 °C (302 °F)) L0
• Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0
• Duplex 2205, W.-Nr. 1.4462 Q
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1
thickness approx. 25 m 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
Tube length 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
• Without tube 0 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
Other version: Z8 K1Y Filling liquid

Add Order code and plain text: • Silicone oil M5 1
Wetted parts materials: ..., • Silicone oil M50 2
Tube length: ... • High-temperature oil 3
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7
Filling liquid: ...
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order negative
pressure service.
2) For vacuum on request.
3) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres.
4) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
1/298 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
code. code.
Customer-specific tubus length Y44 Flanges according to EN 1092-1,
sealing surface B1
Select range, (only in combination with „Z" at data position 9)
enter desired length in plain text
(No entry = standard length) DN 25, PN 10/16/25/40 J0A
DN 25, PN 63/100/160 J0B
Spark arrestor A01 DN 40, PN 10/16/25/40 J0C
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 DN 40, PN 63/100 J0D
(including documentation) for transmitters for
gauge pressure and absolute pressure DN 40, PN 160 J0E
Remote seal nameplate B20 Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11
and order number of the remote seal previously DIN 2501, form E
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc- parts made of stainless steel 316L)
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by Sealing surface with spring according to
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512,
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 form F) in stainless steel 316L
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 DN 25 J30
Inspection certificate C12 DN 40 J31
to EN 10204, section 3.1 DN 50 J32
DN 80 J33
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17 DN 100 J34
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq- DN 125 J35
uid (FDA listed)"
Sealing surface with male face according to
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512, form
IEC 61508 V13) in stainless steel 316L
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20" DN 25 J40
DN 40 J41
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 DN 50 J42
IEC 61508
DN 80 J43
DN 100 J44
DN 125 J45
Sealing surface with female face according to
EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512, form
R13) in stainless steel 316L
DN 25 J50
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08 DN 40 J51
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor- DN 50 J52
DN 80 J53
DN 100 J54
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 DN 125 J55
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill Flange according to ASME B16.5 RF
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C 125 ... 250 AA
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in (only in combination with „Z" at data position 9)
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi- 1", class 150 J6A
ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 1", class 300 J6B
Epoxy painting E15 1", class 400/600 J6C
Not possible with negative pressure service 1", class 900/1500 J6D
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of 1½", class 150 J6E
the remote seal, capillary(ies) or connecting 1½", class 300 J6F
tube, process connection of the transmitter. 1½", class 400/600 J6G
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only 1½", class 900/1500 J6H
ing to EN 837-1. Sealing surface B1 or J12
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Instead of sealing surface B2 and RFSF
(Only for wetted parts in Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), Tantal and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) and
for sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(only for wetted parts made of stainless steel
316L)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/299

© Siemens AG 2017
Further designs
code.
(only in combination with „Z" at data position 9)
JIS DN 50, 10 K 316L J7A
JIS DN 50, 20 K 316L J7B
JIS DN 80, 10 K 316L J7C
JIS DN 80, 20 K 316L J7D
Elongated pipe R20
200 mm instead of 89 mm,
max. medium temperature 300 °C, observe the
maximum permissible media temperature of the
filling liquid.
Elongated pipe elbow R21
200 mm instead of 130 mm,
filling liquid.
Cooling element R22
filling liquid.
re series
re series
1/300 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1 1

diam. press.
Vertical process mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
connection
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 20 165 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
198 (7.8)
25/40
Cooling 48.3 451)
215 (8.46) 2)
PN 100 28 195 26 102 2 145 4
element
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 24 200 18 138 76 721) 2 160 8
25/40
95 (3.74)
89 (3.39)1) PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 721) 2 180 8

DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 18 158 94 89-2 2 180 8
n x d2 PN 25/40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

b
f
Ød 5 diam. press.
L
Ød4 Tube length L see lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Ordering Data sq.in.
Øk (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
ØD 2 inch 150 19.5 150 20 92 48.3 451) 2 120.5 4
(0.77) (5.91) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (4.74)
300 22.7 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
(0.89) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (5)
L b 400/ 32.4 165 20 92 48.3 451) 7 127 8
195 (7.68)
f 600
(1.28) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (5)
900/ 45.1 215 26 92 48.3 451) 7 165 8
1500
(1.78) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (6.5)
3 inch 150 24.3 190 20 127 76 722) 2 152.5 4
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6)
Ød 5
Ød4
ØD
Øk
300 29 210 22 127 76 722) 2 168.5 8
213 (8.39) 3) (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6.63)
248 (9.76) 4) 600 38.8 210 22 127 76 722) 7 168.5 8
(1.53) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.28) (6.63)
n x d2
4 inch 150 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
Horizontal process (0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
connection 300 32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
1)
200 (7.9) with option R20, 278 (11.0) with cooling element opt. R22) (1.27) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)
2)
324 (12.8) with option R20, 326 (12.9) with cooling element opt. R22) 400 42 255 26 158 94 89 7 200 8
3)
283 (11.14) with option R21
4)
318 (12.52) with option R21 (1.65) (10.04) (1.02) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.28) (7.87)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1/

Diaphragm seals of flange design, direct connection to a SITRANS P ASME B16.5
pressure transmitter (process connection vertical (top) and horizontal
(bottom)), dimensions in mm (inch) dM: Effective diaphragm diameter
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/301

© Siemens AG 2017
Diaphragm seals of flange design fixed connection and with capillary
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for differen-

tial pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary
Diaphragm seals of screwed design for pressure transmitters for Sealing material in the process
differential pressure, fixed connection and with flexible capillary flanges
Nominal diameter Nominal pressure • For pressure transmitters, absolute Copper
pressure transmitters and low-
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40, PN 100 pressure applications
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 • For other applications Viton
• DN 100 PN 10/16, PN 25/40 Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
• 2 inch Class 150, class 300, of the pressure transmitter
class 400/600, class 900/1500
Tube length Without tube
• 3 inch Class 150, class 300
50 mm (1.97 inch)
• 4 inch Class 150, class 300
100 mm (3.94 inch)
Sealing face 150 mm (5.91 inch)
• For stainless steel, mat. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or 200 mm (7.87 inch)
No. 1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or Capillary
ASME B16.5 RFSF • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
lengths on request
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel mat. no.
1.4404/316L • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• Wetted parts Stainless steel mat. no. Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
1.4404/316L Silicone oil M50
• Without coating High-temperature oil
• PTFE coating Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)
• ECTFE coating (for vacuum on Food oil (FDA listed)
request)
• PFA coating temperature
Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
Hastelloy C22, W.-Nr. 2.4602 the technical data of the pressure
Tantalum transmitters and in the section
Titanium, W.-Nr. 3.7035 the Technical description to the
Nickel 201 remote seals
Duplex 2205, mat. no. 1.4462 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, Certificate and approvals
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat. equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of paragraph 3 (sound engineering
stainless steel, mat. No. practice)
1.4301/304
1/302 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 - Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 -
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777 Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777
direct mounting to high-pressure side and direct mounting to high-pressure side and
flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by
means of capillary to low-pressure side of means of capillary to low-pressure side of
SITRANS P for differential pressure, SITRANS SITRANS P for differential pressure, SITRANS
P310 (7MF2433.-...); SITRANS P DS III series P310 (7MF2433.-...); SITRANS P DS III series
and P410 (7MF443.-...) and SITRANS P500 and P410 (7MF443.-...) and SITRANS P500
(7MF54..-...) (7MF54..-...)
Flange, connection to EN 1092-1 Order Code
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel without foil
• DN 50 PN 10/16/25/40 A Range Standard length
PN 100 B 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") A1
• DN 80 PN 10/16/25/40 D 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") A2
• DN 100 PN 10/16 G 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") A3
PN 25/40 H 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") A4
Flange, connection to ASME B16.5 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") A5
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
• 2 inch Class 150 L with ECTFE
Class 300 M Range Standard length
Class 400/600 N 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") F1
Class 900/1500 P 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") F2
• 3 inch Class 150 Q 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") F3
Class 300 R 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") F4
• 4 inch Class 150 T 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") F5
Class 300 U • Wetted parts materials: Stainless steel coated
Other version Z J1Y with PFA
Add Order code and plain text: Range Standard length
Flange: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") D1
pressure: ...
51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") D2
Wetted parts materials 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") D3
Smooth sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1 or 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") D4
B2, or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA or RFSF 201 ... 250 mm (7.91 ... 9.84") 250 mm (9.84") D5
- without coating A • Wetted parts materials: Monel 400
- with PTFE coating E0 Range Standard length
- with PFA coating 2) D 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") G2
101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") G3
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G
151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") G4
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U • Wetted parts materials: Hastelloy C276
• Hastelloy C22, mat. No. 2.4602 V0 Range Standard length
• Tantalum K
• Titanium, mat. No. 3.7035 (max. 150 °C L0 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") J1
(302 °F)) 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") J2
• Nickel 201 (max. 260 °C (500 °F)) M0 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") J3
• Duplex, mat. no. 1.4462 Q 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") J4
• Duplex, mat. no. 1.4462, incl. main body R
• Wetted parts materials: Tantalum
• Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S0
thickness approx. 25 m Range Standard length
Tube length 20 ... 50 mm (0.79 ... 1.97") 50 mm (1.97") K1

(for mounting flange on high-pressure side) 51 ... 100 mm (2.01 ... 3.94") 100 mm (3.94") K2
• Without tube 0 101 ... 150 mm (3.98 ... 5.91") 150 mm (5.91") K3
Other version: Z8 K1Y 151 ... 200 mm (5.94 ... 7.87") 200 mm (7.87") K4
Wetted parts materials: ......,
Tube length: ...
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/303

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code
Diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 1 3 -
Mounting flange (with tube as option) for 1 7777 - 7B 777
direct mounting to high-pressure side and
flanged remote seal without tube, fitted by
means of capillary to low-pressure side of
SITRANS P for differential pressure, SITRANS
P310 (7MF2433.-...); SITRANS P DS III series
and P410 (7MF443.-...) and SITRANS P500
(7MF54..-...)
Filling liquid
Filling liquid: ...
Length of capillary4)
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
Special lengths for capillaries
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1J
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
2) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres.
3) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
4) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
1/304 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Further designs Flanges according to EN 1092-1,
sealing surface B1
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order (only in combination with „Z" at data position 9)
code.
DN 25, PN 10/16/25/40 J0A
Customer-specific tubus length Y44 DN 25, PN 63/100/160 J0B
Select range, DN 40, PN 10/16/25/40 J0C
enter desired length in plain text DN 40, PN 63/100 J0D
(No entry = standard length) DN 40, PN 160 J0E
Spark arrestor A02 Sealing surface smooth, form B2 or RFSF J11
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 (Stainless steel diaphragm)
(including documentation)
previously DIN 2501, form E
Remote seal nameplate B20
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted
and order number of the remote seal
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10
Sealing surface with spring according to
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512,
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc- form F) in stainless steel 316L
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 DN 25 J30
DN 40 J31
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 DN 50 J32
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
DN 80 J33
Inspection certificate C12 DN 100 J34
to EN 10204, section 3.1 DN 125 J35
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17 Sealing surface with male face according to
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq- EN 1092-1, form E (previously DIN 2512,
uid (FDA listed)" form V13) in stainless steel 316L
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 DN 25 J40
IEC 61508 DN 40 J41
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20" DN 50 J42
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) DN 80 J43
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 DN 100 J44
IEC 61508 DN 125 J45
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23" Sealing surface with female face according to
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) EN 1092-1, form F (previously DIN 2512,
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07 form R13) in stainless steel 316L
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of DN 40 J51
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) DN 50 J52
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08 DN 80 J53
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of DN 125 J55
Flange according to ASME B16.5 RF
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 125 ... 250 AA
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- (only in combination with „Z" at data position 9)
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill 1", class 150 J6A
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C 1", class 300 J6B
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in 1", class 400/600 J6C
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 1", class 900/1500 J6D
1½", class 150 J6E
Epoxy painting E15 1½", class 300 J6F
Not possible with negative pressure service. 1½", class 400/600 J6G
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of 1½", class 900/1500 J6H
tube, process connection of the transmitter. Sealing surface B1 or J12
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
possible with process connection G½B accord- Instead of sealing surface B2 and RFSF
ing to EN 837-1. (Only for wetted parts in Hastelloy C276
(2.4819), Tantal and Duplex 2205 (1.4462) and
for sizes 2", 3", DN 50 and DN 80)
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
(only for wetted parts made of stainless steel 316L)
(only in combination with „Z" at data position 9)
JIS DN 50, 10 K 316L J7A
JIS DN 50, 20 K 316L J7B
JIS DN 80, 10 K 316L J7C
JIS DN 80, 20 K 316L J7D
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/305

© Siemens AG 2017
code. code.
Radial capillary pipe outlet PVC protective tube
for one-sided mounting K01 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(color: black)
PE protective tube
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
(color: white) 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30 Elongated pipe, distance from transmitter R15
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31 process flange to flange is 150 mm instead of
100 mm,
PTFE protective tube max. medium temperature 250 °C, observe the
over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries maximum permissible media temperature of the
(color: transparent) filling liquid.
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40 Elongated pipe, distance from transmitter R20
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41 process flange to flange is 100 mm instead of
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42 100 mm,
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43 maximum permissible media temperature of the
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44 filling liquid.
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45 Negative pressure service
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47 • differential pressure V03
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48 Extended negative pressure service
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50 • differential pressure V53
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
1/306 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1 1

diam. press.
D b
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
dM f
DN 50 PN 10/16/ 20 165 18 102 48.3 451) 2 125 4
n x d2 25/40
PN 100 28 195 26 102 48.3 451) 2 145 4
R ≥ 150
DN 80 PN 10/16/ 24 200 18 138 76 722) 2 160 8
(5.9)
100 25/40
(3.94) PN 100 32 230 26 138 76 722) 2 180 8
Ød4
Øk
DN 100 PN 10/16 20 220 18 158 94 89 2 180 8
Handhold PN 25/40 24 235 22 162 94 89 2 190 8

Ø16 (6.3)
diam. press.
L b lb/ mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
sq.in.
f (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
2 inch 150 19.5 150 20 92 48.3 451) 2 120.5 4
(0.77) (5.91) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (4.74)
300 22.7 165 20 92 48.3 451) 2 127 8
(0.89) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.08) (5)
400/ 32.4 165 20 92 48.3 451) 7 127 8
Ød 5
Ød4
600
ØD
Øk
(1.28) (6.5) (0.79) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (5)

900/ 45.1 215 26 92 48.3 451) 7 165 8
100 (3.93) 6) 1500
(1.78) (8.46) (1.02) (3.62) (1.9) (1.77)1) (0.28) (6.5)
Tube length L see
3 inch 150 24.3 190 20 127 76 722) 2 152.5 4
n x d2 Ordering Data
(0.96) (7.48) (0.79) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6)
300 29 210 22 127 76 722) 2 168.5 8
Diaphragm seals of screwed design with flexible capillary, fixed connec- (1.14) (8.27) (0.87) (5) (3) (2.83)2) (0.08) (6.63)
tion, for connection to a SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential
pressure, dimensions in mm (inch) 4 inch 150 24.3 230 20 158 94 89 2 190.5 8
(0.96) (9.06) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.5)
300 32.2 255 22 158 94 89 2 200 8
(1.27) (10.04) (0.79) (6.22) (3.69) (3.50) (0.08) (7.87)
d: Inside diameter of gasket according to EN 1092-1 /

ASME B16.5
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/307

© Siemens AG 2017
Diaphragm seal, screwed design directly mounted or/and with capillary
1 ■ Overview
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland design with inside diaphragm for gauge,
absolute and differential pressure for direct mounting
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm Capillary
Process connection Nominal pressure • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
• Male thread G½B to EN 837-1 PN 100, PN 250 • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
• External thread ½-14" NPT-M PN 100, PN 250 • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
• open measurement flange • Sheath Stainless steel protective tube,
mat. No. 1.4301/304
- DN 25 PN 10 ... PN 40
Filling liquid • Silicone oil M5
- 1 inch Class 150, class 300
• Silicone oil M50
Sealing face for open measurement
flange • High-temperature oil
• Halocarbon oil
• For stainless steel, mat. no. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or (for measuring O2)
1.4404/316L ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• Food oil (FDA listed)
Materials
Max. recommended process tem- 170 °C (338 °F)
• Lower section (in the case of pro- Stainless steel, Mat. no. perature
cess connection thread) 1.4404/316L
Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure
• Diaphragm Stainless steel, Mat. no. transmitter and the filling liquid
1.4404/316L of the remote seal
• No coating More information can be found in
the technical specifications of the
• With PTFE coating pressure transmitters and in the
Monel 400, mat. no. 2.4360 section "Technical data of filling
liquid" in the introduction to the
Hastelloy C276, mat. no. 2.4819 remote seals
Hastelloy C4, mat. no. 2.4602 Weight Approx. 1.5 kg (3.3 lb)
Tantal Certificates and approvals
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
thickness approx. 25 m pressure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
• Top section (process connection Stainless steel, mat. no. (PED 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
in the case of an open measure- 1.4404/316L paragraph 3 (sound engineering
ment flange) practice)
• Capillary Stainless steel 1.4571/316Ti

• Sealing material on the process Viton or copper (in the case of
connection vacuum-free version)
• Sealing material between top and Viton (FKM) (standard)
bottom section Teflon (PTFE)
metal spring ring (silver-coated)
1/308 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. Code
1
Remote seal, screwed gland with inside Remote seal, screwed gland with inside
diaphragm diaphragm
Mounted on SITRANS P pressure transmitter 7MF 4 9 3 0 - Mounted on SITRANS P pressure transmitter 7MF 4 9 3 0 -
for for
• gauge pressure • gauge pressure
7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and SITRANS P300, 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and SITRANS P300,
7MF802.-... 7MF802.-...
• absolute pressure • absolute pressure
7MF423.-... and SITRANS P300, 7MF802.-... 7MF423.-... and SITRANS P300, 7MF802.-...
In conjunction with Order code "V01" (vacuum- In conjunction with Order code "V01" (vacuum-
proof design) proof design)
Mounted on either side of SITRANS P 7MF 4 9 3 3 - Mounted on either side of SITRANS P 7MF 4 9 3 3 -
pressure transmitter for pressure transmitter for
• differential pressure 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... • differential pressure 7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-...
and 7MF54..-... and 7MF54..-...
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 77777 - 7B 777 77777 - 7B 777
Sealing material between top and bottom
Type section
• no flushing hole 1 FKM (standard with diaphragm and 316L pro- 1
• with flushing hole 1x 1/8 NPT unsealed (only 2 cess connection)
with process connection 316L) PTFE (standard with custom material with max. 2
Other version, add 9 H1Y 260 °C (500 °F))
Order code and plain text: Metal C- circlip, silver coated for > 260 °C 3
Version: ... (500 °F)) incl. high temperature-resistant
screwed gland
Process connection version
Filling liquid
Lower flange Process Nominal diam-
material connection eter and pres- • Silicone oil M5 1
sure level • Silicone oil M50 2
316L/1.4404 Thread G½B/PN100 B
316L/1.4404 Thread G½B/PN250 C • Halocarbon oil (for measuring O2)2) 4
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-M/PN100 E • Food oil (FDA-listed) 7
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-M/PN250 F Other version, add 9 M1 Y
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-F/PN100 H Order code and plain text:
filling liquid: ...
316L/1.4404 Thread ½NPT-F/PN250 J
Capillary length3)
316L/1.4404 open measure- DN 25/ N
ment flange PN 10 ... 40 • none, direct mounting 0
316L/1.4404 open measure- 1"/Class 150 P • none, direct mounting with cooling element 1
ment flange (not in conjunction with transmitter for differen-
tial pressure)
316L/1.4404 open measure- 1"/Class 300 Q
ment flange • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
PTFE1) Thread G½B/PN100 T • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
PTFE1) open measure- DN 25/ U • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
ment flange PN 10 ... 40
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
PTFE1) open measure- 1"/Class 150 V
ment flange • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
PTFE1) open measure- 1"/Class 300 W • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
ment flange Special lengths for capillaries
Other version, add Z J1Y • 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
Order code and plain text: • 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
Lower flange material: ...;
Process connection: ...; • 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
Nominal diameter/pressure level: ... • 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1 J
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
Diaphragm material
1) Not in combination with flushing holes.
Stainless steel 316L A
316L stainless steel with PTFE film E Not together with the options for negative pressure service (V01 and
V03) and extended negative pressure service (V51 and V53).
Monel 400 G 2) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
Hastelloy C276 J included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
3) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description".
Hastelloy C4 U
Tantalum K
Stainless steel 316L, gold plated, S
Other version, add Z K1Y
Diaphragm material: ...
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/309

© Siemens AG 2017
Remote seal nameplate B20 PE protective tube
Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
and order number of the remote seal (color: white)
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc- 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Inspection certificate C12 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
to EN 10204, section 3.1 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq- 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
uid (FDA listed)" 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
IEC 61508 PTFE protective tube
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20" over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) (color: transparent)
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
IEC 61508 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
(Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23" 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
stainless steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor- 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill PVC protective tube
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in (color: black)
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi- 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
Epoxy painting E15 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
Not possible with negative pressure service.
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
Color: transparent, coverage: front and rear of 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
tube, process connection of the transmitter. 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
With transmitters 7MF40.. and 7MF42.., only 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
possible with process connection G½B accord- 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
ing to EN 837-1.
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
transmitters 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
(only for 7MF4930-...) 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
on high-pressure side H10 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
on low-pressure side H11 Negative pressure service
Sealing surface groove, EN 1092-1, form D J14 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
instead of sealing surface B1 (only for wetted • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
parts made of stainless steel 316L) re series
instead of sealing surface Extended negative pressure service
ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA (only for wetted for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
parts made of stainless steel 316L) • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
re series
Sealing surface with spring according to
EN 1092-1, form C, (previously DIN 2512, • differential pressure V53
form F) in stainless steel 316L
DN 25 J30
DN 40 J31
1/310 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Cooling
element
95 (3.74)
Number of
screws
(1.14)
~29
b b1
Number of
(1.54)
(0.12) (0.79)
SW 27 screws
39
20
SW 27
b1
G½B or
1)
3
½“-NPT
b
ØD
h
l1
1)
In case of connection shanks to DIN EN 837-1
d1
l2
Connection shanks to
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for gauge and ØD DIN EN 837-1
absolute pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with
capillaries, dimensions in mm (inch)
Range D b b1 Number of 6 Screws
mm mm mm screws Ø98
up to 100 bar 98 14 16 6
b1
up to 250 bar 98 14 20 12
b
DN M
f
Ød4 Øk
ØD Number of holes
Diaphragm seal, screwed gland with inside diaphragm, for differential

pressure, direct and attached directly to the transmitter with with capillar-
ies, dimensions in mm (inch)
Nomi- Nominal D d4 k M Number b b1 f
nal pressure mm mm mm of holes mm mm mm
diam-
eter
DN 25 PN 10/16/ 115 68 85 M12 4 26 12 2
25/40
1 inch 150 108 50.8 79.2 M12 4 22 12 1.6
lb/sq.in
1 inch 300 124 50.8 88.9 M16 4 22 12 1.6
lb/sq.in
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/311

© Siemens AG 2017
Quick-release diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview • Clamp connection
- 1½ inch PN 16
- 2 inch PN 16
- 2½ inch PN 16
- 3 inch PN 10
For differential pressure and flow
• To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
• To DIN 11851 with threaded socket
- DN 50 PN 25
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25
• Clamp connection
- 2 inch PN 16
Quick-release diaphragm seals, to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut
- 2½ inch PN 16
- 3 inch PN 10
Sealing face
• For stainless steel, mat. No. To EN 1092-1, form B1 or
1.4404/316L ASME B 16.5RF 125 ... 250 AA
• For the other materials To EN 1092-1, form B2 or
ASME B16.5 RFSF
Materials
• Main body Stainless steel 316L
• Wetted parts Stainless steel 316L
• Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
No. 1.4571/316Ti
• Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
Quick-release diaphragm seals, with clamp connection stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4301/316
Quick-release diaphragm seals are available for the following
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: Maximum pressure See above and the technical data
of the pressure transmitter
• For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus Tube length Without tube
• For differential pressure and flow: P500, DS III with HART, Capillary
DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus • Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft), longer
• The quick-release remote seals are common designs in the lengths on request
food industry. Their design means that the measured medium • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
cannot accumulate in dead volumes. The quick-release clamp
present on the remote seal means that quick dismounting is • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
possible for cleaning. • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
stainless steel, mat. No.
■ Technical specifications 1.4301/316
Quick-release diaphragm seal Filling liquid Food oil (FDA listed)
Connection, nominal diameter Nominal pressure Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
mitter and the filling liquid of the
For pressure remote seal
• To DIN 11851 with slotted union nut More information can be found in
- DN 25 PN 40 the technical data of the pressure
- DN 32 PN 40 transmitters and in the section
- DN 40 PN 40 "Technical data of filling liquid" in
the Technical description to the
- DN 50 PN 25 remote seals
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25 Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
• To DIN 11851 with threaded socket Certificates and approvals

- DN 25 PN 40 Classification according to pressure For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
- DN 32 PN 40 equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
- DN 40 PN 40 (DGRL 2014/68/EU) with requirements of article 4,
- DN 50 PN 25 practice)
- DN 65 PN 25
- DN 80 PN 25 EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recom-
mendations
1/312 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Ord. code
1
Quick-release diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 4 0 - Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
pressure 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and code.
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01"
(Negative pressure service) and 7MF802.-...1); Remote seal nameplate B20
must be ordered separately Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) and order number of the remote seal
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435 Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
ration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal. Inspection certificate C12
Nom. diam. Nom. press. to EN 10204, section 3.1
• Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
- DN 25 PN 40 1B Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
- DN 32 PN 40 1C uid (FDA listed)"
- DN 40 PN 40 1D
- DN 50 PN 25 1E IEC 61508
- DN 65 PN 25 1F (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
- DN 80 PN 25 1G in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks
- DN 25 PN 40 2B IEC 61508
- DN 32 PN 40 2C (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C23"
- DN 40 PN 40 2D in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 50 PN 25 2E One-sided mounting on differential pressure
- DN 65 PN 25 2F transmitters
- DN 80 PN 25 2G (only for 7MF4940-...)
• Tri-Clamp connection to DIN 32676/ISO 2852 on high-pressure side H10
- DN 40/1½ inch PN 16 4L on low-pressure side H11
- DN 50/2 inch PN 16 4M PE protective tube
- DN 65/2½ inch PN 16 4N over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
- DN 80/3 inch PN 10 4P (color: white)
Other version 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Add Order codes and plain text: 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
Process connection: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; 9A H1Y 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
Nominal pressure: ...
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
Filling liquid
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Add Order code and plain text: 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
Filling liquid: ... 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
Connection to pressure transmitter 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
• direct 0 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
through capillary, length:2) 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 PTFE protective tube
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 (color: transparent)
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
Special lengths for capillaries 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1J 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
vacuum-tight version. 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
2) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/313

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Ord. code
Further designs
code.
PVC protective tube
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
Cooling element R22
filling liquid.
re series
re series
1/314 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Quick-release diaphragm seal 7MF 4 9 4 3 - Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for pres- 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
sure for differential pressure and flow, type code.
7MF243.-...; 7MF443.-... and 7MF54..-...;
order separately Remote seal nameplate B20
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4435 and order number of the remote seal
Delivery unit: 2 off Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Nom. diam. Nom. press. to EN 10204, section 3.1
• Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted union nut 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
- DN 50 PN 25 1E Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
- DN 65 PN 25 1F uid (FDA listed)"
- DN 80 PN 25 1G
• Connection to DIN 11851 with threaded IEC 61508
socket
- DN 50 PN 25 2E in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 65 PN 25 2F
- DN 80 PN 25 2G
IEC 61508
• Tri-Clamp connection to DIN 32676/ ISO 2852
- DN 50/2 inch PN 16 4M in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 65/2½ inch PN 16 4N
PE protective tube
- DN 80/3 inch PN 10 4P
Other version (color: white)
Add Order codes and plain text:
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Process connection: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; 9A H1Y
Nominal pressure: ... 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
Filling liquid
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
Other version 9 M1 Y 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
Connection to transmitter 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
through capillary, Length:1) 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 PTFE protective tube
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 (color: transparent)
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
Special lengths for capillaries 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1J 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/315

© Siemens AG 2017
Further designs
code.
PVC protective tube
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
1/316 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Cooling
element
147 (5.79)
116 (4.57)
H
dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure

R
≥
15
0
(5
. 9)
dM
dM DN dM
DN G1 DN
D D G1
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Quick-release diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
Clamp connection (left) Connection to DIN 11851 with slotted Connection to DIN 11851 with
union nut (center) threaded socket (right)
DN Ø dM ØD H DN Ø dM ØD H G1 DN Ø dM H G1
40 (1½ inch) 32 (1.26) 50.5 (2) 35 (1.38) 25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6 25 25 36 Rd 52x1/6
50 (2 inch) 40 (1.57) 64 (2.52) 35 (1.38) 32 32 70 36 Rd 52x1/6 32 32 36 Rd 52x1/6
65 (2½ inch) 52 (2.05) 77.5 (3.05) 35 (1.38) 40 40 78 36 Rd 65x1/6 40 40 36 Rd 65x1/6
80 (3 inch) 72 (2.83) 91 (3.58) 35 (1.38) 50 52 112 36 Rd 78x1/6 50 52 36 Rd 78x1/6
65 65 112 36 Rd 95x1/6 65 65 36 Rd 95x1/6
80 72 127 36 Rd 110x1/6 80 72 36 Rd 110x1/6
25 25 63 36 Rd 52x1/6
dM Effective diaphragm diameter
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/317

© Siemens AG 2017
Miniature diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview G Ø dM SW Ød L H
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
G1B 25 (0.98) 41 (1.61) 39 (1.53) 28 (1.1) 56 (2.21)
G1½B 40 (1.57) 55 (2.17) 60 (2.36) 30 (1.18) 50 (1.97)
G2B 50 (1.97) 60 (2.36) 70 (2.76) 30 (1.18) 63 (2.48)
G Ø dM SW L H
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
1"-NPT 27 (1.06) 41 (1.61) 25 (0.98) 40 (1.57)
1½"-NPT 34 (1.34) 55 (2.17) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
2"-NPT 46 (1.81) 65 (2.56) 26 (1.02) 45 (1.77)
Miniature diaphragm seals ■ Technical specifications

The miniature diaphragm seals are available for the following Miniature diaphragm seals
SITRANS P pressure transmitter series for pressure: Span with
• P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS PA and DS III • G1B and 1"-NPT > 6 bar (> 87 psi)
with FOUNDATION Fieldbus • G1½B and 1½"-NPT > 2 bar (> 29 psi)
Suitable for high pressures, contaminated, fibrous and viscous • G2B and 2"-NPT > 600 mbar (> 8.7 psi)
media in the chemical, paper, food and drink industries. Filling liquid Silicone oil M5 or food oil (FDA listed)
Material
■ Design • Main body Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404/ 316L or
Hastelloy C276, mat No. 2.4819
• Flush-mounted diaphragm • Diaphragm Stainl. steel mat No. 1.4404 / 316L or
• No dead spaces Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
• Fixed threaded stems Maximum pressure 100% of nominal pressure of pressure
transmitter, up to maximum of PN 400
■ Dimensional drawings (5802 psi) (depending on the seal
used)
Temperature of use Same as pressure transmitter
Temperature range of medium Same as pressure transmitter
temperature
Weight
• G1B and 1"-NPT Approx. 0.3 kg (approx. 0.66 lb)
• G1½B and 1½"-NPT Approx. 0.5 kg (approx. 1.10 lb)
• G2B and 2"-NPT Approx. 0.8 kg (approx. 1.76 lb)
Certificate and approvals
151 (5.94)
Classification according to For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids

pressure equipment directive of fluid group 1; complies with
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) requirements of article 4, para-
graph 3 (sound engineering practice)
Cooling
element
95 (3.74)
SW
H
L
dM
G
d
Miniature diaphragm seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/318 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Miniature diaphragm seals
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
1
Miniature diaphragm seals 7MF 4 9 6 0 - Further designs
directly fitted to SITRANS P pressure transmitters 1 7 7 0 7 777
code.
for pressure; type, 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and
7MF423.-... together with Order code "V01" Remote seal nameplate B20
(vacuum-proof design) and 7MF802.-...1); must be Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
ordered separately and order number of the remote seal
Material: Stainless steel, mat. No. 1.4404/316L
Nominal pressure, see "Pressure transmitters" Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
to EN 10204, section 3.1
Process connection
• G1B C 2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• G1½B D Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
uid (FDA listed)"
• G2B E
• 1" - NPT K Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
• 1½" - NPT L IEC 61508
• 2" - NPT M (Only in conjunction with the Order code "C20"
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z J1Y
Process connection: ... Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23
IEC 61508
Material
Remote seal enclosure Wetted parts materials in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
Stainless steel Stainless steel A Certification acc. to NACE MR-0175 D07
mat. No. 1.4404/316L mat. No. 1.4404/316L Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
Hastelloy C276 Hastelloy C276 J ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
Stainless steel Other version Z K1Y
mat. No. 1.4404/316L Add Order code and Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08
plain text: Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 accor-
Wetted parts materials ding to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of
• Stainless steel 316L A Cooling element R22
Other version, add Order code and plain text: Z K1Y maximum permissible media temperature of the
Wetted parts materials: ... filling liquid.
Filling liquid Negative pressure service
• Silicone oil M5 1 for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
• Food oil (FDA listed) 7 • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V01
Other version, add Order code and plain text: 9 M1 Y re series
Filling liquid: ...
1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the for use in low-pressure range for transmitters for
vacuum-tight version. • gauge and absolute pressure from the pressu- V51
re series
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/319

© Siemens AG 2017
Flushing rings for diaphragm seals
1 ■ Overview ■ Technical specifications
Flushing ring for remote seals of sandwich and flange design
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100
Flushing ring Sealing face
Flushing rings are required for flange-mounted and sandwich- • To EN 1092-1 Form B1
type remote seals (Article No. 7MF4900 ... 7MF4923) if the dan-
Form B2
ger exists that the process conditions and the geometry of the
connection could cause the medium to form deposits or block- Form D/Form D
ages. Form C/Form C
The flushing ring is clamped between the process flange and Form C/Form C
the remote seal.
Form E
Deposits can be flushed away from the diaphragm through the Form F
holes in the side, or the pressure volume can be vented. Different
nominal diameters and forms permit adaptation to the respec- • To ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
tive process flange. RFSF
Process connection RJF ring groove
For flanges to EN and ASME: Flushing holes (2 off), female • G¼
DN 50, 80, 100, 125; PN 16 ... 100 or thread
• G½
DN 2 inch, 3 inch, 4 inch, 5 inch; Class 150 ... 600
• ¼-18 NPT
Standard design • ½-14 NPT
Material: CrNi-Stahl, mat. No. 1.4404/316L Material Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Sealing faces and flushing holes: See Selection and Ordering
data
■ Design
Remote seal flange Flushing ring
Flushing outlet Flushing inlet
Gasket
Measuring
point flange
Installation example
1/320 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Flushing rings for diaphragm seals
Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Flushing ring 7MF 4 9 2 5 -
for remote seals 7MF4900 to 7MF4923 1 7777 777
Thread
Nom. diam. Nom. press.
• DN 50 PN 16 ... PN 100 A
h
• DN 80 PN 16 ... PN 100 B
• DN 100 PN 16 ... PN 100 C
di
• DN 125 PN 16 ... PN 100 D
d4
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 600 G
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 600 H
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 600 J Flushing ring, dimension drawing
• 5 inch Class 150 ... 600 K Connection to EN 1092-1
Other version Z J1Y
DN PN d4 di h Weight
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ... (mm) (bar) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
Sealing face 50 16 ... 100 102 62 30 1.10
• EN 1092-1
80 16 ... 100 138 92 30 1.90
- Form B1 A
- Form B2 C 100 16 ... 100 162 92 30 3.15
- Form C/Form C D 125 16 ... 100 188 126 30 3.50

- Form D/Form C E
Connection to ASME B 16.5
- Form D/Form D F
DN Class d4 di h Weight
- Form E G
- Form F H inch mm (in.) mm (in.) mm (in.) kg (lb)
• ASME B16.5 2 150 ... 600 92 (3.62) 62 (2.44) 30 (1.18) 0.60 (1.32)
- RF 125 ... 250 AA M
3 150 ... 600 127 (5) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 1.05 (2.31)
- RFSF Q
- RJF ring groove R 4 150 ... 600 157 (6.18) 92 (3.62) 30 (1.18) 2.85 (6.28)
Other version Z K1Y 5 150 ... 600 185.5 (7.3) 126 (4.96) 30 (1.18) 3.30 (7.28)
Sealing face: ...
Flushing holes (2 off)
• Female thread G¼ 1
• Female thread G½ 2
• Female thread ¼-18 NPT 3
Material
• Stainless steel 316L 0
Material: ...
code.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/321

© Siemens AG 2017
Clamp-on seals of flange design
Inline seals for flange-mounting
• DN 25 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 40 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 50 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 80 PN 6 ... PN 100
• DN 100 PN 6 ... PN 100
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... class 2500
Process connection Flange to EN 1092-1 or
ASME B 16.5
Inline seals for flange-mounting Sealing face • for stainless steel mat. no.
1.4404/316L according to
The inline seal is completely integrated in the process line. It is EN 1092-1, form B1 or
particularly suitable for flowing and highly viscous media. ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
• for all other materials according
The inline remote seal consists of a cylindrical jacket into which to EN 1092-1, form B2 or
a thin-walled pipe is welded. It is clamped directly between two ASME B16.5 RFSF
flanges in the pipeline.
Materials
■ Design • Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Inline seals for flange-mounting (flange design) to EN/ASME • Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters • Wetted parts Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
- For pressure: P300, DS III with HART, DS III with PROFIBUS • Without coating
PA and DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus
- For differential pressure and flow: DS III with HART, • ECTFE coating
DS III with PROFIBUS PA, DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus (for vacuum on request)
and P500 • PFA coating
• Sealing face to EN 1092-1 or ASME B16.5 Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360
• Connection to the transmitter directly or by means of a flexible Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819
capillary (max. 10 m long)
• See Technical data for details of materials used for the wetted
parts Tantalum
• Material used for the capillary, the guard sleeve, the seal’s • Capillary Stainless steel, mat.
main body and the measuring cell: Stainless steel, No. 1.4571/316Ti
mat.-No. 1.4571 • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
• Filling liquid: Silicone oil, high-temperature oil, halocarbon oil, stainless steel, mat. No.
1.4301/316
food oil (FDA listed) or glycerin/water (not suitable for uses in
low-pressure range) Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
■ Function • Internal diameter 2 mm (0.079 inch)
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm to the • Minimum bending radius 150 mm (5.9 inch)
filling liquid and passes either directly or through the capillary to
Filling liquid Silicone oil M5
the measuring chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior
of the diaphragm seal and of the capillary, as well as the mea- Silicone oil M50
suring chamber of the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by High-temperature oil
the filling liquid.
Halocarbon oil
Note:
Food oil (FDA listed)
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis- Permissible ambient temperature See pressure transmitters, see fill-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof remote seal ing liquid
(see Selection and Ordering data).
Weight Approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies
(DGRL 2014/68/EU) with the requirements of article 4,
assigned to category III, confor-
TÜV Nord
1/322 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Article No.Ord. code
1
Inline seal for flange-mounting for Inline seal for flange-mounting for
SITRANS P pressure transmitters SITRANS P pressure transmitters
for gauge pressure 7MF 4 9 8 0 - for gauge pressure 7MF 4 9 8 0 -
7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-... 7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-...
together with Order code "V01" (Negative pres- together with Order code "V01" (Negative pres-
sure service) and 7MF802.-...1); must be sure service) and 7MF802.-...1); must be
ordered separately, scope of delivery: 1 off ordered separately, scope of delivery: 1 off
7MF243.-...; 7MF4433 or 7MF54..-...; 7MF243.-...; 7MF4433 or 7MF54..-...;
order separately, scope of delivery: 1 pair (set); order separately, scope of delivery: 1 pair (set);
Material: Completely of stainless steel, Material: Completely of stainless steel,
mat. No. 1.4404/316L; mat. No. 1.4404/316L;
Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME Process connection to EN 1092-1 or ASME
B16.5; sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1, B16.5; sealing face to EN 1092-1, form B1,
or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA or to ASME B16.5 RF 125 ... 250 AA
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- 1 77 0 7 - 7B 777 1 77 0 7 - 7B 777
Connection to transmitter
Nominal diameter and nominal pressure • direct (only for 7MF4980) 0
• DN 25 PN 6 ... 100 B through capillary, length:5)
• DN 40 PN 6 ... 100 D • 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2
• DN 50 PN 6 ... 100 E • 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3
• DN 80 PN 6 ... 100 G • 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4
• DN 100 PN 6 ... 100 H • 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5
• 1 inch Class 150 ... 2500 L • 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6
• 1½ inch Class 150 ... 2500 M • 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7
• 2 inch Class 150 ... 2500 N • 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
• 3 inch Class 150 ... 2500 P Special lengths for capillaries
• 4 inch Class 150 ... 2500 Q
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C
Other version Z J1Y • 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E
Add Order code and plain text: • 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G
Nominal diameter: ...; Nominal pressure: ...
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1J
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L
- Without coating A only for 7MF4983-...
- With PFA coating 2) D • 11.0 m (36.09 ft) 9 N1N
- With ECTFE coating 3) 2) F • 12.0 m (39.37 ft) 9 N1P
• Monel 400, mat. No. 2.4360 G • 13.0 m (42.65 ft) 9 N1Q
• Hastelloy C276, mat. No. 2.4819 J • 14.0 m (45.93 ft) 9 N1R
• Hastelloy C4, mat. No. 2.4602 U
• 15.0 m (49.21 ft) 9 N1S
• Tantalum K
Other version Z K1Y 1) With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
Add Order code and plain text: vacuum-tight version.
Wetted parts materials: ... 2) Only for use in non-hazardous atmospheres.
Filling liquid 4) Oil- and grease- free cleaning to DIN 25410, level 2 and packaging
• Silicone oil M5 1 included in the scope of delivery. Refer to "Further designs" C10 and E10.
• Silicone oil M50 2 5) Max. capillary length, see section "Technical description"
Filling liquid: ...
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/323

© Siemens AG 2017
code. code.
Spark arrestor PE protective tube
With spark arrestor for mounting on zone 0 over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
(including documentation) (color: white)
• Pressure and absolute pressure A01 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
• for differential pressure transmitters A02 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N21
Remote seal nameplate B20 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N22
Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
and order number of the remote seal 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version C10 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Oil- and grease-free cleaned and packed ver- 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
sion, not for oxygen application, only in conjunc-
tion with halocarbon oil fill fluid, certified by 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
certificate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
Inspection certificate C12 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
to EN 10204, section 3.1 only for 7MF4983-...
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N32
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liquid 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N33
(FDA listed)" 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N34
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N35
IEC 61508 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N36
in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter) PTFE protective tube
Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2/3") to C23 (color: transparent)
IEC 61508
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 according
to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276) 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
Certification acc. to NACE MR-0103 D08 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
Includes acceptance test certificate 3.1 according 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
to EN 10204 (only for wetted parts made of stain- 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
less steel 1.4404/316L and Hastelloy C276)
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
Oil- and grease-free cleaned version E10 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
sion, only for oxygen application, only inert fill 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
fluid may be used. Max. temperature: 60 °C 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
(140 °F), max. pressure 50 bar (725 psi), only in 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
connection with halocarbon oil, certified by certi-
ficate acc. to EN 10204-2.2 only for 7MF4983-...
One-sided mounting on differential pressure 11.0 m (36.09 ft) N52

transmitters 12.0 m (39.37 ft) N53
(only for 7MF4980-...) 13.0 m (42.65 ft) N54
on high-pressure side H10 14.0 m (45.93 ft) N55
on low-pressure side H11 15.0 m (49.21 ft) N56
1/324 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Further designs
code.
PVC protective tube
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
11.0 m (36.09 ft) N72
12.0 m (39.37 ft) N73
13.0 m (42.65 ft) N74
14.0 m (45.93 ft) N75
15.0 m (49.21 ft) N76
Cooling element R22
filling liquid.
• gauge and absolute pressure from the pres- V01
sure series
Note:
Suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter
sure series
Note:
Suffix "Y01" required with pressure transmitter
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/325

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Dimensional drawings Connection to EN 1092-1
DN PN D Mb L H
mm bar mm mm mm mm
25 6 ... 100 63 28.5 60 78.5
40 6 ... 100 85 43 60 89.5
50 6 ... 100 95 54.5 60 92.5

80 6 ... 100 130 82.5 60 112
Cooling 100 6 ... 100 150 107 60 122
element
95 (3.74)
DN Class D Mb L H
(inch) mm mm mm mm
(inch) (inch) (inch) (inch)
1 150 ... 2500 63 28.5 60 78.5
+
(2.48) (1.12) (2.36) (3.1)

1½ 150 ... 2500 85 43 60 86
(3.35) (1.69) (2.36) (3.4)
2 150 ... 2500 95 54.5 60 94.5
0E (3.74) (2.15) (2.36) (3.72)
' 3 150 ... 2500 130 82.5 60 112
/
(5.12) (3.25) (2.36) (4.4)
4 150 ... 2500 150 107 60 122
(5.9) (4.21) (2.36) (4.8)
Bending radius ≥ 150 mm (5.9)
Inline seal for flange-mounting, connected to SITRANS P pressure trans-

mitter, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/326 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Quick-release inline seals
1
The measured pressure is transferred from the diaphragm,
mounted on the inner circumference of the inline seal, to the fill-
ing liquid and then passes through the capillary to the measur-
ing chamber of the pressure transmitter. The interior of the inline
seal and of the capillary, as well as the measuring chamber of
the pressure transmitter, are filled gas-free by the filling liquid.
Note:
When operating in the low-pressure range, also during commis-
sioning, it is recommended to use a vacuum-proof pressure
transmitter (see Selection and Ordering data).
Inline seals of quick-release design for pressure
Connection Nominal Nominal
diameter pressure
• To DIN 11851 with threaded DN 25 PN 40
socket
Quick-release inline seals, to DIN 11851 with threaded socket DN 40 PN 40
DN 50 PN 25
DN 65 PN 25
DN 80 PN 25
DN 100 PN 25
• Clamp connection 1½ inch PN 40
2 inch PN 40
2½ inch PN 40
3 inch PN 40
Material
• Main body Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
• Diaphragm Stainless steel 1.4404/316L
Capillary
• Length Max. 10 m (32.8 ft)
Quick-release inline seals, with clamp connection
Quick-release inline seals for pressure are available for the fol-
lowing SITRANS P pressure transmitter series: • Sheath Spiral protective tube made of
stainless steel, mat. No.
• P300 1.4301/316
• DS III with HART Filling liquid • Food oil (FDA listed)
• DS III with PROFIBUS PA Permissible ambient temperature Dependent on the pressure trans-
• DS III with FOUNDATION Fieldbus mitter and the filling liquid of the
remote seal
More information can be found in
■ Application the technical data of the pressure
transmitters and in the section
The quick-release inline seal is a special design for flowing me- "Technical data of filling liquid" in
dia and high-viscosity media. Since it is completely integrated in the Technical description to the
the process pipe, no turbulences, dead volumes or other ob- remote seals
structions to the flow occur. The measured medium flows unhin- Weight Approx. 4 kg (approx. 8.82 lb)
dered through the inline seal and results in self-cleaning of the
measuring chamber. Furthermore, the inline seal can be cleaned Certificate and approvals
by a pig. Classification according to pres- For gases of fluid group 1 and liq-
sure equipment directive uids of fluid group 1; complies with
■ Design (DGRL 2014/68/EU) the requirements of article 4,
The quick-release clamp is available in two versions: assigned to category III, confor-
• DIN 11851 with threaded socket TÜV Nord
• Clamp connection EHEDG Complies with EHEDG recommen-
dations
The inline seal is connected to the pressure transmitter either di-
rectly or by way of a capillary.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/327

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Article No. Ord. code Selection and Ordering data Order code
Quick-release inline seal 7MF 4 9 5 0 - Further designs
for SITRANS P pressure transmitters for 77 A 0 7 - 7B 777 Please add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
pressure code.
7MF2033-...; 7MF403.-... and 7MF423.-...
together with Order code "V01" (Negative pres- Remote seal nameplate B20
sure service) and 7MF802.-...1); must be Attached out of stainless steel, contains MLFB
ordered separately and order number of the remote seal
Filling liquid: Food oil (FDA listed) Quality Inspection Certificate (5-point charac- C11
Material: Stainless steel 316L teristic curve test) according to IEC 60770-2
Click on the Article No. for the online configu- Inspection certificate C12
2.2 Certificate of FDA approval of fill oil C17
• Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks
Only in conjunction with "Food-grade oil" fill liq-
- DN 25 PN 40 2B uid (FDA listed)"
- DN 40 PN 40 2D
- DN 50 PN 25 2E Functional safety certificate ("SIL 2") to C20
IEC 61508
- DN 65 PN 25 2F
- DN 80 PN 25 2G in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- DN 100 PN 25 2H
• Clamp connection
IEC 61508
- 1½ inch PN 16 4L
- 2 inch PN 16 4M in the case of SITRANS P DSIII transmitter)
- 2½ inch PN 16 4N
- 3 inch PN 10 4P transmitters
Other version on high-pressure side H10
Add Order codes and plain text: on low-pressure side H11
Process connection: ..., Nominal diameter: ...; 9Z H1Y
Nominal pressure: ... PE protective tube
Filling liquid (color: white)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N20
Connection to transmitter 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N23
• Direct 0 3.0 m (9.84 ft) N24
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N25
Through capillary, length:2)
• 1.0 m (3.28 ft) 2 5.0 m (16.40 ft) N26
• 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 3 6.0 m (19.69 ft) N27
• 2.5 m (8.20 ft) 4 7.0 m (22.97 ft) N28
• 4.0 m (13.1 ft) 5 8.0 m (26.25 ft) N29
• 6.0 m (19.7 ft) 6 9.0 m (29.53 ft) N30
• 8.0 m (26.25 ft) 7 10.0 m (32.81 ft) N31
• 10.0 m (32.8 ft) 8
PTFE protective tube
Special lengths for capillaries over the spiral protective tube of the capillaries
• 2.0 m (6.56 ft) 9 N1C (color: transparent)
• 3.0 m (9.84 ft) 9 N1E 1.0 m (3.28 ft) N40
• 5.0 m (16.40 ft) 9 N1G 1.6 m (5.25 ft) N41
• 7.0 m (23.97 ft) 9 N1J 2.0 m (6.56 ft) N42
• 9.0 m (29.53 ft) 9 N1L 2.5 m (8.20 ft) N43
1)
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N44
With 7MF802.-... and the measuring cells Q, S, T and U also order the
vacuum-tight version. 4.0 m (13.12 ft) N45
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N46
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N47
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N48
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N49
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N50
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N51
1/328 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
Further designs
code.
PVC protective tube
(color: black)
1.0 m (3.28 ft) N60
1.6 m (5.25 ft) N61
2.0 m (6.56 ft) N62
2.5 m (8.20 ft) N63
3.0 m (9.84 ft) N64
4.0 m (13.12 ft) N65
5.0 m (16.40 ft) N66
6.0 m (19.69 ft) N67
7.0 m (22.97 ft) N68
8.0 m (26.25 ft) N69
9.0 m (29.53 ft) N70
10.0 m (32.81 ft) N71
Cooling element R22
filling liquid.
Negative pressure services
sure series
sure series
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/329

© Siemens AG 2017
151 (5.94)
Cooling
element
95 (3.74)
H
DN
G1
D2
D2
D1
D1
D
d
L L
Mounted directly on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure
. 9)
(5
0
15
≥
R
DN
G1
D2
D2
D1
D1
D
d
L L
Mounted on SITRANS P transmitter for pressure or differential pressure and flow
Connection to DIN 11851 with screw necks Clamp connection for pipes to BS 4825/3 and o.D. tubes
DN Ø D1 Ø D2 H L G1 d Ø D1 Ø D2 H L D
25 38 52 68 128 Rd 52x1/6 mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)
40 55 65 74.5 160 Rd 65x1/6 22.2 (1) 38 (1.5) 50 (1.97) 67 (2.64) 114 (4.49) 50.5 (1.98)
50 68 78 81 170 Rd 78x1/6 34.9 (1½) 43 (1.69) 65 (2.56) 74.5 (2.93) 146 (5.75) 50.5 (1.98)
65 85 95 89.5 182 Rd 95x1/6 47.6 (2) 56 (2.2) 75 (2.95) 79.5 (3.13) 156 (6.14) 64 (2.52)
80 110 110 97 182 Rd 110x1/4 60.3 (2½) 68 (2.68) 77 (3.03) 80.5 (3.17) 156 (6.14) 77.5 (3.05)
100 130 130 107 182 Rd 110x1/4 73.0 (3) 82 (3.23) 91 (3.58) 87.5 (3.44) 156 (6.14) 91 (3.58)
Quick-release inline seal, dimensions in mm (inch)
1/330 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Measuring setups
■ Overview Possible combinations of pressure transmitters and remote 1

seals
This section shows examples of typical measuring setups for us- Type of installation Pressure trans- Remote seals
ing SITRANS P pressure transmitters with and without remote mitters
seals.
A/B 7MF2033 7MF4900
Equations for calculating start of scale and full scale are pro- 7MF4033 7MF4910
vided for each example. 7MF4034 7MF4920
7MF4035
Questionnaires are included to help you select the right combi- 7MF8023
nation of remote seal and pressure transmitter. 7MF8024
7MF8025
Installation C1 and C2 7MF4233 7MF4900
Remote seals of sandwich design are fitted between the con- 7MF4234 7MF4910
nection flange of the measuring point and a dummy flange. Re- 7MF4235 7MF4920
mote seals of flange design are fitted directly on the connection (negative pressure
flange of the measuring point. The respective pressure rating of service in each case)
the dummy flange or the flanged remote seal must be observed. 7MF4333 7MF4901
7MF4334 7MF4921
The pressure transmitter should be installed below the connec- 7MF4335
tion flange (and below the lower connection flange in the case of
differential pressure transmitters). This arrangement must be D 7MF2433 7MF4903
used in the low-pressure range. 7MF2434 7MF4923
7MF2435
When measuring at pressures above atmospheric, the pressure 7MF4433
transmitter can also be installed above the connection flange. 7MF4434
7MF4435
The capillaries between the remote seal and the pressure trans- 7MF4533
mitter should be as short as possible to obtain a good transmis- 7MF4534
sion response. 7MF4535
7MF5403
Offset of measuring range 7MF5413
If there is a difference in height between the two connection E 7MF2433 7MF4913
flanges when measuring with two remote seals, an additional dif- 7MF2434
7MF2435
ferential pressure will result from the oil filling of the remote seal 7MF4433
capillaries. This results in a measuring range offset which has to 7MF4434
be taken into account when you set the pressure transmitter. 7MF4435
7MF4533
An offset in the measuring range also occurs when combining a 7MF4534
remote seal with a transmitter if the remote seal is not installed at 7MF4535
the same height as the transmitter. 7MF5403
7MF5413
Pressure transmitter output
G, H and J 7MF2433 7MF4903
If the level, separation layer or density increase in closed ves- 7MF2434 7MF4923
sels, the differential pressure and hence the output signal of the 7MF2435
pressure transmitter also increase. 7MF4433
7MF4434
For an inverted relationship between the differential pressure 7MF4435
and the output signal, the start-of-scale and full-scale values of 7MF4533
the SITRANS P must be interchanged. 7MF4534
7MF4535
With open vessels, a rising pressure is usually assigned to an in- 7MF5403
creasing level, separation layer or density. 7MF5413
Temperature differences between the individual capillaries and
between the individual remote seals should be avoided.
Temperature variations in the area of the measuring setup cause
a change in volume of the filling liquid and hence measuring er-
rors.
Notes
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer
has to be positioned between the two spigots. Also you must
make sure that the level in the container is always above the
top spigot.
• When measuring density, make sure that the level of the me-
dium remains constant. The level should be above the top
spigot.
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/331

© Siemens AG 2017
Measuring setups with remote seals
Types of installation for pressure and level measurements (open vessels)
Installation type A Installation type B Installation type A

Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · H1
∆H ∆H
Installation type B
HO
HO
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU + ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO + ρOil · g · H1
HU HU
H1
Legend
pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
pME Full-scale value to be set
H1
ρFL Density of medium in vessel
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to the remote
seal
Pressure transmitter Pressure transmitter g Local acceleration due to gravity
above the measuring point below the measuring point
HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
H1 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) H1 Distance between vessel flange and pressure
trans.
Types of installation for absolute level measurements (closed vessels)
Installation type C1 Installation type C2 Installation type C1 and C2

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART + ρOil · g · H1
Full-scale: pME = pEND + ρOil · g · H1
Legend
H1
pSTART Start-of-scale value
pabs pabs pEND Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
the remote seal
H1
g Local acceleration due to gravity
H1 Distance between vessel flange and
pressure trans.
Pressure transmitter for absolute pressure always below the measuring point: H1 ≥ 200 mm (7.9 inch)
Type of installation for differential pressure and flow measurements
Installation type D Filter monitoring Installation type D

Start-of-scale: pMA = pSTART - ρOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = pEND - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
H1 HV
pSTART Start-of-scale value
pEND Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary
to the remote seal
H2 HV Distance between the measuring
points (spigots)
+ -
1/332 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Measuring setups with remote seals
Types of installation for level measurements (closed vessels) 1
Installation type E Installation type E
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
Legend
ρFL Density of medium in vessel
∆H
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to
HV the remote seal
HO
HU HO Full-scale value
HV Distance between the measuring
+ - points (spigots)
Installation type G Installation type H Installation type J
H1 - +
H1
∆H H2
HV
HO - +
H1
H2
HU
H2
+ -
Pressure transmitter for differential pressure below the lower measuring point between the measuring points, no vacuum
above the upper measuring point, no vacuum
H1 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling Installation type for vacuum applications H2 ≤ 7 m (23 ft), with halocarbon oil as filling
liquid only H1 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft) liquid only H2 ≤ 4 m (13.1 ft)
Installation type G, H and J Legend

Start-of-scale: pMA = ρFL · g · HU - ρOil · g · HV pMA Start-of-scale value to be set g Local acceleration due to gravity
pME Full-scale value to be set HU Start-of-scale value
Full-scale: pME = ρFL · g · HO - ρOil · g · HV
ρFL Density of medium in vessel HO Full-scale value
ρOil Density of filling oil in the capillary to HV Distance between the measuring
the remote seal points (spigots)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/333

© Siemens AG 2017
Measuring setups without remote seals
1 ■ Overview
Notes Also you must make sure that the level in the container is al-
• For the separation layer measurement, the separation layer ways above the top spigot.
has to be positioned between the two spigots. • When measuring density, make sure that the level of the medium
remains constant. The level should be above the top spigot
Pressure transmitters for differential pressure, for flanging
Measuring setups for open containers
Level measurement
Full-scale value Start-of-scale: pMA = ρ · g · HU
Full-scale: pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
ρ pME Full-scale value to be set
HO
Start-of-scale value
ρ Density of medium in vessel
HU
HO Full-scale value
+
Separation layer measurement

Constant level Start-of-scale: pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2)
= full-scale value
Full-scale: pME = ρ1 · g · HO
ρ2
Legend
Separation layer
ρ1 pME Full-scale value to be set
HO Start-of-scale value
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid
ρ2 Density of lighter liquid
HU
+ HO Full-scale value
Density measurement
Start-of-scale: pMA = ρMIN · g · HO
Constant level
Full-scale: pME = ρMAX · g · HO
Legende
HO ρ
ρMIN Minimum density of medium in vessel
ρMAX Maximum density of medium in vessel
HO Full-scale value in m
1/334 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Measuring setups without remote seals
Measuring setups for closed containers 1
Level measurement, Version 1
Static
pressure Gas-filled negative Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = ρ · g · HU
pressure line Full-scale: ∆pME = ρ · g · HO
Legend
Maximum level
∆pMA Start-of-scale value to be set
∆pME Full-scale value to be set
Full-scale value ρ Density of medium in vessel
HO HO Full-scale value
HU ρ
+ -
Transmitter
reference line
Level measurement, Version 2

Static
pressure Constant Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ - HV · ρ')
reference Full-scale: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ - HV · ρ')
level
Mamimum level Legend
Full-scale value Liquid-filled negative
pressure line ρ Density of medium in vessel
ρ' Density of liquid in the negative pressure
HV line (corresponding to the temperature
Start-of-scale value ρ' existing there)
HO
HU ρ HU Start-of-scale value
HO Full-scale value
+ - HV Distance between the measuring points

(spigots)
Transmitter
reference line
Static Separation layer measurement

pressure Static
Start-of-scale: ∆pMA = g · (HU · ρ1 + (HO - HU) · ρ2 - HV · ρ'2)
pressure
Constant level
Max. separation layer Full-scale: ∆pME = g · (HO · ρ1 - HV · ρ'2)

Legend
Full-scale value
ρ1 Density of heavier liquid with separation layer
ρ'2
ρ2 HV in vessel
HO ρ2 Density of lighter liquid with separation layer
ρ'2 Density of liquid in the negative pressure line
HU ρ1
(corresponding to the temperature existing
there)
+ -
Transmitter HO Full-scale value
reference line HV Distance between the measuring points
(spigots)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/335

© Siemens AG 2017
Fittings
1 ■ Overview New standard IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518
The flange connection between transmitter and valve manifold
All shut-off fittings can be secured onto walls, racks (72 mm grid) was modified in the new standard IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518.
and vertical and horizontal pipes. The only connection thread approved for use in the process
This offers the advantage when assembling a plant that the shut- flanges of the pressure transmitter is 7/16-20 UNF.
off fittings can be secured first and the lines for the medium and The valve manifolds for M12 screws, including the accessory
differential pressure connected to them. It is then possible to sets, have therefore been deleted.
check all connections for leaks and to blow out or flush the pipes
in order to remove dirt (welding residues, shavings etc.). Material acceptance test certificate to EN 10204-3.1
The measuring instruments can be screwed onto the shut-off fit- If a material acceptance test certificate to EN 10204-3.1 is re-
tings right at the end when all piping has been completed. quired when ordering valve manifolds or shut-off fittings, please
note that a single certificate is sufficient for each ordered item
If an instrument has to be removed for maintenance, the fittings type. This means that you will only be charged for one certificate
and pipes remain as they are. It is only necessary to close the in the cost calculations.
valves – the instrument can then be removed, and refitted follow-
ing maintenance. Minimum/maximum operating temperatures
The maximum operating temperatures are given for each value
Classification according to pressure equipment directive or valve manifold.
(PED 2014/68/EU): The minimum operating temperatures depend on the material
For gases of fluid group 1 and liquids of fluid group 1; compli- used for the valves or valve manifold.
ance with requirements of article 4, paragraph 3 (sound engi- They are as follows:
neering practice). Material Minimum operating temperature
Brass -10 °C (-14 °F) according to EN 12516-4
Steel -10 °C (-14 °F) according to AD200-W10
Stainless steel -40 °C (-40 °F)
■ Pressure transmitters with shut-off fittings - mounting examples
SITRANS P transmitter for gauge pressure with double shut-off valve, SITRANS P pressure transmitter for differential pressure, mounted in pro-
SITRANS P pressure transmitter with multiway cock or 3-spindle valve tective box (available on request)
manifold
SITRANS P transmitter for differential pressure with 3-way valve manifold, SITRANS P pressure transmitter mounted on valve combination "Mono-
3-spindle valve manifold or valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 flange" for direct connection to flanges (available on request)
1/336 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Fittings
Selection aid
■ Selection of available shut-off valves

1
Transmitters Shut-off valves for general Page Shut-off valves for Page
applications special applications
Relative and absolute pres- Shut-off valves/double shut- 1/339 Double shut-off valve DN 5 1/342
sure transmitters with process off valves to DIN 16270, for crossover ½-NPT-F to
connection G½" male thread DIN 16271 and DIN 16272 G½ nipple connection
e.g. 7MF9011-4EA
• SITRANS P200
7MF1565-...
• SITRANS P210
7MF1566-... 2-spindle valve manifold 1/360
• SITRANS P220 DN 5 for installation in pro-
7MF1567-... tective boxes
• SITRANS P300 7MF9412-1B
7MF802.-...0.-....
• SITRANS P310
7MF2033-...0.-....
• SITRANS P DS III series
7MF403.-...0.-.... and
7MF423.-...0.-....
• SITRANS P410
7MF243.-...0.-.... C41
Relative and absolute pres- Double shut-off valve DN 5 1/342 Double shut-off valve 1/342
sure transmitter with 7MF9011-4EA, -4FA, -4GA DN 5 for process
½"-14 NPT female thread and -4KA connection
e.g. ½-NPT
7MF9011-4HA
• SITRANS P200
7MF1565-...
• SITRANS P210
7MF1566-... 7MF9011-4FA
• SITRANS P220
7MF1567-...
• SITRANS P300
7MF802.-...1.-....
• SITRANS P310
7MF2033-...1.-....
7MF403.-...1.-.... and 7MF9011-4KA
7MF423.-...1.-....
• SITRANS P410
7MF243.-...1.-.... C41
Absolute pressure transmitter 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 1/345 2-spindle valve manifold 1/360
with process connection to 7MF9411-5A. DN 5 for installation in pro-
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 tective boxes
e.g. 7MF9412-1C.
7MF433.-...
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/337

© Siemens AG 2017
Fittings
Selection aid
1 Transmitters Shut-off valves for general Page Shut-off valves for Page
applications special applications
Differential pressure transmit- For 3/5-spindle valve manifold 1/345 3-way valve manifolds, 1/350
ter with process connection to DN 5 DN 5, forged version
IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518 7MF9411-5B. and 7MF9410-1..
e.g. 7MF9411-5C.
SITRANS P310
7MF2433-...
SITRANS P DS III series
7MF443.-... and 5-way valve manifolds, 1/350
7MF453.-... DN 5, forged version
SITRANS P410 7MF9410-3..
7MF443.-... C41;
7MF453.-... C41
SITRANS P500
7MF54..-...
PN 100 multiway cocks 1/348
7MF9004-... 3-way valve manifolds, 1/353
DN 8, forged version
7MF9416-1.. and
7MF9416-2..
Valve manifold combina- 1/356

tion DN 5/DN 8 for vapor
measurement
7MF9416-6..
Valve manifold combina- 1/358

tion DN 8 for vapor mea-
surement
7MF9416-4..
3- and 5-spindle valve 1/360

manifolds for DN 5 for
installation in protective
boxes
7MF9412-1D. and
7MF9412-1E.
3- and 5-spindle valve 1/364

manifolds for vertical dif-
ferential pressure lines
7MF9413-1..
Low-pressure multiway 1/367

cock
7MF9004-4..
1/338 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Fitttings - Shut-off valves for gauge and absolute pressure transmitters
Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.

1
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270
without test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
Material Maximum permissible
Valve housing working pressure
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8AB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8AC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Transmitter for pressure with double shut-off valve 7MF9401-...
Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
The shut-off valves for pressure gauges are used to shut off the
line of the measured medium when dealing with aggressive and with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
non-aggressive gases, vapors and liquids.
■ Design Valve housing working pressure
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3) 250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7DA
A water trap must be connected upstream of the shut-off valve (mat. No. 2.0402)
in the case of temperatures of the medium above 120 °C. The
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7DB
shut-off valves form B have a shaft with which they can be se- (mat. No. 1.0460)
cured on an instrument bracket. An adapter is therefore not re-
quired to secure these valves. The vent/test connection can be X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7DC
shut off separately with the double shut-off valves DN 5. This per- (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
mits checking of the zero on the pressure gauge. In addition, the Double shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16272
characteristic of the pressure gauge can be checked using an
with test collar, pipe union with ferrule
external pressure source. The valve packing material is PTFE. 12 S DIN EN ISO 8434-1, without certificate
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Material Maximum permissible
Shut-off valves, form B, DIN 16270 Valve housing working pressure
without test collar, connection shank, P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8DB
without certificate (mat. No. 1.0460)
Material Maximum permissible X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-8DC
Valve housing working pressure (mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3)250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7AA Accessories
(mat. No. 2.0402)
Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7AB
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
(mat. No. 1.0460)
EN 10204-3.1
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7AC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti) Instrument bracket, see page 1/344.
with test collar, connection shank,
without certificate
CW614N (CuZn39Pb3)250 bar (3626 psi) 7MF9401-7BA
(mat. No. 2.0402)
P250GH 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7BB
(mat. No. 1.0460)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 400 bar (5800 psi) 7MF9401-7BC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/339

© Siemens AG 2017
Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
1 ■ Characteristic curves
bar
Operating pressure
Steel or stainless steel version

400 400 bar (5800 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
300
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
(392 °F)
200
Brass version
100 250 bar (3626 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
0 200 bar (2901 psi) at 200 °C
0 100 200 300 400 °C
(392 °F)
Operating temperature
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating

temperature
A
18
Ø26 h11
28
120 ±5
120 ±5
63
20
20
C
B
Ø6
34
20
A Connection on device side: to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to
DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule
12 mm diameter, S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20 x 1,5
Shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm
approx. 90 approx. 85
18
Ø26 h11
28
120 ±5
63
SW 27
20
20
C
B
Ø6
45
20
A Connection on device side: to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27

B Connection on measurement side: connection shank to
DIN EN 837-1, G½
C Connection on measurement side: pipe union with ferrule
12 mm diameter, S series, to DIN EN ISO 8434-1
D Connection on test collar (with sealing cap): thread M20 x 1,5
Double shut-off valve, form B, dimension drawing, dimensions in mm
1/340 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Angle adapter
■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings

1
G½
Ø7
18
6
35
Ø6
G½
32
3
20
39
55
Angle adapter, dimensions in mm
P300 pressure transmitter with shut-off valve and angle adapter

The angle adapter enables pressure transmitters with top dis-
plays to be read from the front.

Angle adapters 7MF9401-7WA
Material: X 12 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 (mat. No.
1.45714/316Ti), max. permissible operating
pressure 400 bar (5800 psi)
Accessories
EN 10204-3.1
■ Characteristic curves
bar
Operating pressure
Stainless steel version

400 400 bar (5800 psi) at 120 °C
(248 °F)
300
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
(392 °F)
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Permissible operating overpressure as a function of the permissible op-

erating temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/341

© Siemens AG 2017
Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
1 ■ Overview ■ Dimensional drawings
The double shut-off valves DN 5 are suitable for pressure
gauges and pressure transmitters and available in 5 versions: Ø7 18.5
A
• Sleeve-nipple
18
• Sleeve-sleeve approx.
17
25.5
6
58
• Sleeve-collar
100.5
• Collar-collar
63.5
50
39.5
• Collar-sleeve C
33
The valve packing material is PTFE.
Ø6.4 B 31.75
7
■ Characteristic curves 12 31
60
approx. 90
approx. 118
bar
Operating pressure
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

400 (248 °F) A Connection on device side: nipple to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
300
(392 °F) C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
200
100 Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-nipple) 7MF9011-4EA,

dimensions in mm
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating 33
temperature B A
max. open 163

½-14 NPT ¼ - 18 NPT
½-14 NPT
Ø32
Shut-off valve DN 5 33 13,6
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2 C
(W.-Nr. 1.4404/316L), max. permissible
operating overpressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
• Sleeve-sleeve 7MF9011-3HA
55
Double shut-off valves DN 5 44
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 13 2 (mat. No. 97
1.4404/316L), max. permissible working A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT
pressure 420 bar (6092 psi);
B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
• Sleeve-nipple connection 7MF9011-4EA C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
• Sleeve-sleeve 7MF9011-4HA
• Sleeve-collar 7MF9011-4FA Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-sleeve) 7MF9011-4HA,
dimensions in mm
• Collar-collar 7MF9011-4GA
• Collar-sleeve 7MF9011-4KA 110
Accessories
Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD ¼-18 NPT
EN 10204-3.1
½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT

Add "-Z" to Article No. and specify Order
code. B C A
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for oxygen S12
applications, max. pressure PN 100 (1450 psi)
and max. temperature 60 °C (140 °F)
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1 to EN 10204 B Connection on measurement side: ½-14 NPT
C Vent and test connection: ¼-18 NPT
Double shut-off valve DN 5 (sleeve-collar) 7MF9011-4FA,

dimensions in mm
1/342 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Shut-off valves/Double shut-off valves
1
approx. 74
¼-18 NPT
38
A
31,75
approx. 71
½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT
B C
50
70
120
A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT

Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-collar) 7MF9011-4GA,

dimensions in mm
B A
max. open 163
½ NPT ¼-18 NPT

½ NPT
Ø32
23
50
C
55
44
114
A Connection on device side : ½-14 NPT
Double shut-off valve DN 5 (collar-sleeve) 7MF9011-4KA,

dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/343

© Siemens AG 2017
Accessories for shut-off valves/double shut-off valves
1 ■ Overview ■ Overview
The mounting set is suitable for the double shut-off valves The instrument brackets are needed to mount the following units:
7MF9011-4.A and for wall, rack and pipe mounting. • Pressure gauges with threaded connection at the bottom
Selection and Ordering data Article No. • Shut-off valves to DIN 16270, DIN 16271 and DIN 16272
Mounting set for shut-off valves (7MF9401-7.. and 7MF9401-8..)
• 7MF9011-4DA and -4EA 7MF9011-8AB Selection and Ordering data Article No.
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form H, DIN 16281
1x mounting bracket,
2x hexagon screws M6x40, (e.g. for gauge)
1x mounting clip, made of aluminium alloy, painted black,
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; for wall mounting, screw-type bracket cover
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 • Projection length 60 mm M56340-A0046
• Projection length 100 mm M56340-A0047
• 7MF9011-4FA, -4GA, 4HA, -4KA and -3HA 7MF9011-8AC
made of stainless steel, scope of delivery: Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
1x mounting bracket, (e.g. for transmitter) M56340-A0053
2x hexagon screws M6x10, made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and
1x mounting clip, primed for mounting on a wall or rack or or
2x washers 8.4 to DIN 125; on a sectional rail (horizontal/vertical);
2x hexagon nuts 8.4 to DIN EN 24032 Screw-type bracket cover
Instrument bracket, form A, DIN 16281
■ Dimensional drawings (e.g. for transmitter) M56340-A0079
made of annealed cast iron, galvanized and
Ø11 primed with pipe clamp for wall and pipe
mounting (horizotal/vertical)
Screw-type bracket cover
90
65
50
72
(60)
25 SW 10 100
65 10 (160)
72 85
90 Ø60,3 100
18
28
0
R3
56
4
6,5
Ø26 h11
Ø7
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AB) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4DA and

7MF9011-4EA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm
Instrument bracket form H, for wall mounting, M56340-A0046/-A0047,
dimensions in mm
65
50
Ø11 100
72 10
Ø
11
90
25
72
63
72
28
Ø
≤
SW 10
M8
85
72
90 85 34
Ø60,3 100 91
Ø26 h11
0
R3
4
6,5
Instrument bracket form A, wall or pipe mounting,

M56340-A0053/-A0079, dimensions in mm
Mounting bracket (7MF9011-8AC) for shut-off valves 7MF9011-4FA and
7MF9011-4GA for wall, rack or pipe mounting, dimensions in mm
1/344 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Fitttings - Shut-off valves for differential pressure transmitters
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds DN 5

1
Valve manifolds DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 1 - 77A
Click on the Article No. for the online confi-
guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters for absolute and differential
pressure, max. working pressure 420 bar
(order accessory set with Order code),
without certificate
• 2-spindle valve manifold 5A
• 3-spindle valve manifold 5B
• 5-spindle valve manifold 5C
Accessories
EN 10204-3.1
The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.
7MF9411-5.. are for pressure transmitters for absolute pressure Further designs1)
or differential pressure. Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure specify Order code.
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. Accessory set to EN
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold enable in addi- (connection between valve manifold
and pressure transmitter)
tion venting on the transmitter side and checking of the pressure
transmitter characteristic. for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K35 7MF9411-7DB
■ Benefits 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) 1x gasket made of PTFE,
• Each available in version for oxygen max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 °C (176 °F)
■ Application 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x

1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1;
K45 7MF9411-7DC
The spindle valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and stainless steel
1x gasket made of PTFE,
gases. max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request. 80 °C (176 °F)
for valve manifold 7MF9411-5B. and
■ Design -5C.
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K36 7MF9411-5DB
All versions of the valve manifolds have a process connection ½- 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
14 NPT. The connection for the pressure transmitter is always steel
designed as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
form B . The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
addition a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT. 80 °C (176 °F)
The valves have an external spindle thread. 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x K46 7MF9411-5DC
1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1;
Materials used stainless steel
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
Component Material Mat. No. max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L 80 °C (176 °F)
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti Accessory set to DIN2)

(connection between valve manifold
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L and pressure transmitter)
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 for valve manifold 7MF9411-5A.
Packings PTFE - 2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K15 7MF9411-7BB
chromized steel
■ Function 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
Functions of all valve manifolds: 80 °C (176 °F)
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines 2x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K25 7MF9411-7BC
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero stainless steel
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani- stainless steel;
folds through the vent and test connection: 1x gasket made of PTFE,
• Venting on the transmitter side max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 °C (176 °F)
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/345

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
specify Order code. 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
for valve manifolds 7MF9411-5B. • K35: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
and -5C. 1 flat gasket
4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB • K15: 2 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
chromized steel 1 flat gasket
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, 3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
80 °C (176 °F)
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
Flange connection with M10 screws 2 flat gaskets
only permissible up to PN 160. • K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K26 7MF9411-6BC 2 flat gaskets
stainless steel Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125,
stainless steel; Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, (176 °F)
80 °C (176 °F) Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to
Flange connection with M10 screws PN 160!
only permissible up to PN 160.
Mounting plate
Mounting plate
• for valve manifold, made of Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
electrogalvanized sheet-steel • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
- for wall mounting or for securing M11 7MF9006-6EA Scope of delivery:
on rack (72 mm grid), weight - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: • M12: For pipe mounting
1 mounting plate with bolts for Scope of delivery:
mounting on valve manifold - 1 mounting plate M11
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
Scope of delivery: Ø 60.3 mm
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
brackets with nuts and washers Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) • S12: For 2-way valve manifold
and fastening screws for mount-
ing on valve manifold • S13: For 3-way valve manifold
• for valve manifold, made of • S14: For 5-way valve manifold
stainless steel 316L
- for wall mounting or for securing
on rack (72 mm grid), weight
M21 7MF9006-6EC ■ Characteristic curves
0.5 kg
Scope of delivery: bar
Operating pressure
1 mounting plate with bolts for 400

mounting on valve manifold
- for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M22 7MF9006-6GC 300
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M21, 2x pipe 200
brackets with nuts and washers
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm) 100
Valve manifold 100 bar 0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for
oxygen applications, max. pressure Operating temperature
PN 100 (1450 psi) and max. tem-
perature 60 °C (140 °F)
• for 7MF9411-5A. S12 Valve manifolds PN 5 (7MF9411-5..), permissible working pressure as a
function of the permissible working temperature
• for 7MF9411-5B. S13
• for 7MF9411-5C. S14
NACE MR-0175-certified D07
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1
to EN 10204
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve
manifolds, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!
1/346 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
0
M1
¼-18 NPT
10
55
½-14 NPT
C B
63.5
41.3
55
60
≤Ø
72
A Ø11 Ø11.5
M10
Ø12 31.75
30
68
203
107
30
85
72
A Process connection: ½-14 NPT
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to IEC 61518, form B
C Vent / test connection: ¼-18 NPT
Valve design: external spindle thread
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold,
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5A.), dimensions in mm dimensions in mm
■ Schematics
48
A A A C A A C
B
A
38
63.5
41.3
55
B B B B B
½-14 NPT
M10 Ø12 A Process connection

31.75 B Transmitter connection
30 C Blow-out and test connection
54
96 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
210

3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5B.), dimensions in mm
115
¼-18 NPT
48
A
38
63.5
41.3
55
43
32.5
½-14 NPT
M10 Ø12 B 31.75

30
54
96
142
255

5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9411-5C.), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/347

© Siemens AG 2017
Multiway cocks PN 100
Measured medium Water, non-aggressive Aggressive liquids,
liquids and gases gases and vapors
Material P250GH, X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2,
mat. No.: 1.0460 mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti
Connections Steel, for pipe Stainless steel, for
Ø 12 mm, L series pipe Ø 12 mm, L
series
• Process connection 2 bulkhead glands
• Connection for blow- Pipe union with ferrule
ing out
Max. permissible 200 °C (392 °F)
working temperature
Max. permissible 100 bar (1450 psi) (up to max. 60 °C (140 °F))
working pressure
Weight 2.5 kg

Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) (7MF9004-1P.) for differential pressure Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) 7 MF 9 0 0 4 - 77A
transmitters
The multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi) can be flanged to pressure guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
transmitters for differential pressure. for flanging to pressure transmitters, weight
2.5 kg (without accessory set), without certificate
■ Benefits For water and non-aggressive gases and vapors 1P
• Version available for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors For aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 1Q
• Robust design Accessories
• Oil-free and grease-free version possible Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
• One-hand operation Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
■ Application Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

Further designs1)
The PN 100 (1450 psi) multiway cock is available in versions for Please add "-Z" to Article No. and spec-
aggressive and non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors. ify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
■ Design (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch to L31 7MF9004-5CC
The multiway cock can be flanged with four screws to pressure ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
transmitters for differential pressure. 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
The PN 100 (1450 psi) has 2 process connections and one blow- permissible temperature 80 °C (176 °F)
out connection. A steel version of the multiway cock is available Accessory set to DIN
for non-aggressive media, and a stainless steel version for ag- (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
gressive media. The housing is forged in one piece. The switch- 4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017; chro-
ing lever is removable. mized steel, 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to
DIN 125; 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
Sealing can be improved during operation. permissible temperature 80 °C (176 °F)
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the • Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. • Version for oxygen (together with Or- L15 7MF9004-6AE
der code S11
■ Function Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-
free design
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines S11
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for oxy-
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines gen applications, max. pressure PN
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero 100 (1450 psi) and max. temperature
60 °C (140 °F), BAM-tested lubricant,
gasket suitable for oxygen measure-
1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 ment (only with Article No. 7MF9004–
1Q.Z)
5 5 5 5 Mounting bracket M13 7MF9004-6AA
Required for wall mounting or for
securing on rack (72 mm grid), made
3 4 3 4 3 4 3 4
of electrogalvanized sheet-steel,
Test Operation Blow out Blow out weight 0.85 kg
Line 2 Line 1 NACE MR-0175-certified D07
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1 to
EN 10204 (only available for version
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock 7MF9004-1QA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
1/348 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Accessory set for multiway cock PN 100
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets Ø12
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers,

2 flat gaskets
41,3
63
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C 88
≈ 98
(176 °F)
40 49
1 2
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
• S11 (only for aggressive liquids, gases and vapors
(7MF9004-1Q.)): Max. PN 63 (914 psi) (instead of PN 100
(1450 psi)), BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
5
9
Mounting brackets
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack
103
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
58
15
≈ 170
3 4 Ø18
54
2,4
bar ≈ 75
Operating pressure
200
1 and 2 Process connections

100 3 and 4 Connections for transmitter (DIN EN 61518, form A)
5 Connections for blowing out
0 Multiway cock 7MF9004-1P. for flanging to pressure transmitters for dif-

0 100 200 °C ferential pressure, dimensions in mm
40
Multiway cock PN 100 (1450 psi), permissible operating pressure as a 19 6
function of the permissible operating temperature
90
70
Ø11
72 24
120 60
Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/349

© Siemens AG 2017
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds DN 5
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero
• In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of
the differential pressure lines.

3-way valve manifold DN 5 7 MF 9 4 1 0 - 77A
For flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, process connection: Pipe
union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), weight 2.9 kg (order
accessory set and mounting plate with Order
code),
without certificate
• for non-aggressive liquids and gases 1E
The three-spindle and five-spindle valve manifolds DN 5 • for aggressive liquids and gases 1F
(7MF9410-1../-3..) are used to shut off the differential pressure 5-way valve manifold DN 5
lines and to check the transmitter zero.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold permits blowing out of guration in the PIA Life Cycle Portal.
the differential pressure lines.
ential pressure, process connection: Pipe
■ Benefits union with ferrule, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), weight 4.4 kg (order
• Available for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and accessory set and mounting plate with Order
gases code), without certificate
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), with version for • for non-aggressive liquids and gases 3E
oxygen max. 100 bar (1450 psi)
• for aggressive liquids and gases 3F
■ Application Accessories
The 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds are available in versions
for aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases. Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to
mounti ng racks or for pipe mounting.
■ Design
The process connection of the 3-way and 5-way valve manifolds
is a pipe union with ferrule.
Both valve manifolds have 2 flange connections for connecting
a pressure transmitter.
In addition, the five-way valve manifold has 2 blow-out connec-
tions.
Depending on the version the valve manifold has either 3 or 5
valves, each with an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X 6 CrN- 1.4571/
iMoTi17 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hardened 1.4122
and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/
316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -
1/350 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories

1
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way and 5-way valve manifold DN 5 for
Please add "-Z" to Article No. and flanging
specify Order code.
• B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
Accessory set to EN 2 flat gaskets
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B31 7MF9010-5CC 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
steel 2 flat gaskets
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), • B15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014,
80 °C (176 °F) 4 washers, 2 flat gaskets
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
steel
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
120 °C (248 °F) (176 °F)
Accessory set to DIN2) O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2320 psi)!
chromized steel
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; Mounting plate
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
80 °C (176 °F) • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
• Standard design B11 7MF9010-6AD Scope of delivery:
- 1 mounting plate 7MF9006-6EA with bolts for mounting on
• Version for oxygen B15 7MF9010-6AE valve manifold
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC • M12: For pipe mounting
chromized steel Scope of delivery:
2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
- 1 mounting plate M11
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Ø 60.3 mm
120 °C (248 °F)
Valve manifold 100 bar, suitable for oxygen
Mounting plate
for valve manifold, made of S12: Only in combination with versions for aggressive liquids
electrogalvanized sheet-steel and gases
for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA
rack (72 mm grid), weight 0.5 kg
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
Valve manifold 100 bar
suitable for oxygen
for 7MF9410-1F S13
for 7MF9410-3F S14
to EN 10204 (only available for ver-
sion 7MF9410-1FA and -3FA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/351

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Characteristic curves 0
M1
Operating pressure bar
400
10
55
300
200 60
≤Ø
72
100
Ø11 Ø11.5
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
107
30
85
72
temperature
Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold, dimensions
7 in mm
■ Schematics
51
2,4
A
Ø12 A A A A
B
25
41,3
8
70
A Process
38
connection
54 M10 22
B Transmitter
72 41
connection
108 C Vent/test
147 connection
B B C B B C
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Pipe union with Three-way valve Five-way valve
ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353 manifold for manifold for liquids
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A liquids and gases and gases or vapors
Valve design: internal spindle thread
3-way and 5-way valve manifolds, connections

3-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-1..), dimensions in mm
215
7
51
Ø12
Ø18
41,3
25
38
50
A
C B B C 22
54 M10, 8
41
72 2,4
108
175
252
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Pipe union with

ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A
C Blow-out connection: Pipe union with ferrule, diameter 12 mm,
S series to DIN 2353
5-way valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9410-3..), dimensions in mm
1/352 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
3-way valve manifold DN 8
1
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 performs two functions as stan-
dard:
All versions are also available with a test connection, to which a
test device for checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
can be connected.
3-way valve manifold DN 8 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), (order accessory set and
mounting plate with Order code), without cer-
tificate
For non-aggressive liquids and gases
The 3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1../-2..) is for pressure procedss connection: Pipe union with ferrule
transmitters for differential pressure. It is used to shut off and Ø 12 mm
blow out differential pressure lines and to test the pressure trans- • without test connection 1B
mitter zero.
• with test connection 1C
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con-
For non-aggressive liquids and gases
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. procedss connection: Welding pin Ø 14 x 2.5
■ Benefits • without test connection 2C

• with test connection 2D
• For aggressive and non-aggressive liquids and gases
For aggressive liquids and gases
• The maximum working pressure is 420 bar (6092 psi). process connection: Pipe union with ferrule
Ø 12 mm
■ Application • without test connection 1D
The 3-way valve manifold is available in versions for aggressive • with test connection 1E
and non-aggressive liquids and gases. Accessories
Mounting plates are available for wall mounting, for securing to Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
mounting racks or for pipe mounting.
EN 10204-3.1
■ Design
For the process connection on the version for non-aggressive
media it is possible to choose between a pipe union with ferrule
and welding pins.
The version for aggressive media always has a pipe union with
ferrule.
Both versions are available optionally with a test connection
M20x1.5.
The valves have an internal spindle thread.
Materials used
For non-aggressive liquids and For aggressive
gases liquids and gases
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No.
Housing P250GH 1.0460 X 6 CrN- 1.4571/
iMoTi17 316Ti
Head parts C 35 1.0501 12 2
Spindles X 12 CrMoS 17 1.4104
Cones X 35 CrMo 17 hard- 1.4122
ened and tempered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Packings PTFE - PTFE -
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/353

© Siemens AG 2017
1 Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 3-way valve manifold DN 8 for flanging
specify Order code. • B31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2.1,
2 flat gaskets
Accessory set to EN
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B31 7MF9010-5CC • B11: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; 2 flat gaskets
chromized steel
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, • B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), 2 O-rings (FPM 90)
80 °C (176 °F)
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
chromized steel (176 °F)
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss- O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
(248 °F)
Note: M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160 (2320 psi)!
Accessory set to DIN2)
(required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg) Mounting plate
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B11 7MF9010-6AD Made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
chromized steel • M11: For wall mounting or for securing on rack (72 mm grid)
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, max.
Scope of delivery:
permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), - 1 mounting plate with bolts for mounting on valve manifold
80 °C (176 °F) • M12: For pipe mounting
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC Scope of delivery:
chromized steel - 1 mounting plate M11
4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; - 2 pipe brackets with nuts and washers for pipes with max.
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Ø 60.3 mm
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C
(248 °F) ■ Characteristic curves
Mounting plate
For valve manifold, made of bar
Operating pressure
electrogalvanized sheet-steel 400

for wall mounting or for securing on M11 7MF9006-6EA 300
rack (72 mm grid),
weight 0.5 kg 200
Scope of delivery:
1 mounting plate with bolts for 100
for pipe mounting, weight 0.7 kg M12 7MF9006-6GA 0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
Scope of delivery:
1x mounting plate M11, 2x pipe Operating temperature
(for pipe with max. Ø 60.3 mm)
3-way valve manifold DN 8, permissible working pressure as a function
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 of the permissible working temperature
to EN 10204 (only available for ver-
sion 7MF9416-1DA and -1EA)
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve manifold,
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160 (2321 psi)!
1/354 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
0
M1
7
10
55
≈48
A C
31,5
Ø12
60
≤Ø
48
B 72
25
41,3
Ø11 Ø11.5
38
M10
54 22
72 41
108
107
30
85
72
147
160
195
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Pipe union with

ferrule, diameter 12 mm, S series to DIN 2353
B Transmitter connection: Flange connection to EN 61518, form A Mounting plate 7MF9006-6.. (M11, M12) for valve manifold,
C Test connection: M20 x 1,5 dimensions in mm
■ Schematics
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-1..) with pipe union, A A A Process connection
dimensions in mm B Transmitter connection
D D D Vent/test connection
7
Three-way valve manifold

≈48
A C
31,5 B B for liquids and gases
Ø12
48
B 3-way valve manifold DN 8, connections

25
41,3
8
38
M10
54 50 22
72 41
108
147
160
195
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device):

Welding pin, diameter 14 x 2,5
C Test connection: M20 x 1,5
3-way valve manifold DN 8 (7MF9416-2..) with welding pin,

dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/355

© Siemens AG 2017
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the transmitter charac-
teristic can be connected.

Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for 7MF 9 4 1 6 - 6 7A
vapors
ential pressure, max. working pressure
420 bar (6092 psi), also available in stainless
steel on request (order accessory set with
Order code), without certificate
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6..) is for
pressure transmitters for differential pressure. • without test connection C
• with test connection M20 × 1.5 D
The combination is used to shut off and blow out differential
pressure lines and to test the pressure transmitter zero. Accessories
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
nected to test the pressure transmitter characteristic. Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1
■ Benefits
• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.
Further designs1)
■ Application Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 is designed for va- specify Order code.
pors. Accessory set to EN
■ Design 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x B34 7MF9410-5CA
The valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 has a process con- 21/8 inch to ASME B18.2;
nection with welding pins. chromized steel
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. permiss-
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as ble 420 bar (6092 psi), 120 °C
a pipe union with ferrule. (248 °F)
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the Accessory set to DIN2)
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC
The optional test connections are M20x1.5. chromized steel
Materials used 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
Valve manifold DN 5 Blow-out valves DN 8 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No. 120 °C (248 °F);Flange connection
Housing P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415 to DIN 19213 only permissible up to
PN 160!
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V57 1.7709
1) When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combina-
Spindles X 12 1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
tion, please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
CrMoS 17
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122
CrMo 17 CrMo 17
hardened
and tem-
pered
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
Packings PTFE - Pure -
graphite
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415
1/356 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8
■ Accessories ■ Dimensional drawings

1
Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 for
flanging 7
7
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
142
41,3
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S – FPM90, max. 420 bar
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
43
21,5
5
Ø12
■ Characteristic curves 54
M10
Ø14
72
2,5
bar
Operating pressure
1 Valve manifold A A
400
30
2 Blow-out connection
300 1)
According to DIN 19210 the
200 design can be such that the
117
1)
temperatures for the
1 2 Ø11
100 differential pressure line
can be set approx. 100 °C
0 (212 °F) lower than the
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C media temperature.
30
41
22
50
B B
Permissible operating pressure as a function of the permissible operating 170
temperature (200)
C C
230
(270)
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Welding pin

Valve design:
- Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
- Blow-out valves: external spindle thread
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8 (7MF9416-6C.), dimensions in

mm (deviating dimensions for 7MF9416-6D. shown in brackets)
■ Schematics
A A A Process connection
B Transmitter connection
C Blow-out connection
D D D Test connection
C B B C Valve manifold combination for vapors
Valve manifold combination DN 5/DN 8, connections
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/357

© Siemens AG 2017
Valve manifold combination DN 8
• Blowing out the differential pressure lines
As an option it is possible to order a version with a test connec-
tion, to which a test device for checking the pressure transmitter
characteristic can be connected.
Valve manifold combination DN 8 for 7 MF 9 4 1 6 - 77A
vapors
for flanging to pressure transmitters for differ-
ential pressure, with mounting plate, max.
working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), also
available in stainless steel on request (order
accessory set with Order code), without certif-
icate
The valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..) is for pres- • without test connection 4C
sure transmitters for differential pressure. • with test connection M20 × 1.5 4D
It is used to shut off and blow out the differential pressure lines Accessories
and to check the pressure transmitter zero. Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
In the designs with a test connection, a test device can be con- Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
nected to check the pressure transmitter characteristic. EN 10204-3.1
■ Benefits Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

• Max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) Further designs1)
■ Application specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is designed for vapors. (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
■ Design 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x

21/8 inch to ASME B18.2; chromized
B34 7MF9410-5CA
The valve manifold combination DN 8 has a process connection steel

with welding pins. 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
The connection for the pressure transmitter is designed as as max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
flange connection, while the blow-out connection is designed as 120 °C (248 °F)
a pipe union with ferrule. Accessory set to DIN2)
The manifold valves have an internal spindle thread, while the (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
blow-out valves have an external spindle thread. 4x screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014; B16 7MF9010-6CC
chromized steel
The optional test connection is M20x1.5. 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
The valve manifold combination DN 8 is supplied with a mount- 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
ing plate. max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
Materials used 120 °C (248 °F)
Flange connection to DIN 19 213
Valve manifold Blow-out valves only permissible up to PN 160!
Component Material Mat. No. Material Mat. No. 1) When ordering accessory set together with the valve manifold combination,
Housing P250GH 1.0460 16 Mo 3 1.5415 please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
Head parts C 35 1.0501 21 CrMo V57 1.7709
Spindles X 12
CrMoS 17
1.4104 X 20 Cr 13 1.4021 ■ Accessories
Cones X 35 1.4122 X 35 1.4122 Accessory set for valve manifold combination DN 8 for
CrMo 17 CrMo 17 flanging
hardened • B34: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 21/8 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
and tem-
pered
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
• B16: 4 screws M10x55 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
Valve seats X 6 CrNiMoTi 1.4571/316Ti X 20 Cr 13 1.4021
2 O-rings (FPM 90)
Packings PTFE - Pure -
graphite Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
Welding pins - - 16 Mo 3 1.5415 O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar (6092
psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
1/358 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Valve manifold combination DN 8
■ Characteristic curves ■ Schematics

1
bar A A A Process connection
Operating pressure
1 Valve manifold
400 2 Blow-out connection B Transmitter connection
C Blow-out connection
300 1) D D D Test connection
According to DIN 19210 the
200 design can be such that the
1)
temperatures for the
1 2 differential pressure line
100
can be set approx. 100 °C
C B B C Valve manifold combination for vapors
0 (212 °F) lower than the
0 100 200 300 400 500 °C media temperature.
Valve manifold combination DN 8, connections

temperature
160 Ø14
A 155 A 2,5
11
M20 x 1,5
109
D
7
72
B Ø12
41,3
54
38
72 38 approx. 119
525
195
26
351
Ø14 x 2,5
195
5,5
7
17
11
72
C 155 C approx. 110
A Process connection (e.g. on primary device): Welding pin

D Test connection (only with Article No. 7MF9416-4D.): M20 x 1,5
Valve design:
- Manifold valves: internal spindle thread
- Blow-out valves: external spindle thread
Valve manifold combination DN 8 (7MF9416-4..), dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/359

© Siemens AG 2017
2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for installing in protective boxes
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Valve manifolds DN 5 for mounting in 7 MF 9 4 1 2 - 77A
protective boxes
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for
absolute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
without certificate
• 2-spindle valve manifold with rotatng sleeve 1B
G½
• 2-spindle valve manifold with flange 1C
connection
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Accessories
The 2-spindle, 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds Factory test certificate EN 10204–2.2 7MF9000-8AB
(7MF9412-1..) are used to shut off the differential pressure lines Material acceptance test certificate 7MF9000-8AD
and to check the transmitter zero. EN 10204-3.1
The five-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmit-
ter side and checking of the transmitter characteristic. Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.
These valve manifolds are preferentially used when mounting in Further designs1)
protective boxes. In addition, they can also be used for wall, Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
frame or pipe mounting together with the mounting bracket. specify Order code.
Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from the Accessory set to EN
front when using these valve manifolds. (connection between valve manifold
■ Application for valve manifold 7MF9412–1C.
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 2 inch to F32 7MF9412-6CA
The valve manifolds DN 5 are designed for liquids and vapors ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
and for installing in protective boxes. 1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
Each is available in a version for oxygen on request 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
■ Design 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F35 7MF9412-6DA
All versions of the spindle manifolds have a process connection 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
½-14 NPT. 1x gasket made of PTFE,
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, Form A. 80 °C (176 °F)2)
for valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition -1E.
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT.
4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F34 7MF9412-6GA
The valves have an external spindle thread. 2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
steel
Materials used 2x O-rings to DIN 3771,
Components Material Mat. No. 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L 120 °C (248 °F)2)
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x F36 7MF9412-6HA
2 inch to ASME B18.2.1; chromized
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L steel
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
Packings PTFE - 80 °C (176 °F)2)
■ Functions
Functions of all valve manifolds:
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection:
• Venting on the transmitter side
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic
1/360 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No. ■ Accessories
1
Further designs1)
Accessory set for 2-, 3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds
specify Order code. (Connection between manifold and transmitter)
Accessory set to DIN 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 with flange connection
(connection between valve manifold • F32: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
and pressure transmitter) 1 O Ring (FPM90)
For valve manifold 7MF9412–1C. • F35: 2 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch to ASME B 18.2.1,
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F12 7MF9412-6AA 1 flat-gasket
chromized steel
• F12: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
1x O-ring to DIN 3771, 1 O-ring (FPM90)
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max. • F15: 2 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 2 washers,
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), 1 flat gasket
120 °C (248 °F)2)
3-spindle and 5-way valve manifold DN 5
2x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F15 7MF9412-6BA
chromized steel • F34: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125; 2 O-rings (FPM90)
• F36: 4 screws 7/16 20 UNF x 2 inch toASME B 18.2.1,
80 °C (176 °F)2) 2 flat-gaskets
For valve manifold 7MF9412–1D and • F14: 4 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
-1E. 2 O-rings (FPM90)
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F14 7MF9412-6EA • F16: 4 screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers,
chromized steel 2 flat-gaskets
2x O-rings to DIN 3771, Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125
20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90, max.
permissble 420 bar (6092 psi), Flat-gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C
120 °C (248 °F)2) (176 °F)
4x screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24014; F16 7MF9412-6FA O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90; max.420 bar
chromized steel (6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F)
2x flat gaskets made of PTFE, Note:
max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi), Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to
80 °C (176 °F)2) PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Mounting bracket Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to
required for wall mounting or for mounting rack
securing to mounting rack, with bolts
for mounting on valve manifold With bolds for mounting on valve manifold
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B. M14 7MF9006-6LA • M14: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
and -1C. • M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA • M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
Mounting clips (2 off)
Mounting clip
• M16: For securing the mounting brackets M14, M17 and M18
2 off, to secure mounting bracket to M16 7MF9006-6KA to pipe
pipe
Valve manifold 100 bar
• S12: For 2-spindle valve manifold DN 5
Oil- and grease-free cleaning for
oxygen applications, max. pressure • S13: For 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5
PN 100 (1450 psi) and max. tem- • S14: For 5-spindle valve manifold DN 5
perature 60 °C (140 °F)
• for valve manifolds 7MF9412-1B.
and -1C.
S12 ■ Characteristic curves
• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1D. S13
bar
Operating pressure
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

• for valve manifold 7MF9412-1E. S14 400 (248 °F)
NACE MR-0175-certified D07 350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
300
incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1 (392 °F)
to EN 10204 200
1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the valve 100
2) Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160
0
(2321 psi)! 0 100 200 300 400 °C

temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/361

© Siemens AG 2017
G½
Ø12
54
41,3
37
63,5
115
M8
80
B
A
38
103
M8
10
80
A ½-14 NPT
M8
38
38
C 88,9
10
¼-18 NPT A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

M8 B Transmitter connection: Flange connection EN 61518, form A
½-14 NPT Valve design: external spindle thread

B Transmitter connection: Nipple to DIN 16284, G½, SW 27 3-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1D..), dimensions in mm
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1B..) with rotating sleeve,

dimensions in mm 54
approx. 157
70
41,3
15 B
115
Ø12
M8 Ø12 B
A
41,3
10
½-14 NPT M8
115
¼-18 NPT 38
M8
87
80
114
A B
approx. 228
38
C A Process connection: ½-14 NPT

10

¼-18 NPT M8
½-14 NPT
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1E..), dimensions in mm
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (7MF9412-1C..), dimensions in mm
1/362 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
1
R
2,
12
R5
R1
5
+1
100
0
72
72
4 x Ø11
R2
M8
12
72
8
72 2,5
R
8
55 Ø60,3
155
100
110
180
Ø26
180
17
9
Ø26
Ø16 R4,5
38
6,5
19
31,5
76
24
19
Ø
26,6
9
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,

31,6 dimensions in mm
57,6
77,1 6,35
■ Schematics
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6LA)/(M14) for 2-spindle valve manifolds,
dimensions in mm B
C A Process connection
B Connection for pressure gauge or
transmitter for pressure or absolute
pressure
A C Vent/test connection
72
2-spindle valve manifold DN 5 (with rotating sleeve G½ or flange connec-

72 tion), connections
8
Ø60,3
110
A A
A Process connection
180
B B
Ø26
3-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
38
19
76 C A A C
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds, B Transmitter connection
dimensions in mm C Vent/test connection
B B
5-spindle valve manifold DN 5, connections
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/363

© Siemens AG 2017
3- and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical angular differential pressure lines
1 ■ Overview Selection and Ordering data Article No.
Valve manifolds for vertical differential 7 MF 9 4 1 3 - 77A
pressure lines
for liquids and gases
for flanging to pressure transmitters for abso-
lute and differential pressure
Material: stainless steel, mat. No: 1.4404/316L
max. working pressure 420 bar (6092 psi)
without certificate
• 3-spindle valve manifold 1D
• 5-spindle valve manifold 1E
Accessories
EN 10204-3.1
These 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds 7MF9413-1.. Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.
were developed specially for vertical differential pressure lines. Further designs1)
The valve manifolds are used to shut off the differential pressure Please add "-Z" to Article No. and
lines and to check the pressure transmitter zero. specify Order code.
The 5-spindle valve manifold permits venting on the transmitter Accessory set to EN
side and checking of the pressure transmitter characteristic. (connection between valve manifold
■ Benefits 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x

1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1; chro-
K36 7MF9411-5DB
• For vertical differential pressure lines mized steel

• Max. operating pressure 420 bar (6092 psi) max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
• Transmitters of the DS series can be operated and read from 80 °C (176 °F)
the front. Accessory set to DIN2)
(connection between valve manifold
■ Application and pressure transmitter)
The 3-spindle and 5-spindle valve manifolds for vertical differen- 4x screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014; K16 7MF9411-6BB
chromized steel
tial pressure lines are for liquids and gases. The valve manifolds 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
are flanged on the pressure transmitter. 2x flat gaskets made of PTFE,
■ Design 80 °C (176 °F); Flange connection
with M10 screws only permissible up
All versions of the spindle valve manifolds have a process con- to PN 160 (2321 psi).
nection ½-14 NPT. Mounting bracket
The connection for the pressure transmitter is always designed required for wall mounting or for
as a flange connection to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, form B . securing to mounting rack, with bolts
for mounting on valve manifold
The 2-spindle and the 5-spindle valve manifold have in addition • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M17 7MF9006-6NA
a vent and test connection ¼-18 NPT.
• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. M18 7MF9006-6PA
Materials used:
required for mounting on 2" stand-
Component Material Mat. No. pipe, with bolts for mounting on
valve manifold
Housing X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2 1.4404/316L
• for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. M19 7MF9006-6QA
Cones X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
Mounting clip
Spindles X 2 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4404/316L
2 off, to secure mounting bracket to M16 7MF9006-6KA
Head parts X 5 CrNiMo 18 10 1.4401/316 pipe
Packings PTFE - Valve manifold 100 bar (1450 psi)
suitable for oxygen
■ Function • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. S13
Functions of all valve manifolds: • for valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. S14
• Checking the pressure transmitter zero incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1
to EN 10204
Additional functions of the 2-spindle and 5-spindle valve mani-
folds through the vent and test connection: 1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
• Venting on the transmitter side please use Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections to DIN 19213 only permissible up to PN 160
• Checking the pressure transmitter characteristic (2321 psi)!
1/364 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
■ Accessories
1
54
40
Accessory set (connection between manifold and Ø12
transmitter)
76,2
• K36: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1¾ inch to ASME B18.2.1, 2 flat
41,3
gaskets
55
47
• K16: 4 screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014, 4 washers, 2 flat
gaskets
B
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 ¼-18 NPT
M8
38 C ½-14 NPT
76 31,75
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), 80 °C A
115
(176 °F)
134
Note: Flange connection with M10 screws only permissible up to 242
PN 160 (2321 psi)!
Mounting bracket for wall mounting or for securing to 5-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1E. for vertical differential pressure
mounting rack lines, dimensions in mm
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold

• M17: For 3-spindle valve manifold
• M18: For 5-spindle valve manifold
72
Mounting bracket for mounting on 2" standpipe
With bolts for mounting on valve manifold
• M19: For 3-spindle valve manifold 72
8
Mounting clips (2 off) Ø60,3
110
For securing the mounting brackets M17, M18 and M19 to pipe
• For 3-spindle valve manifold
• For 5-spindle valve manifold 180
Ø26
bar 38
19
Operating pressure
420 bar (6092 psi) at 120 °C

400 76
(248 °F)
350 bar (5076 psi) at 200 °C
300 Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6NA)/(M17) for 3-spindle valve manifolds,
(392 °F)
dimensions in mm
200
100
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C
72

temperature 72
8
Ø60,3
155
54
Ø12
180
Ø26
41,3
17
55
9
76,2
47
B 38
19
M8 38 ½-14 NPT 76
A
76 31,75
89
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6PA)/(M18) for 5-spindle valve manifolds,
197
dimensions in mm
3-spindle valve manifold 7MF9413-1D. for vertical differential pressure

lines, dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/365

© Siemens AG 2017
1
100
72
72 5
8
76
26 9
50
19
16
38
92
Mounting bracket (7MF9006-6QA)/(M19) for 3-spindle valve manifolds,

dimensions in mm
■ Schematics
A A
B B
3-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions
A A
C Vent/test connection
1/4-18 NPT
C C
B B
5-spindle valve manifold for vertical differential pressure lines, connec-

tions
1/366 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Low-pressure multiway cock

1
for liquids and gases, for flanging to pressure
transmitters, max. working pressure 25 bar
(363 psi), max. working temperature 60 °C
(140 °F) (up to 80 °C (176 °F) for a short time),
weight 1.75 kg (without accessory set)
Test connections
2x sealing screws G3/8 7MF9004-4CA
2x quick-release couplings 7MF9004-4DA
Accessories
Test report to EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AB
Material acceptance test certificate to 7MF9000-8AD
EN 10204-3.1
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

Further designs1)
specify Order code.
The low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA can be
flanged to pressure transmitters for differential pressure. Accessory set to EN
■ Benefits 4x screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch L31 7MF9004-5CC
• Robust design to ASME B18.2.1; chromized steel
2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
• For liquids and gases permissible temperature 80 °C
• One-hand operation (176 °F)
Accessory set to DIN
■ Design (required for flanging, weight 0.2 kg)
4x screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017;
The multiway cock has 2 process connections and 2 test con- chromized steel
nections, which are available in 2 versions (with sealing screws 4x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
G3/8 or quick-release couplings). The housing is made of hot- 2x gaskets made of PTFE, max.
pressed brass CuZn39Pb3, CW 614N. Test connections with permissible temperature 80 °C
sealing screws or with self-sealing quick-release couplings. (176 °F)
Note: An accessory set is always required for flanging of the • Standard design L11 7MF9004-6AD
multiway cock to a differential pressure transmitter. • Version for oxygen L15 7MF9004-6AE
Multiway cock in oil-free and
■ Function grease-free design
• Shutting off the differential pressure lines BAM-tested lubricant, gasket S11
suitable for oxygen
• Testing the pressure transmitter zero
Mounting bracket
• Testing the pressure transmitter characteristic
required for wall mounting or for M13 7MF9004-6AA
securing on rack (72 mm grid),
1 2 1 2 1 2 made of electrogalvanized sheet-
steel, weight 0.85 kg
5 6 5 6 5 6 1) When ordering accessory set or mounting together with the multiway cock,
3 4 3 4 3 4
B K N
Operation Characteristic Zero test
test
Cock positions; the symbols are printed on the cock
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/367

© Siemens AG 2017
1 ■ Accessories ■ Options
Accessory set for low-pressure multiway cock Test connections
• L31: 4 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1 inch, 2 flat gaskets • 2 sealing screws G3/8
• 2 quick-release couplings
• L11: 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017, 4 washers, 2 flat gas-
kets
• L15 (suitable for oxygen): 4 screws M10x25 to DIN EN 24017,
4 washers, 2 flat gaskets bar
Operating pressure
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 40
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. permissible temperature 80 °C 30

(176 °F)
20
Multiway cock in oil-free and grease-free design
10
• S11: BAM-tested lubricant, gasket suitable for oxygen
Mounting brackets 0
0 20 40 60 80 °C
• M13: Required for wall mounting or for securing on rack Operating temperature
(72 mm grid); made of electrogalvanized sheet-steel
Low-pressure multiway cock, permissible operating pressure as a func-
tion of the permissible operating temperature
86
Ø7
41,3
41,3
Ø4
54 54
Ø12 Ø23 34 56,5 Ø12 Ø23 34 56,5
1 2 1 2
85,5
85,5
5 6 5 6
98
98
58
58
G3/8
G3/8
49
49
15
15
3 4 Ø12,5 3 4 Ø12
Ø18 61 Ø18 61
Ø25,2 Ø25,2
1 and 2 Process connections (hose sleeve, diameter 12 mm)

3 and 4 Transmitter connections (EN 61518, form A)
5 and 6 Text connections (with sealing screws G3/8 or with quick-release couplings
Low-pressure multiway cock 7MF9004-4CA/-4DA for direct flanging to pressure transmitters for differential pressure, dimensions in mm
40
19 6
90
70
Ø11
72 24
120 60
Mounting bracket 7MF9004-6AA (M13), dimensions in mm
1/368 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Fittings - Accessories
Oval flange

1
Oval flange
with female thread ½-14 NPT, max. working
pressure 420 bar (6092 psi), flange connec-
tion to IEC 61518/DIN EN 61518, form A
Material
P250GH, mat. No.: 1.0460 7MF9408-2CE
X 2 CrNiMo 17 13 2, mat. No. 1.4404/316L 7MF9408-2CL
Selection and Ordering data Order code Article No.

Further designs1)
specify Order code.
Accessory set to EN
2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E36 7MF9408-5DA
1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chro-
mized steel
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
The oval flange 7MF9408-2C. for pressure transmitters for abso- 80 °C (176 °F)
lute pressure and differential pressure has a ½-14 NPT female 2x screws 7/16-20 UNF x E34 7MF9408-5CA
thread and is designed for max. operating pressure 400 bar 1½ inch to ASME B 18.2.3; chro-
(5800 psi). mized steel
1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
■ Accessories 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
120 °C (248 °F)
Accessory set for oval flange
Accessory set to DIN
• E36: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.2.1,
1 flat gasket 2x screws M10x40 to E13 7MF9408-6AA
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
• E34: 2 screws 7/16-20 UNF x 1½ inch to ASME B18.3, 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1 O-ring (FPM 90) 1x O-ring to DIN 3771,
• E13: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN 4762, 2 washers, 20 x 2.65 - S - FPM90,
1 O-ring (FPM 90) max. permissble 420 bar (6092 psi),
120 °C (248 °F)2)
• E16: 2 screws M10x40 to DIN EN ISO 4762, 2 washers,
1 flat gasket 2x screws M10x40 to E16 7MF9408-6BA
DIN EN ISO 4762; chromized steel
Washers Ø 10.5 to DIN 125 2x washers Ø 10.5 mm to DIN 125;
1x flat gasket made of PTFE,
Flat gaskets made of PTFE, max. 420 bar (6092 psi), max. permissible 420 bar (6092 psi),
80 °C (176 °F) 80 °C (176 °F)2)
O-ring to DIN 3771, 20 x 2.65 – S – FPM90, max. 420 bar NACE MR-0175-certified D07
(6092 psi), 120 °C (248 °F) incl. acceptance test certificate 3.1
to EN 10204
1) When ordering accessory set together with the oval flange, please use
Order code; otherwise use Article No.
2) Flange connections with M10 screws only permissible up to PN 160
(2321 psi)
Ø12 Ø11,8
31,6 -0,2
28
½-14 NPT
41,3 ±0,2
Oval flange 7MF9408-2C., dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/369

© Siemens AG 2017
Adapters
1 ■ Overview SW 22
Adapters enable e.g. a transition from medium connections with
½-14 NPT
½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
NPT thread to shut-off valves to DIN 16270 ... 16272 or pipes in
conjunction with a connection gland (e.g. 7MF9008).
■ Design
13,6 13,6
The connection pieces are made of X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2, mat. 20 20
No. 1.4571 and available in 3 versions 50
• Thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1
• Thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank G½ to DIN EN 837-1 Connection piece with thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT
(7MF9001-1DA), dimensions in mm
• Thread ½-14 NPT and thread ½-14 NPT
SW 22
½-14 NPT
M20 x 1,5
Ø3,5
Mounting collar
Max. operating pressure: 689 bar (10 000 psi),
Weight: 0.2 kg
with thread ¼-18 NPT – G½ 7MF9001-1AA
with thread ½-14 NPT – G½ 7MF9001-1CA 13,6
20 20
with thread ½-14 NPT – ½-14 NPT 7MF9001-1DA 55
with thread ½-14 NPT – M20 x 1.5 7MF9001-1EA
with pipe union with ferrule 12 S, Connection piece with thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank M20 x 1.5
max. operating pressure 630 bar (9 100 psi), (7MF9001-1EA), dimensions in mm
 12 mm – ½-14 NPT
• 9 SMnPb 28, mat. No. 1.0718 7MF9008-1CA SW 22 SW 24
• X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571 7MF9008-1CB
½-14 NPT
with pipe union with ferrule 14 S,
Ø12
max. operating pressure 630 bar (9 100 psi),
 14 mm – ½-14 NPT
• 9 SMnPb 28, mat. No. 1.0718 7MF9008-1CC 19,8
• X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 122, mat. No. 1.4571 7MF9008-1CD 34,5
51
Connection piece with pipe union with ferrule 12 S,  12 mm and thread

■ Dimensional drawings ½-14 NPT (7MF9008-1CA and -1CB), dimensions in mm
SW 22 SW 24 SW 27
¼-18 NPT
½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
Ø14
G½
19,8
20 15
36
48 54
Connection piece with thread ¼-18 NPT and connection shank G½ Connection piece with pipe union with ferrule 14 S,  14 mm and thread
(7MF9001-1AA), dimensions in mm ½-14 NPT (7MF9008-1CC and -1CD), dimensions in mm
SW 22
½-14 NPT
Ø3,5
G½
13,6
20 20
55
Connection piece with thread ½-14 NPT and connection shank G½

(7MF9001-1CA), dimensions in mm
1/370 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Connection glands
■ Overview
1
Connection glands to connect medium or differential pressure
lines to collars G½ to DIN EN 837-1
• For rated pressures up to PN 630 (9137psi)
• For oxygen only up to PN 250 (3626 psi)
Connection screwed gland
for pipelines
(weight 0.2 kg)
Material Design
11SMn30 Standard 7MF9008-1GA
(mat. No. 1.0715)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Standard 7MF9008-1GB
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Grease-free 7MF9008-1GC
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
SW 27
M20 x 1,5
G½
Ø7
Ø12
14 7,5
18,5
35
approx. 47
Connection gland 7MF9008-1G., dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/371

© Siemens AG 2017
Connection parts G 1/2
Connection parts G½ for pressure gauges and shut-off fittings
are available in 3 versions: G½
Ø7
• Nipple connection
• Clamping sleeve
16
SW 27
30
• Collar connection piece
48
Ø12
Adapters G½
for pressure gauges and shut-off fittings
Nipple connection G½ (M56340-A0001 to -A0003), dimensions in mm
Nipple connection
G½ to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple and
gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar M20 x 1,5
(5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg; Ø7
connection: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
16
Female thread G½ SW 27
30
Material Mat. No.
48
CuZn39Pb3 CW 614N M56340-A0001
Union nut M56340-A0002
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 Ø14
Nipple:
RSt 37-2 1.0037
Nipple connection M20 x 1.5 (M56340-A0008), dimensions in mm
X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305
Nipple:
15,5
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti SW 27
36
Nipple connection
15,5
M20 x 1.5 to DIN 16284 (union nut with nipple
and gasket); max. working pressure 400 bar
(5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
connection: M20 x 1.5 to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread M20 x 1.5 Clamping sleeve (M56340-A0004/-A0005), dimensions in mm
Material Mat. No.

X 8 CrNiS 18 9 1.4305 20
Nipple:
SW 22
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti
50
Clamping sleeve
20
G½ to DIN 16283; max. working pressure

400 bar (5802 psi); weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Female thread: G½ right-hand G½ left-hand
Material Mat. No. Collar connection piece (M56340-A0006/-A0007), dimensions in mm
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0004
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0005
Collar-adapter
max. working pressure; weight 0.1 kg;
Connections: G½ to DIN EN 837-1;
Male thread: G½, G½
Material Mat. No.
CuZn39Pb3 CW614N M56340-A0006
9 SMn 28 k 1.0715 M56340-A0007
1/372 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Water traps, Sealing rings to EN 837-1
■ Overview ■ Overview
1
Water traps protect pressure gauges and shut-off fittings from The sealing rings to EN 837-1 are required to seal measuring in-
heating up (e.g. by steam) by the water column produced by the struments for pressure with the process connection G½B.
water trap.
The max. working temperature is 120 °C (248 °F) at 100 bar ■ Dimensional drawings
(1450 psi), 300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar (1160 psi) or 400 °C
(752 °F) at 63 bar (914 psi). If the temperature of the measured
medium is higher, a sufficiently long line has to be connected up-
stream of the trap to enable heat dissipation.
Ø6,2
2,0
■ Design Ø17,5
The water traps are available in U shape (type B) or circular

shape (type D) to DIN 16282. They have a weld-on end Sealing ring 7MF9007-7A. to EN 837-1, dimensions in mm
Ø 20 mm  2.6 mm on the measurement side. The connection
on the device side is a clamping sleeve G½ to DIN 16283.
The water traps are made of steel (P250GH) or stainless steel Selection and Ordering data Article No.
(X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2) Sealing ring to EN 837-1 for thread G½
made of
Water traps are designed as standard for max. operating tem- (packing unit 100 pcs)
perature 120 °C (248 °F) at max. operating pressure 100 bar
• Copper 7MF9007-7AA
(1450 psi) (300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar (1160 psi), 400 °C (752 °F)
at 63 bar (914 psi). Water traps for higher operating pressures • Soft iron 7MF9007-7AB
and temperatures are available on request. • Stainless steel, mat.-No. 1.4571 7MF9007-7AC
• PTFE 7MF9007-7AD
Selection and Ordering data Article No. Accessories
Water traps Test report to EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AB
for pressure gauges and pressure transmit-
ters, max. working temperature 120 °C Material acceptance test certificate to 7MF9000-8AD
(248 °F), max. working pressure 100 bar EN 10204-3.1
(1450 psi) (or 300 °C (572 °F) at 80 bar
(1160 psi), or 400 °C (752 °F) at 63 bar
(914 psi)), weight 0.7 kg
Water trap B to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0043
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0061
Water trap D to DIN 16282
Material Mat. No.
P235GH 1.0345 M56340-A0045
X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/316Ti M56340-A0063
145
200
155
Ø20 56
Water traps, type B, M56340-A0043/-A0061, dimensions in mm

130
56
110
Water traps, type D, M56340-A0045/-A0063, dimensions in mm
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/373

© Siemens AG 2017
Pressure surge reducers
1 ■ Overview
The pressure surge reducer protects the pressure gauge
against damage, premature wear and tear and inaccurate/fluc-
tuating indications.
■ Application
The pressure reducer is used when pulsations occur in the mea-
sured medium (e.g. in slow-running vapor engines, piston
pumps and compressors), or if drastic fluctuations are likely to
occur in the measured medium (e.g. in hydraulic presses and
tensile testing machines).
■ Design
• Enclosure made of brass or stainless steel (mat. no. 1.4571)
• Adjustable nozzle
• Sleeve for connection to the measuring instrument
• Pin for connection to supply lead

Pressure surge reducer
Weight approx. 0.21 kg
Material Full-scale value Weight
approx.
in kg
Brass 250 bar (3626 psi) 0.21 M56340-A54
Stainless 600 bar (8702 psi) 0.21 M56340-A59
steel
*
Sleeve for connection to
the pressure display

Pin for connection to

supply lead
*
Pressure surge reducer, dimensions in mm
1/374 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Primary shut-off valves

1
Primary shut-off valves are available in the following versions:
Ø80
• For non-corrosive liquids, gases and vapors
• For corrosive liquids and gases
• Grease-free for oxygen
The shut-off valves are available in various materials and with
various connections (see Selection and Ordering data)
95
bar
Ø11,2
Ø11,2
Operating pressure
G½
G½
500
400 22 22
90
300
Shut-off valve 7MF9017–1A., dimensions in mm
B C D E
200 Ø80
A
100
95
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1..

Ø11,2
G½
Ø12
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1.., permissible working pressure as a function
of the permissible working temperature
bar 22 M20 x 1,5

Operating pressure
90
500
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-1B. and -2B., dimensions in mm
400
Ø80
300
G H K
200
95
F
J
100
Ø12 (Ø14)
Ø12 (Ø14)
0
0 100 200 300 400 °C 0 100 200 °C
Shut-off valve Shut-off valve M20 x 1,5 M20 x 1,5

(M22 x 1,5) 90 (M22 x 1,5)
7MF9017-2.. 7MF9017-3..
Shut-off valve 7MF9017-2.. and -3.., permissible working pressure as a Shut-off valves 7MF9017-1C., -1D. and -2C., dimensions in mm
function of the permissible working temperature
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/375

© Siemens AG 2017
Primary shut-off valves
1
Ø120
141
Ø14
2,5
b
Øa
5 4,5
65
130
Shut-off valves 7MF9017-, dimensions in mm

ØAxb 7MF9017-
14 mm x 2.5 mm 1F. and 1G.
21.3 mm x 6.3 mm 1H. and 2H.
24 mm x 7.1 mm 1J., 1K. and 2J.
Selection and Ordering data

Primary shut-off valves, without certificate
Max. Charac- Material Mat. No. Spindle Connections Approx. Article No.
working teristic1) thread weight kg
pressure
Shut-off valve for non-aggressive liquids, gases and vapors 7MF 9 0 1 7 - 1 7A
160 bar (2321 psi) A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 A
160 bar (2321 psi) A P250GH 1.0460 Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 B
DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 C
for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) C P250GH 1.0460 Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 D
for pipe  14 mm, S series
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 F
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves 14 mm × 2.5 mm 1.6 G
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 H
and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 External Welding sleeves 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 J
and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 External Welding sleeves 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 K
and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Shut-off valve for aggressive liquids and gases 7MF 9 0 1 7 - 2 7A
160 bar (2321psi) F X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Threaded socket G½ form R, DIN 19207 0.8 B
316Ti DIN 19207 and pipe union
with ferrule for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) G X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ Internal Pipe union with ferrule 1 C
316Ti for pipe  12 mm, S series
400 bar (5800 psi) H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 1.6 H
316Ti and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
400 bar (5800 psi) H X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 1.4571/ External Welding sleeves 24 mm × 7.1 mm 1.6 J
316Ti and 14 mm × 2.5 mm
Accessories
Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
1) See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"
1/376 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

© Siemens AG 2017
Compensation vessels

1
The compensation vessels prevent the level difference which oc-
curs with pressure changes in the pressure lines and which fal- 100
sifies the measurement.
According to DIN 19211, the temperature in the compensation
vessel must be assumed to be 50 K less than the steam tem- ,9
I 88
perature in the pipe when calculating the wall thicknesses. This
is because the temperature in the compensation vessel during
operation can only rise up to the saturated steam temperature.
100
A material acceptance test certificate A to EN 10204-3.1 is avail-
able for the materials from which the compensation vessels are
made.
■ Characteristic curves O
I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)

bar
Operating pressure
O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)

500
Compensation vessel 7MF9015-1.., dimensions in mm
400
E approx. 110
D 65
300
C I
581)
351)
200
B
O
100 A
I Input (see Ordering data for dimensions)
O Output (see Ordering data for dimensions)
1)
30 mm longer with 7MF9015-5A.
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 °C
Operating temperature Compensation vessel 7MF9015-5.., dimensions in mm

temperature
Selection and Ordering data

Compensation vessel, without certificate
Max. Charac- Material Mat. No. Connections Approx. Approx. Article No.
working teristic1) Input Output contents weight
pressure cm³ kg
7 MF 9 0 1 5 - 77A
160 bar (2321 psi) A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 250 0.8 1A
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 0.8 1B
21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 250 1 1C
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 170 1 1D
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
250 bar (3626 psi) B 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 700 0.7 1E
33.7 mm × 4.5 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
160 bar (2321 psi) A 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Threaded socket G½, Threaded socket G½, 20 1.6 5A
form R, DIN 19207 form V, DIN 19207
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5B
21.3 mm × 6.3 mm 21.3 mm × 6.3 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) D 16 Mo 3 1.5415 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5C
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
500 bar (7252 psi) E 11 CrMo 9 10 1.7383 Welding sleeve Welding sleeve 20 1.6 5D
24 mm × 7.1 mm 24 mm × 7.1 mm
Accessories
Material acceptance test certificate EN 10204-3.1 7MF9000-8AD
1) See Figure "Permissible working pressure as a function of the permissible working temperature"
Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/377

© Siemens AG 2017
Connection parts
Connection parts are available in the following versions:
17-1
• Threaded flange pair G½ with stainless steel gasket
14 -1
• Nipple G½ form V to DIN 19207 Ø11,5
• Union nut G½ made of C 35 to DIN 16284

• Gasket B½ (grooved) to DIN 19207
Ø28
Ø70
All connection parts are also available grease-free for oxygen. 50
G½
Threaded flange pair G½
• with stainless steel gasket 7MF9007-4CA
Threaded flange 7MF9007-4CA/-4DA, dimensions in mm
• grease-free for oxygen, with stainless 7MF9007-4DA
steel gasket
Ø11-0,1
Scope of delivery:
Ø8,7
2x threaded flanges G½ to DIN 19207; material:
Ø17,5 -0,3
P250GH (mat. No. 1.0460)
Ø12
4x hexagon screws M10x45 to DIN EN 24014;
Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181) 5
4x hexagon screws M10x50 to DIN EN 24032 2,5
37,5
1x gasket G½ (7MF9007-6BA) grooved,
to DIN 19207;
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 Nipple G½ 7MF9007-4KA/-4LA, dimensions in mm
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti)
Only for 7MF9007-4CA!
Ø12,5
1x gasket G½ (7MF9k007-6CA), grease-free for
G½
oxygen, grooved, to DIN 19207;
Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2
(mat. No. 14571/316Ti) 30
Only for 7MF9007-4DA!
Nipple G½ Union nut G½ 7MF9007-4MA/-4NA, dimensions in mm
to DIN 19207
• Material: 16 Mo 3 (mat. No. 1.5415) 7MF9007-4KA 1,5
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4LA

(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti) Ø11,2
Ø17
Union nut G½
to DIN 16284 Gasket 7MF9007-6BA/-6CA, dimensions in mm
• Material: C35E (mat. No. 1.1181) 7MF9007-4MA
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-4NA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
Gasket G½
to DIN 19207, grooved
• Material: X 6 CrNiMoTi 17 12 2 7MF9007-6BA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
• grease-free for oxygen, 7MF9007-6CA
(mat. No. 1.4571/316Ti)
1/378 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

FI01 en Kap01

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

FI01 en Kap01

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

1/2 Product overview Transmitters for applications with

SITRANS P · Transmitters with WirelessHART communication

SITRANS P · Transmitters for food, pharmaceuticals and biotechnology

Factory-mounting of valve manifolds on 1/70 –

1/2 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

Application Description Software for

SITRANS P Transmitters for applications with basic requirements (Basic)

SITRANS P Transmitters for applications with advanced requirements (Advanced)

Two-wire transmitters for mea- SITRANS P410 1/203 SIMATIC PDM

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/3

1 Application Description Software for

Factory-mounting of manifolds on differential 1/268 –

Remote seals for transmitters and pressure gauges

As accessory for fittings are available:

■ Product documentation on DVD and Safety Note

1/4 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

• High measuring accuracy

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/5

Current signal 4 ... 20 mA • Gasket • FPM (Standard)

1/6 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/7

1/8 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

SITRANS P200, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/9

Connection with current output and connector M12x1

Connection with current output and cable

Version with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+),

1/10 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/11

1/12 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/13

1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

SITRANS P210, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/14 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

Connection with current output and connector M12x1

Connection with current output and cable

Version with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+),

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/15

• High measuring accuracy

1/16 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/17

1/18 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

■ Selection and ordering data Article No. Order code

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/19

1/2-14 NPT 1/4-18 NPT

SITRANS P220, process connections, dimensions in mm (inch)

1/20 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

Connection with current output and connector M12x1

Connection with current output and cable

Version with explosion protection: 4 ... 20 mA

Connection: 1 (+), Connection: 1 (+),

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/21

The pressure transmitter SITRANS LH100 is a submersible sen-

■ Benefits SITRANS LH100 pressure transmitter, mode of operation and connection

The pressure transmitter has a built-in ceramic sensor which is

Junction box 7MF1572-8AA, open, schematic diagram

1/22 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/23

1/24 Siemens FI 01 · 2017

Siemens FI 01 · 2017 1/25